BYKI4 Manual

Page 1
Using Byki
WELCOME TO BYKI.................................................................................................................................................2
MANAGING USERS....................................................................................................................................................6
WORKING WITH LISTS...........................................................................................................................................8
USING THE LEARN SCREEN................................................................................................................................34
USING THE ALPHABET SCREEN.........................................................................................................................42
USING THE ACTIVITIES SCREEN.......................................................................................................................44
USING THE TEST SCREEN....................................................................................................................................53
USING THE MY LEARNED ITEMS SCREEN.....................................................................................................61
USING THE MORE SCREEN..................................................................................................................................64
USING THE LOOK SCREEN..................................................................................................................................65
USING THE EDIT SCREEN.....................................................................................................................................67
USING THE FAQ SCREEN......................................................................................................................................79
TYPING.......................................................................................................................................................................80
LISTENING TO SOUND...........................................................................................................................................86
CUSTOMIZING AND SETTING PREFERENCES...............................................................................................87
USING MENUS AND KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS...............................................................................................91
GETTING HELP........................................................................................................................................................94
QUITTING AND UNINSTALLING.........................................................................................................................96
LANGUAGE-SPECIFIC INFORMATION.............................................................................................................97
GETTING TECHNICAL SUPPORT.....................................................................................................................151
GLOSSARY...............................................................................................................................................................158
INDEX........................................................................................................................................................................166
Page 2
Welcome to Byki
Everyone has things they need to memorize - from foreign language vocabulary and geographical facts to
mathematical formulas and historical dates, and more. Remembering such facts may be a challenge, but it needn't be
boring or difficult. Not with Byki, an exciting program from Transparent Language, Inc., designed to provide a fun,
engaging, and effective environment for learning.
The name "Byki" is pronounced BYE-key and originally came from Before You Know It, reflecting how quickly the
program can help you learn: Before you know it, you'll have mastered your new material. This powerful flash card
program can assist you with a wide range of subjects. It is an excellent tool for remembering the hundreds of new
words and phrases encountered while learning a foreign language, the purpose for which it was initially designed
and still its most common use. However, Byki also allows you to memorize lists of facts on other subjects - anything
for which you would use traditional paper flash cards. We encourage you to use your imagination and explore the
power of this program.
There are several versions of Byki available, including Byki Deluxe and Byki Express. Byki usually comes with
foreign language lists created by Transparent Language, although some variations may have lists on other subjects
or may require you to create or import any lists that you want to use. Whatever subject you are learning, Byki allows
you to work with the material of your choice as often as you like, so that you can learn at your own pace.
Whether you use Byki as a stand-alone program or as a terrific complement to other Transparent Language
programs such as LanguageNow!, we're confident you'll find it a powerful tool to advance your learning and ease
your memorization tasks. If you have any comments, questions, or feedback about Byki, please contact Transparent
Language using the contact information on page 3.
See "Getting Started" on page 4 for ideas on what to do first with Byki.
About this Documentation

This documentation is designed to be an easily printable manual for Byki 4.0 on Windows. Simply open this
document in Microsoft Word or WordPad, then print the documentation. You can print the entire file, or only pages
that you choose. Pictures within the file will be printed to the best ability of your printer.
This file contains a Getting Started section, detailed instructions on all the program features, troubleshooting
information, a glossary, and an index. This file is not an installation guide.
In addition to this printable manual, Byki has a very detailed on-line Help file with instructions for every feature of
the program. To get to the on-line Help from any screen in the program, choose Help / Help. The on-line Help
contains all the information in this file and more, in an interactive environment. Within the on-line Help, you can
jump from topic to topic, search for specific topics, and print any topic you choose.
This documentation is © Copyright 2008, Transparent Language, Inc. "Transparent Language" is a registered
trademark of Transparent Language, Inc. This document contains other product and corporate names, which may be
trademarks or registered trademarks of other companies, and which are used only for explanation without intent to
infringe.
Page 3
Contacting Transparent Language
Customer feedback is the most important aspect of the continual process of improving our products. We look
forward to your feedback, comments, questions, and suggestions.
Outside the United States or Canada:

Contact your local Byki distributor.
Inside the United States or Canada, please contact Transparent Language:
PHONE:
Customer Service, Sales (800) 567-9619 or (603) 262-6300
Technical Support (603) 262-6300
FAX:
Orders, Technical Support (603) 262-6476
E-MAIL:
Orders, General Information info@transparent.com
Technical Support support@transparent.com
WEB PAGES:
Main Site, Store, Technical Support http://www.Transparent.com
Byki Site http://www.BYKI.com
MAIL:
Transparent Language, Inc.
12 Murphy Drive
Nashua, NH 03062
USA
If you have a technical support issue, it may be helpful to check the troubleshooting section on page 151 of this
documentation before contacting Transparent Language.
Note: Byki is used both by individual customers and by training programs at various organizations. Individual
customers can contact us directly using the information above. Members of training programs should check with
their organization's administrator before making contact, as some administrators may prefer to contact Transparent
Language's corporate support department themselves.
Page 4
Getting Started
Byki was designed as an easy-to-use drill for learning material that you want to memorize, whether it be foreign
language vocabulary or other facts. While there are many ways to use Byki, this topic presents a simple, effective
plan for first time users to start learning with the program. Following this plan will introduce you to all the screens
in Byki and give you ideas on how to benefit from the many features. Just open a list, then use the program
according to the suggestions in this topic or adapt our ideas to suit your needs.
Note: Not all of the features below are available or useful for all types of lists. Feel free to skip any steps that
don't apply to the list you are using. Also, some of the features listed below are only available in Byki
Deluxe, not in other versions of the program. See the rest of this documentation for information on using all
the program features.
Learning Strategy for Byki:
1. Byki stores information by user. The first time you run Byki, you must set yourself up as a user. After that, you
should choose a list to practice. You must open a list before you can use the program to do the exercises
described below.
2. After you have opened a list, use the Learn screen to start Preview It, Step 1 in Byki's learning process. This
exercise will let you browse through the cards in the list, one by one, seeing the material from both sides so you
can familiarize yourself with it. You also have the option of listening to the sound associated with the cards at
any time. For some languages, you may also be able to use Alphabet Exploder to listen to letter sounds.
3. Use Recognize It to build your knowledge of the information in your list. Recognize It is Step 2 in Byki's
learning process. This exercise shows you side two of the cards in your list and requires you to produce the
information from side one. For example, in a language list, you will see the foreign terms and have to come up
with their translations. At first, Recognize It will be in Self-Reporting mode, in which you have to think of
answers, but as your scores improve, it will switch to Written mode, in which you are required to type the answers.
Don't worry if you get answers wrong at first - you'll see the correct answer every time the card flips, and
before long, the material will start to look familiar!
4. Use Produce It to look at your list from a new perspective. Produce It is Step 3 in Byki's learning process. This
exercise shows you side one of the cards and requires you to come up with the information from side two. For
example, in a language list, you will see terms in your native language and have to produce the foreign language
translations. Like Recognize It, Produce It starts off in Self-Reporting mode, then switches to Written mode as
your scores improve. Remember that for some words in foreign language lists, you may need to type accents,
special scripts, or Asian characters.
5. If you want additional practice, go to the Activities screen and use the various activities: Multiple Choice, Fill in
the Blank, Pronunciation Practice, Word Whirl, Concentration, and Four Square.
6. When you are ready to test your mastery of a list, go to the Test screen and take a test. There are four kinds of
tests to choose from: Self-Reporting Tests, Written Tests, Listening Comprehension Tests, and Dictation Tests.
Each time you take a test, you can see a breakdown of your results, as well as a history of all your tests.
7. After you've worked with a list for a while, go to the My Learned Items screen to see information about all the
cards you have mastered so far, across all your lists. You'll notice that your learned items are divided into two
groups, fresh and stale. Regularly reviewing and refreshing your knowledge is an important part of learning, so
you should refresh your stale items regularly. You should also take time periodically to congratulate yourself on
how much you've learned!
8. If the More screen is available for your list, go to it to see what additional information and/or suggested
activities can be found there.
9. When you are ready, you may want to review your list with the Look screen, then use the Edit screen to add
cards, edit cards, or copy cards from one list to another. You can also create a new list, select a different list to
practice, import a list, print your list to study away from the computer, or even share a list with someone else.
10. Remember that this Getting Started topic is only an overview. There's much more to Byki than can be described
in a single page. Whenever you need more information about any of the features in Byki, see the rest of this
documentation, along with the Help file and the FAQ screen.
Tip: Be creative! Come up with your own ways to use Byki and other Transparent Language products. Remember,
the more exposure you have to a subject, the more you'll learn!
Page 5
What's New in Byki 4.0
If you are upgrading from an older version of Byki (which used to be called Before You Know It), you'll find that
Byki 4.0 has some exciting innovations to make your learning even more successful and enjoyable. See the rest of
this documentation for information on using all of these features. Also, note that some of the features listed below
are only available in Byki Deluxe, not in Byki Express.
If you are upgrading from a previous version of Byki, you will notice the following new features and
improvements in Byki 4.0:
· The new three-step process for mastering cards on the Learn screen, which reorganizes the old Flash Card
exercises into a more streamlined system. You'll still be going through the same learning process as before -
seeing your cards first from one side, then from the other, sometimes thinking of answers and sometimes
typing them - but now the order and progression of the learning steps is more obvious and more powerful.
As you work your way through Preview It, Recognize It, and Produce It with each list, you'll be sure to
master the material. One other change that you may notice - card scores are no longer displayed by default,
so that you can focus on learning the material rather than on earning points. However, you can still set the
program to display scores, if you choose.
· New activities on the Activities screen. Fill in the Blank, Word Whirl, Concentration, and Four Square now
complement old favorites such as Multiple Choice and Pronunciation Practice. What's more, you can now
use any of the activities with cards from more than one list at a time.
· New tests on the Test screen, designed to help you prove your knowledge and track your progress. There
are four types of tests: Self-Reporting Tests, Written Tests, Listening Comprehension Tests, and Dictation
Tests (based on the Dictation activity from previous versions). Each time you take a test, you can see a
breakdown of your results, as well as a history of all the tests you have taken.
· The new My Learned Items screen, which keeps track of which cards in all your lists have earned scores
high enough to be considered mastered. This screen also tracks how long it has been since you have worked
with each of these cards. When a card has been recently practiced, it is considered fresh, because the
knowledge is likely to be fresh in your mind. When it has gone unseen for a while, a card becomes stale,
meaning you may need to refresh your memory of it. The My Learned Items screen offers you the option of
refreshing your stale cards at any time.
· The new More screen, which appears when a list has More Content associated with it. This supplementary
material, chosen by the creator of the list, is intended to enrich the learning experience. The More screen
will not appear for all lists, but you should check it out whenever it does. You have the option of adding
More Content to lists you create, as well. This More screen is not like the More screen in previous versions.
· The new Look screen, which is a simplified form of the View List screen from previous versions. Because
the edit features have been moved elsewhere, this screen provides an uncluttered place to view the
information from the cards in a list.
· The redesigned Edit screen, organized to put all the tools for adding and editing cards on one easily
accessible screen. You'll also find some new features here, such as the ability to add card comments, record
different sounds for each side of a card, attach video to a card, and more.
· The new FAQ screen, which provides answers to frequently asked questions about the program, along with
useful and interesting information about learning languages and other subjects. The FAQ screen is similar
to the More screen in previous versions.
To use your old lists in Byki 4.0:
When you install Byki 4.0 on a computer with an older version of Before You Know It, the installer will copy all of
the lists from the old program into the new program. If you need to transfer any lists manually after installation,
simply export the lists from the older program, following the instructions in that program's on-line Help, then import
the .b4u files in Byki 4.0. However, before importing a list from an older version of the program, check whether Byki
4.0 includes an updated version of that list. If it does, it is best to use the newer version. Note that when you first
open your old lists in Byki 4.0, the scores will all be set to zero. However, if you prefer, you can adjust the scores to
a higher level to reflect your previous experience with the material. Scores are not shown by default in Byki 4.0, but
you can turn on them on if you choose.
Page 6
Managing Users
Creating a New User
To use Byki, you must set yourself up as a user so that the program can keep track of your lists and scores.
To create a new user:
1. The first time that you run Byki, the New User Creation screen will appear automatically when the program
starts. If you need to go to that screen at another time, do one of the following:
· If you are on the Select a User screen, click New User.
· If you already have a list open, choose User / Add User.
2. Type your name in the User Name field. Names may include any combination of letters, numbers, and spaces.
Names are case-sensitive.
3. Click OK. The new user name is added to the Byki database.
If you have more than one user on your system, the Select a User screen will appear whenever the program
launches, so that you can select which user you want to log in.
Selecting a User
Byki remembers the name, lists, and scores of each person who uses the program. If more than one person uses your
copy of the program, you must select a user each time you log in to Byki. You can also use this procedure to switch
users while working with the program.
Note: If there is only one user on your system, you can choose to have the program automatically log you in
instead of going through the selection process below. See page 7.
To select an existing user:
1. Choose User / Change User or press Ctrl+U to go to the Select a User screen if you are not already there.
2. The names of all the registered users will appear on the screen. Clicking on the heading bar will
reverse the order of the list. If your user name is not visible, use the scroll bar to scroll until it is, then do
one of the following:
· Double-click on your user name in the list.
· Click on your user name in the list, then click OK.
· Use the up and down arrow keys on your keyboard to navigate to your user name in the list, then press the
Enter key.
Page 7
Automatically Logging in a User
If you have only one Byki user on your system, you can choose to skip the process of selecting a user each time you
run the program. When you choose this option, Byki will not open to the Select a User screen. Instead, it will
automatically log you in to the program and open the last list that you used.
Note: This feature is not available if you have more than one user on your system. In that situation, the program
will always open to the Select a User screen so that you can choose an appropriate user.
To indicate that you want the only user on your system to be automatically logged in (method 1):
1. Choose User / Change User or press Ctrl+U to go to the Select a User screen if you are not already there.
2. Mark the Automatically Log Me In checkbox. This option will be available when you have only one user on
your system.
3. Click OK.
To indicate that you want the only user on your system to be automatically logged in (method 2):
Choose Options / Display / Use Login Screen to remove the checkmark from that menu item. This option will be
available when you have only one user on your system and you have a list open.
The next time you start Byki, you will automatically be logged into the program. The automatic login will occur
every time you start Byki, until you either change your setting or add additional users.
Deleting a User
You can delete Byki users if they are no longer needed. However, remember that when you delete a user, you also
delete all the lists that belong only to that user. If there are any lists from that user that you wish to save, export or
share those lists before deleting the user, so that they can be imported later by another user.
To delete a user:
1. Choose User / Change User or press Ctrl+U to go to the Select a User screen if you are not already there. The
names of all the registered users will appear on the screen. Clicking on the heading bar will reverse the order
of the list.
2. Select the user or users that you want to delete. You can delete more than one user at a time.
3. Do one of the following:
· Click Delete User.
· Press Ctrl+D.
· Press the Delete key.
4. Click Yes when asked to verify that you want to permanently delete the selected users and all associated lists.
Page 8
Working with Lists
Opening Lists
All the information in Byki is stored in lists of virtual flash cards. After the first time you use the program, Byki will
remember the last list you used and open that list automatically when you log in. However, you can switch between
lists at any time using the Select a List screen.
To open a list:
1. Do one of the following to go to the Select a List screen, if you are not already there:
· Select List / Change List or press Ctrl+O.
· Click the Change List button that appears in the upper-right hand corner of the Learn screen, the Preview
It screen, the Recognize It screen, the Produce It screen, the Look screen, and the Edit screen.
· Click on the Select a List button that appears on the Learn screen when you do not have a list open.
2. Select the name of a language or subject in the left-hand listbox to display its lists. All languages for which you
have language lists appear first, followed by all the subjects for which you have subject lists. The numbers in
parentheses indicate how many lists of each type you have.
3. Locate the list you want to open the right-hand listbox. The name of each list is accompanied by its
description, the number of cards it contains, and information on what percentage of the list has been
completed. (If you have the program set to display scores, you will see the lowest score of any card in the
list in place of the percentage.) Some lists may also be marked with one or more special symbols:
indicates that a list has More Content, while indicates pictures and indicates sound.
4. When you see the list that you want to open, do one of the following:
· Double-click on the name of the list.
· Click on the name of the list, then click Open.
· Use the up and down arrow keys to navigate to the list, then press the Enter key.
The list will open so that you can work with it in the program.
Note: As with any editable document, you should verify the content of any imported lists independently.
Transparent Language, Inc. is not responsible for the content of any lists created or edited by any outside
sources. Transparent Language can only vouch for the unedited lists that we officially distribute.
Creating New Lists

With Byki, you can create as many lists as you like. For example, if you are learning a language, you might create a
language list with vocabulary words to study for a class or a list of phrases to practice for a specific situation. You
can also create subject lists with dates, geographic information, or any other facts. Be creative! Note: This feature is
only available in Byki Deluxe, not in Byki Express.
To create a new list:
· If you are on the Select a List screen, click Create List.
· If you already have a list open, choose List / New List or press Ctrl+M.
2. The List Creation Wizard will appear. Do one of the following:
· Select Language List and click Next to create a new language list. See page 9 for instructions.
· Select Subject List and click Next to create a new subject list. See page 13 for instructions.
Page 9
Creating Language Lists
Byki was originally designed help people master foreign language words and phrases, and it remains an excellent
vocabulary learning tool. Feel free to create as many language lists as you like to further your language learning. For
example, you might create a list of vocabulary words to study for a class or a list of phrases to practice for a specific
situation.
Note: This feature is only available in Byki Deluxe, not in Byki Express.
To create a new language list:
1. Open the List Creation Wizard following the instructions on page 8.
2. Select Language List and click Next when asked to choose a type of list.
3. When the Language Selection screen appears, do one of the following to select the language you will be
learning with the new list, then click Next.
· Select an option from the drop-down menu next to the Language field. This menu shows all the languages
directly supported by Byki. Note that some languages may be transliterated.
· Type the name of a language into the Language field. This option is primarily meant to allow you to create
lists in languages that are not directly supported by Byki. If the Character Support field is not
automatically filled in when you finish typing, select an appropriate option in that field to indicate what
kind of characters are used by that language. See page 10 for details.
4. When the List Properties screen appears, enter the appropriate information for each of the fields, then click
Next.
· Type a name for your new list in the List Name field.
· If you want to describe the list, type the appropriate information in the Description field. (This field is
optional.)
· If you want to change the creator name, type the appropriate information in the Creator field. (This field is
optional.)
· If you want the creation date to be different than the default of the current date, type the appropriate
information in the Date field. Use the same format as the default date.
5. When the Learning Steps screen appears, indicate which learning steps you want to be available for this list,
then click Next. By default, all the steps are selected, but you can deselect any step by clicking on the box
beside it to remove the checkmark. All the learning steps are appropriate and useful for most language lists.
However, there may be some exceptions, so feel free to deselect any steps you do not plan to use. For example,
if you do not want to type in the foreign language, you may want to deselect the Written mode of Produce It.
See page 11 for more details.
See the next page for continued instructions.

Page 10
6. When the More Content Selection screen appears, decide whether you want to add additional content that will
display on the More screen when this list is opened, then click Next. The content shown on the More screen
may be a web page related to the subject of the list, a document with background information, a lesson written
by someone who knows the material, or anything else that you choose. You do not have to include content for
the More screen if you do not want to, but it can be a handy feature if you choose to use it. See page 12 for
details.
· If you do not want to add More Content at this time, mark the No Content for More Screen option. If you
change your mind later, you can add More Content by editing the list properties. See page 16.
· If you want to use a page on the web as More Content, mark the Display Page at URL option, then fill in
the appropriate URL in the field. Be sure to type the address correctly.
· If you want to attach a file as More Content, mark the Attach File option, then use the Browse button to
locate the file you want to use. The file can have the extension .rtf, .htm, or .html. If your file has other
files linked to it, such as images, and you want those files to be included along with it, mark the Include
All Linked Files checkbox.
7. Decide whether you want the new list to be available only to yourself, or whether it should also be available to
all the users on this computer, then click Create List.
· Mark the Only for Me option if you would like the list to be available only to you.
· Mark the For All Users option if you want the list to be available to all the users on this computer.
8. When the Congratulations screen appears, do one of the following:
· Click Yes, Take Me to the Edit Screen if you want to open the new list and go directly to the Edit screen to
begin adding information. This option will appear if your new list does not yet have any cards. See page 68.
· Click Open New List if you want to open the new list and go directly to the Learn screen to begin learning
the information. This option will only appear if you are using one of the options that let you create a list out
of existing cards, such as the features that let you create lists of cards found in searches or cards you
answered incorrectly in a test. See page 34.
· Click Finish to close the New List Wizard.
Selecting Character Support for New Languages

There are more languages in the world than Byki can directly support. Nonetheless, we at Transparent Language
wanted to allow you to create lists in as many languages as possible, even languages that are not directly supported.
Therefore, when you are creating a language list, you have the option of typing a new language name instead of
selecting a language from the drop-down menu. If you type the name of a language that is not directly supported,
you will be asked to choose a character support language for the list you are creating. To do so, select an appropriate
language from the Character Support drop-down menu.
Different character support languages enable you to type different accents and diacritics, as well as entirely different
scripts. If the character support language is set incorrectly, you may not be able to type the necessary characters for
your language. If the language for the list you are creating uses the Latin alphabet and does NOT use any accents,
diacritics, or special characters, choose English as the character support language. If your language uses the Latin
alphabet but does use accents or diacritics such as á, õ, ç, etc., choose a language that uses similar characters as the
character support language. For example, if all of the accents in your language are also used in French, you might
choose French as the character support language. It does not matter if the character support language also includes
extra accents that are not used in your language. If your language does not use the Latin alphabet, try to find a
character support language that uses the same type of alphabet. For example, you might choose Russian as the
character support language for various languages that use Cyrillic alphabets, and you might choose Arabic for
languages that use Arabic scripts.
These suggestions will cover many languages. However, if you are unable to find any character support language
that matches the characters used by your language, you will not be able to create a list in that language using its native
alphabet. You might consider creating a transliterated version of your list using English character support instead.
Page 11
Selecting Learning Steps
When you are creating a new list, you can choose which learning steps you want to be available for the list. There
are three learning steps, two of which have multiple modes, for a total of five options. Each step presents the
material from your list in a different way, with unique benefits and challenges.
To select learning steps while creating a list:
1. A list of the possible learning steps will appear. By default, all the steps are selected, but you can deselect any
step by clicking on the box beside it to remove the checkmark. The possible steps are listed below:
· Step 1: Preview It - Preview It lets you take a quick look at the information on all the cards in your list,
one at a time. Both sides of a card are shown at once. This step is meant to start familiarizing you with the
material and is appropriate for any list.
· Step 2: Recognize It - This step shows you side two of the cards in your list and asks you to come up with
the information from side one. For example, in a language list, you will see the foreign language and have
to come up with translations in your native language. Recognize It has two modes: Self-Reporting
Recognize It, in which you can think of the answers or say them out loud, and Written Recognize It, which
requires you to type the answers.
Both modes of Recognize It are useful for almost any language list, and can also be useful for many subject
lists. However, you may want to deselect the Written mode if you prefer thinking of answers to typing
them, or if the text on side one of your cards is exceptionally long. You may also want to deselect both
modes for a subject list that is in a question and answer format with the answers on side two of the cards.
For example, Recognize It would not be useful for a mathematical list with equations on side one and
numerical answers on side two.
· Step 3: Produce It - This step shows you side one of the cards in your list and asks you to come up with
the information from side two. For example, in a language list, you will see your native language and have
to come up with translations in the foreign language. Produce It has two modes: Self-Reporting Produce It,
in which you can think of the answers or say them out loud, and Written Produce It, which requires you to
type the answers.
The Self-Reporting mode of Produce It is useful for any language list, and for almost any subject list. The
Written mode is also useful for most language lists, although you can deselect it if you do not want to have
to type in the foreign language. For subject lists, you may want to deselect the Written mode if you prefer
thinking of answers to typing them, or if the text on side two of your cards is exceptionally long.
2. When all the steps you want are selected, click Next to continue the process of creating the list.
Page 12
Adding More Content
The More screen in Byki can display supplementary material intended to enrich the learning experience. The More
Content shown on this screen may be a web page related to the subject of the list, a document with background
information, a lesson written by someone who knows the material, or anything else that you choose. You do not
have to include content for the More screen if you do not want to, but it can be a handy feature if you choose to use
it.
To add More Content during List Creation:
1. Mark the appropriate option:
· If you do not want to add More Content at this time, leave the No Content for More Screen option
marked. If you change your mind later, you can add More Content by editing the list properties. See page
16.
the appropriate URL in the field. Be sure to type the address correctly. As long as your Internet connection
is active and the page is available, this page will appear on the More screen the same way it would be in a
browser. It is also subject to the same security settings as your browser.
· If you want to attach a file as More Content, mark the Attach File option, then fill in the location of the file
or use the Browse button to locate it. The file can have the extension .rtf, .htm, or .html. If your file has
other files linked to it, such as images, and you want those files to be included along with it, mark the
Include All Linked Files checkbox.
2. When you have marked the option you want, click Next to continue the process of creating the list.
Possible ideas for More Content to go with language lists:
· A website about the culture which speaks the language being learned, or an HTML page with video or
audio recordings of native speakers conversing. You might also choose a page from the Transparent
Language website, www.transparent.com, about the language being learned.
· A document describing grammar rules that relate to the contents of the list, or a short story in the language,
using vocabulary words or phrases from the list.
· A map showing where the language is spoken, or a song in the language, with the lyrics written out.
· A list of language-learning tips that you have found particularly helpful, or a language lesson related to
learning the words or phrases in the list. This option is a good choice for educators who may be sharing
lists with students, or for any group of people who are helping each other learn.
Possible ideas for More Content to go with subject lists:
The possibilities for More Content in subject lists are as endless and varied as the possible subjects. Some general
thoughts are listed below.
· An authoritative website about the subject, or a list of reference books or other resources related to the
subject which people using the list may want to consult for future research.
· An About the Author page with information about the creator of the list, or a detailed explanation of the
material in the list - why you chose it, what it is useful for, who might be interested in it, etc.
· An HTML page displaying photographs related to the subject, an FTP site with useful downloads.
· A description of any activity that might help someone learn the material in the list. For a science list, you
might describe an experiment. For a history list, you might suggest places to visit. For an entertainment list,
you might suggest movies or even specific movie scenes to watch. For a list related to food, you might
suggest a recipe to try.
· A funny website with jokes about the subject. Learning doesn't have to be serious all the time!
Page 13
Creating Subject lists
Although Byki was originally designed to help people learn foreign language vocabulary, this versatile flash card
program can be used for other purposes. Feel free to build your own subject lists filled with any facts that you want
help memorizing - countries, states, and capitals; math problems; chemical formulas; the names and positions of
important people; historical dates; or any other subjects for which you might use traditional paper flash cards. You
aren't limited to academic subjects, either - you could build trivia lists for your favorite books, lists of movies and
directors, even lists of your friends' birthdays or anniversaries. Let your imagination run free!
To create a new subject list:
1. Open the List Creation Wizard following the instructions on page 8.
2. Select Subject List and click Next when asked to choose a type of list.
3. When the Subject Selection screen appears, do one of the following to select a subject for the new list:
· Type the subject in the List Subject field. You can create any type of list.
· Select an option from the drop-down menu next to the List Subject field. This menu shows any subjects
for which you have previously created lists. The menu is empty if you have not previously created any
subject lists.
4. Enter categories for side one and side two of the cards in this list, then click Next. The names of the categories
will be used throughout the program to indicate which information you should be guessing.
· The category for side one should be the one that you are most familiar with. For example, this side might
be "Country" in a list of political leaders or capital cities. It might also be "Chemical" in a chemistry list or
"Movie Title" in a movie list. If your list has a question and answer format, this side should be the question.
If one side of your cards will have much longer text than the other, this category should be the longer side.
· The category for side two should be the one that you are least familiar with. For example, in a list of
political leaders and their countries, this side might be "Leader's Name". Similarly, it might be "Capital
City" in a geographical list, "Formula" in a chemistry list, or "Director" in a movie list. If your list has a
question and answer format, this side should be the answer. If one side of your cards will have much longer
text than the other, this category should be the shorter side.
5. When the List Properties screen appears, enter the information for each of the fields, then click Next.
· Type a name for your new list in the List Name field.
· If you want to describe the list, type the appropriate information in the Description field. (This field is
optional.)
· If you want to change the creator name, type the appropriate information in the Creator field. (This field is
optional.)
· If you want the creation date to be different than the default of the current date, type the appropriate
information in the Date field. Use the same format as the default date.
6. When the Learning Steps screen appears, indicate which learning steps you want to be available for this list,
then click Next. By default, all the steps are selected, but you can deselect any step by clicking on the box
beside it to remove the checkmark.
Not all learning steps are useful for all subject lists, so it is worthwhile to think about which steps will work for
the list you are creating. For example, if you are creating a mathematical list with the equations on side one and
the answers on side two, you might deselect both of the Recognize It modes, so that you are always shown the
equation and asked to guess the answer, not vice-versa. Other subject lists may not lend themselves to typing at
all; for those lists, you may want to deselect both Written Recognize It and Written Produce It but leave both the
Self-Reporting modes selected. See page 11 for more details and examples.
Page 14
7. When the More Content Selection screen appears, decide whether you want to add additional content that will
display on the More screen when this list is opened, then click Next. The More Content may be a web page
related to the subject of the list, a document with background information, a lesson written by someone who
knows the material, or anything else that you choose. You do not have to include content for the More screen if
you do not want to, but it can be a handy feature if you choose to use it. See page 12 for details.
· If you do not want to add More Content at this time, mark the No Content for More Screen option. If you
change your mind later, you can add More Content by editing the list properties. See page 16.
the appropriate URL in the field. Be sure to type the address correctly.
8. Decide whether you want the new list to be available only to yourself, or whether it should also be available to
all the users on this computer, then click Create List.
· Mark the Only for Me option if you would like the list to be available only to you.
· Mark the For All Users option if you want the list to be available to all the users on this computer.
9. When the Congratulations screen appears, do one of the following:

· Click Yes, Take Me to the Edit Screen if you want to open the new list and go directly to the Edit screen
to begin adding information. This option will appear if your new list does not yet have any cards. See page
68.
· Click Open New List if you want to open the new list and go directly to the Learn screen to begin learning
the information. This option will only appear if you are using one of the options that let you create a list out
of existing cards, such as the features that let you create lists of cards found in searches or cards you
answered incorrectly in a test. See page 34.
· Click Finish to close the New List Wizard. You can open the new list whenever you choose. See page 8 for
details.
Page 15
Searching Lists
If you need to find a particular card, and you aren't sure which of your lists it's in, you can search for it. You can also
use the Search feature to build new lists of cards that match your search criteria.
To search for words or phrases:
· Go to the Select a List screen and click Search.
· Choose List / Search or press the F11 key.

2. In the Language or Subject field, select the language or subject of the lists you want to search.
3. Type the text you want to search for in the Look for field. Some things to keep in mind:
· You can use wildcards to search for parts of words. There are two wildcard characters: an asterisk (*),
which represents zero or more characters, and a question mark (?), which represents a single character.
Wildcards can be used at the beginning, middle, or end of a word, and you can use as many wildcards in a
search as you want. Examples: A search on writ* would find write, writer, and written, while a search on
writ? would find write, but not writer or written. A search on *a* would find all words containing the
letter a, while a search on ??? would find all three-letter words.
· Type any accents or special characters used in a foreign language word or phrase. To do so, type
the base character then press the up or down arrow key on your keyboard until the character you want
appears. Alternatively, use the button to show or hide the Keyboard Map. Remember that you can
use the Layout menu on the Keyboard Map to change its language. See pages 80 - 85 for instructions,
depending on the language you are learning. You may also want to see the Language-Specific Information
for your language. Language-Specific information begins on page 97.
· You can use the Use Last Search button to fill in the text from your most recent search.
4. For an advanced search, mark the Show Advanced Search Options checkbox, then mark your options:
· Mark Find Matches Containing Any Words if you want the search to find any cards that contain any of
the words you entered in any order, or mark Find Exact Matches if you want the search to find only cards
that contain the exact text you entered. Searches for exact matches are case-sensitive and cannot use
wildcards; searches for any words are not case-sensitive and can use wildcards.
· Mark the checkboxes for the places you want to search, and clear the checkboxes for the places you don't
want searched. The options are the Side 1 Text, the Side 2 Text, the Side 1 Hint, the Side 2 Hint, the Side 1
Alternative Answers, the Side 2 Alternative Answers, the Card Comments, and the Transliteration.
5. Click Search.
6. The Search Results screen will appear, showing the names of all the lists which contain cards that match your
search criteria. Click on a list name to see the matching cards.
You also have the following options:
· Click New Search to run a new search.
· Click Refine Search to return to the Search screen with all the information from this search filled in, so
that you can make any necessary changes before running another search.
· Mark the checkboxes next to one or more cards, then click Make a New List out of Selected Cards if you
want to create a new list that contains those cards. You can mark the checkbox beside the name of a list to
automatically mark all the cards shown for that list. During the process of creating the new list, the
language or subject of the list will be filled in by default, along with certain other settings. See page 8 for
more information on the list creation process.
· Select a list and click Open List to open it, or click Cancel to close the screen.
Page 16
Viewing and Editing List Properties
The List Properties screen allows you to see important information about a list. If you are using an editable list, you
can also make changes to many of the list properties. (Note: If you are using Byki Express, or if the list you are
using is not editable, you will be able to view the information but not change it.)
To view and edit the list properties:
1. Do one of the following to open the List Properties screen, if you are not already there:
· Select a list and click Properties on the Select a List screen.
· Click Edit List Properties on the Edit screen.
· Choose List / List Properties or press Ctrl+E.

2. Click on the Description tab (if it is not already selected) to see the name, description, creator, and dates
associated with this list. You can edit the following properties:
· List Name - Use this field to rename the list if necessary.
· Description - Use this field to change the short description that appears with the list name.
· Creator - Use this field to change the creator name associated with this list.
3. Click on the Content tab to see information about the list content. You will see the language or subject of the
list, the sides of the cards, the card order, and the More Content. You can edit the following properties:
· Type of List - Use this option to indicate whether the list is a Language List or a Subject List. This choice
controls what other options are available on this screen and other screens. For language lists, you can also
mark Include Transliteration Field if you want the option of adding transliterated text in addition to the
foreign text on side two of the card. This option can be useful for languages that don't use the Latin alphabet.
· Side One and Side Two languages in a language list - Use the Side One and Side Two options to indicate
which languages appear on either side of the cards in a language list. You can select from any of the
supported languages in the menu. Click Swap Sides if you need to switch the information in both fields.
· Subject, List Language, and Category information in a subject list - Use the Subject field to indicate the
subject of a subject list. You can type a new subject or select a subject that you have previously used from
the menu. You can also choose a list language, which will control which characters are available when you
are typing, and you can edit the categories for side one and side two of the cards if necessary. Click Swap
Sides if you need to switch the information in both fields.
· Card Order - Use the Card Order is Set checkbox to indicate whether you want the cards for this list to
appear in a specific order when they are shown on the Look screen and the Edit screen, as opposed to the
default alphabetical order by side one. When the checkbox is marked, you can use the Set Order button to
change the card order. See page 17 for more details.
· More Content - Use the Choose More Content button to add or change the content that appears on the
More screen when this list is open. The More Content may be a web page related to the subject of the list, a
document with background information, a lesson written by someone who knows the material, or anything
else that you choose. You do not have to include content for the More screen if you do not want to, but it
can be a handy feature if you choose to use it. See page 18 for more details.
4. Click on the Learning tab to see the learning features available for this list. You can edit the following properties:
· Learning Features - Use this option to change which learning steps are available for the list. Mark the
boxes beside the learning steps that you want available and clear the boxes beside the steps that you do not
want to use with this list. See page 19.
· Learning Progress - If you have the program set to display scores, you can use the Adjust Scores button to
change the scores for the cards in this list. You can set the score for all the cards in the list to any number up
to the highest score that can be earned with that list. See page 66 for details. This option will not appear if
you do not have the program set to display scores.
Page 17
Setting the Order of the Cards in a List
You have the option of designating a specific order for the cards in a Byki list. This feature is particularly useful for
lists of things that have a specific order that isn't alphabetical, such as numbers, planets, colors of the rainbow,
scientific elements, etc.
The designated order will be used on the Look screen and the Edit screen, as well as in Preview It, Pronunciation
Practice, and printed lists. If you do not designate a special order, these features will default to alphabetical order
based on side one of the cards.
You can set the card order with the Edit Screen or with the List Order screen.
To set or change the order of cards with the Edit screen:
1. Click on the Edit tab to go to the Edit screen, if you are not already there.
2. Select a card in the list on the left-hand side of the screen.
3. Click or to move the card in the direction of the arrow.
To set or change the order of cards with the List Order screen:
1. Go to the List Properties screen, if you are not already there, and click on the Content tab.
2. Mark the checkbox labeled Card Order is Set and click Set Order to bring up the List Order screen.
3. You will see the information from each of the cards in your list, in the order that they currently appear. Click on
a card that you want to move.
4. Use the buttons to move the selected card up or down in the list.
moves the selected card to the beginning of the list.
moves the selected card up one position in the list.
moves the selected card down one position in the list.
moves the selected card to the end of the list.
5. When you are satisfied with the order of the list, click OK to close the List Order screen.
6. Go on to edit other list properties, or click OK to close the List Properties screen.
Note: If you copy cards into an ordered list, the new cards will be added at the end of the existing order.
Page 18
Choosing More Content
The More screen in Byki can display supplementary material intended to enrich the learning experience. The More
Content may be a web page related to the subject of the list, a document with background information, a lesson
written by someone who knows the material, or anything else that you choose. You do not have to include content
for the More screen if you do not want to, but it can be a handy feature if you choose to use it. You can add or
change the More Content when you are editing list properties. Note: This feature is only available in Byki Deluxe,
not in Byki Express.
To add or change the More Content:
1. Go to the List Properties screen and click on the Content tab, then click Choose More Content.
2. Choose one of the following options:
· If you do not want to add More Content at this time, or if you want to remove the existing More Content,
mark the No Content for More Screen option.
the appropriate URL in the field. Be sure to type the address correctly. As long as your Internet connection
is active and the page is available, this page will appear on the More screen the same way it would be in a
browser. It is also subject to the same security settings as your browser. Note that for some lists from
Transparent Language, you may see text in this field indicating that the program will find any appropriate
More Content available on the Transparent Language website; this text will disappear if you type another
URL, and will come back if you clear the field.
3. After you have made your changes, click OK to close the More Content Setup screen.
Possible ideas for More Content to go with language lists:
· A website about the culture which speaks the language being learned, or an HTML page with video or
audio recordings of native speakers conversing. You might also choose a page from the Transparent
Language website, www.transparent.com, about the language being learned.
· A document describing grammar rules that relate to the contents of the list, or a short story in the language,
using vocabulary words or phrases from the list.
· A map showing where the language is spoken, or a song in the language, with the lyrics written out.
· A list of language-learning tips that you have found particularly helpful, or a language lesson related to
learning the words or phrases in the list. This option is a good choice for educators who may be sharing
lists with students, or for any group of people who are helping each other learn.
Possible ideas for More Content to go with subject lists:
The possibilities for More Content in subject lists are as endless and varied as the possible subjects:
· An authoritative website about the subject, or a list of reference books or other resources related to the
subject which people using the list may want to consult for future research.
· An About the Author page with information about the creator of the list, or a detailed explanation of the
material in the list - why you chose it, what it is useful for, who might be interested in it, etc.
· An HTML page displaying photographs related to the subject, an FTP site with useful downloads.
· A description of any activity that might help someone learn the material in the list. For a science list, you
might describe an experiment. For a history list, you might suggest places to visit. For an entertainment list,
you might suggest movies or even specific movie scenes to watch. For a list related to food, you might
suggest a recipe to try. For any list, you might choose a funny website with jokes about the subject.
Learning doesn't have to be serious all the time!
Page 19
Changing Available Learning Steps
When you are editing list properties, you can change which learning steps are available for a list. All of the learning
steps have different benefits, and all of them will be appropriate and effective for most language lists. However, not
all the learning steps will be equally useful for all subject lists, so it is worthwhile to think about which steps will
work for the list you are creating.
To select learning steps while editing list properties:
1. Go to the List Properties screen, if you are not already there.
2. Click on the Learning tab.
3. A list of the possible learning steps will appear. There are three learning steps, two of which have multiple
modes, for a total of five options. Each step presents the material from your list in a different way, with unique
benefits and challenges. Mark the boxes beside the steps that you want available and clear the boxes beside the
steps that you do not want to use with this list.
The possible steps are:
material and is appropriate for any list.
· Step 2: Recognize It - This step shows you side two of your cards and asks you to come up with the
information from side one. For example, in a language list, you will see the foreign language and have to
come up with translations in your native language. Recognize It has two modes: Self-Reporting Recognize
It, in which you can think of the answers or say them out loud, and Written Recognize It, which requires
you to type the answers.
Both modes of Recognize It are useful for almost any language list, and can also be useful for many subject
lists. However, you may want to deselect the Written mode if you prefer thinking of answers to typing
them, or if the text on side one of your cards is exceptionally long. You may also want to deselect both
modes of Recognize It for a subject list that is in a question and answer format with the answers on side
two of the cards. For example, Recognize It would not be useful for a mathematical list with equations on
side one and numerical answers on side two.
· Step 3: Produce It - This step shows you side one of your cards and asks you to come up with the
information from side two. For example, in a language list, you will see your native language and have to
come up with translations in the foreign language. Produce It has two modes: Self-Reporting Produce It, in
which you can think of the answers or say them out loud, and Written Produce It, which requires you to
type the answers.
The Self-Reporting mode of Produce It is useful for any language list, and for almost any subject list. The
Written mode is also useful for most language lists, although you can deselect it if you do not want to have
to type in the foreign language. For subject lists, you may want to deselect the Written mode if you prefer
thinking of answers to typing them, or if the text on side two of your cards is exceptionally long. Note that
if you disable Written Produce It, you may also want to change the Count as Learned setting on the My
Learned Items screen to Score of 7 instead of Score of 8, so that your cards can still reach the necessary
score. If you disable both modes of Produce It, your cards will not be able to reach scores high enough to
be considered learned items.
4. After you have selected the learning steps you want, go on to edit other list properties, or click OK to close the
List Properties screen.
Page 20
Importing Lists
Importing Lists from Transparent Language Programs
The import and export features in Byki allow you to distribute lists without retyping them. You can import lists that
were exported from another copy of Byki or lists that you exported from another Transparent Language program.
To import a list from a Transparent Language program:
· Export a list from another copy of Byki. See page 29 for instructions.
· Export a list from another Transparent Language program, such as LanguageNow!.
· Receive a list that someone else exported from a Transparent Language program.
· If you installed Byki from a CD-ROM or a DVD, put that disc in the drive to reinstall a list that came with
the program.
2. Do one of the following to open the Import screen:
· Go to the Select a List screen and click Import List.
· Choose List / Import List.
· Press Ctrl+I.
3. In the Files of Type field, select b4u files (*.b4u). If you are using Byki Deluxe, you also have the option of
choosing uwl files (*.uwl) if you want to import lists from certain older Transparent Language programs.
4. The names of any exported lists that are in the same directory as Byki appear. If the list you want to import is in
a different location, such as another directory, a CD, a diskette, or a network drive, browse to that location.
5. When you see the name of a list that you want to import, select it. You can select more than one list at a time if
they are in the same location.
6. Click Open. The Import Lists screen will appear.
7. Choose one of the following options to indicate how you want the list to be available:
· Mark the Import Only for Me option if you would like the lists to be available only when you are logged
in to the program.
· Mark the Import For All Users option if you want the lists to be available to all the users on this computer.
8. When you are ready to import the files, click Import.
9. If any of the lists you are importing has the same name as an existing list in Byki, you will be asked how you
want to handle the conflict. See page 27 for details.
10. When you see the status for all the lists change to Complete, click Close to close the Import Lists screen.
See page 27 for some things to keep in mind about imported lists.
Page 21
Importing Lists from Microsoft Word
Byki allows you to import lists that were created as .doc files in Microsoft Word. This feature can save you time if
you already have lists in that format that you would like to use with Byki.
Note: This feature is only available in Byki Deluxe, not in Byki Express. This feature also requires that Microsoft
Word 2000 or higher be installed on your computer.
To import a list from a Microsoft Word document:
1. Create the list in Microsoft Word 2000 or higher. If you have an existing document, check that the information
is arranged properly, as described below.
Important:
Each line in the document must contain the information for a single card. Do not skip any lines, and do not put
information for more than one card on the same line. Do not include any other text in the document outside of
the text for the list.
On each line, the text should be arranged in the following order:
side 1 text;side 2 text;side 1 hint;side 2 hint;card comment;transliteration
If you prefer, you can use tabs or colons as delimiters in place of the semicolons. Alternatively, you can put the
text in a table, with each of the items in a separate column in the order listed above.
The side one and side two text is required. The rest of the information is optional. If your list does not require
hints, card comments, or transliterations, you do not have to put in that information. You can import a list which
includes just side 1 text;side 2 text if you prefer.
You can include some of the optional fields without including others. However, if you do so, you must make
sure that the information is in the correct position in the line. For example, a card comment must be after the
fourth delimiter. If you have a card which has a card comment but no hints, you will therefore need to put three
delimiters in a row: side 1 text;side 2 text;;;card comment. In a table, a card comment has to be in the fifth
column, even if the third and fourth columns are empty.
When you are typing the information, do not put extra spaces before, after, or in the middle of the text for either
side of the card. Be sure to spell things correctly, so that you can learn the information correctly.
If you are typing a list for a language that does not use the Latin alphabet, you must use an appropriate font for
the foreign characters. The Arial font that comes with Windows is often a good choice. Arial contains characters
for many languages. If you are working with a language that is not supported by Arial, make sure you are using
a Unicode font that has more than 256 characters with the Latin characters placed first.
Your text can use any of the special formatting supported by Byki, including bold text, italics, underlines,
superscript, subscript, and colors. The supported formatting will be preserved when the list is imported.
Alternatively, you can import plain text and change the formatting in Byki after the list has been imported.
If you want to see an example of a .doc file with a properly formatted list, use the Export feature to export any
of your Byki lists as a .doc file, then look at how the list is set up in Microsoft Word.
2. After you have entered all your information, save the file with the extension .doc, then close the document. You
cannot import a document while it is open in Microsoft Word.
3. In Byki, do one of the following to open the Import screen:
· Press Ctrl+I.

Page 22
4. In the Files of Type field, select word, excel files (*.doc, *.xls).
5. The names of any .doc files that are in the same directory as Byki appear. If the list you want to import is in a
different location, such as another directory, a CD, a diskette, or a network drive, browse to that location.
· Mark the Import Only for Me option if you would like the list to be available only when you are logged in
to the program.
· Mark the Import For All Users option if you want the list to be available to all the users on this computer.
10. Choose the appropriate import options for the file, then click Continue. You can choose from the following
options:
· Mark the Single Table option if the text for your list is in a table.
· Mark the List of Separated Words option if the text for your list is set up as words separated by
delimiters. You must then select the appropriate delimiter from the menu, so that that Byki will know how
to read the file.
11. The List Creation Wizard will appear, so you can go through the process of creating the new list. You will need
to enter a language or a subject, a list name, and all the other applicable information. See page 9 for instructions
on creating a language list, or see page 11 for instructions on creating a subject list. When you finish, the Import
List screen will reappear, and the data for the list will be imported.
12. When you see the status for all the lists on the Import Lists screen change to Complete, click Close to close the
Import Lists screen.
Page 23
Importing Lists from Microsoft Excel
Byki allows you to import lists that were created as .xls files in Microsoft Excel. This feature can save you time if
you already have lists in that format that you would like to use with Byki.
Note: This feature is only available in Byki Deluxe, not in Byki Express. This feature also requires that Microsoft
Excel 2000 or higher be installed on your computer.
To import a list from a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet:
1. Create the list in Microsoft Excel. If you have an existing spreadsheet, check that the information is arranged
properly, as described below.
Important:
Each row in the spreadsheet must contain the information for a single card. Do not skip any rows, and do not
put information for more than one card in the same row. Do not include any other information in the spreadsheet
outside of the text for the list.
In each row, the text should be arranged in the following order:
includes just side 1 text and side 2 text in the first two columns if you prefer.
sure that the information is in the correct column. For example, a card comment must always be in the fifth
When you are typing the information, do not put extra spaces before, after, or in the middle of the text for either
side of the card. Be sure to spell everything correctly, so that you can learn the information correctly.
the foreign characters. The Arial font that comes with Windows is often a good choice. Arial contains characters
for many languages. If you are working with a language that is not supported by Arial, make sure you are using
a Unicode font that has more than 256 characters with the Latin characters placed first.
Your text can use any of the special formatting supported by Byki, including bold text, italics, underlines,
superscript, subscript, and colors. The supported formatting will be preserved when the list is imported.
Alternatively, you can import plain text and change the formatting after the list has been imported.
If you want to see an example of a .xls file with a properly formatted list, use the Export feature to export any of
your Byki lists as an .xls file, then look at how the list is set up in Microsoft Excel.
2. After you have entered all your information, save the file with the extension .xls, then close the spreadsheet.
You cannot import a spreadsheet while it is open in Microsoft Excel.
· Press Ctrl+I.
4. In the Files of Type field, select word, excel files (*.doc, *.xls).

Page 24
5. The names of any .xls that are in the same directory as Byki appear. If the spreadsheet you want to import is in a
different location, such as another directory, a CD, a diskette, or a network drive, browse to that location.
6. When you see the name of a spreadsheet that you want to import, select it. You can select more than one list at a
time if they are in the same location.
to the program.
10. You will be asked to select which worksheet from the file you wish to import. Select an option from the menu
or type the appropriate information, then click Continue.
Page 25
Importing Lists from HTML Files
Byki allows you to import specially formatted HTML lists. The information in this type of list must be organized
and tagged as a table in an HTML file. This feature can save you time if you already have lists in that format that
you would like to use with Byki.
To import a list from an HTML file:
1. Create the list using an HTML editor or any other text editing program. If you have an existing file, check that
the information is arranged properly, as described below.
Important:
The data for the list must be contained in a table in the file, which should be set up using standard HTML tags
(such as <TABLE>, <TR>, <TD>, etc.). The table with the list data should be the only table in the file.
In each row, the text should be arranged in the following order:
includes just a two-column table with the side 1 text and side 2 text if you prefer.
sure that the information is in the correct column. For example, a card comment must always be in the fifth
When you are typing the information, do not put extra spaces or extra nbsp; tags before, after, or in the middle
of the text for either side of the card. Be sure to spell everything correctly, so that you can learn the information
correctly.
the foreign characters. The Arial font that comes with Windows XP is often a good choice. Arial contains
characters for many languages. If you are working with a language that is not supported by Arial, make sure you
are using a Unicode font that has more than 256 characters with the Latin characters placed first.
No text or tags outside of the table will affect the list directly, so you can include extra text, links, buttons, or
images in the file if you choose. However, serious errors with the tags may prevent Byki from importing the
file. We recommend keeping your code simple, clear, and correct.
2. After you have entered your information, save the file with the extension .htm, .html, or .rrl, then close the file.

· Press Ctrl+I.
4. In the Files of Type field, select HTML files (*.htm, *.html, *.rrl).
5. The names of any files with those extensions that are in the same directory as Byki appear. If the file you want
to import is in a different location, such as another directory, a CD, a diskette, or a network drive, browse to that
location.
Page 26
to the program.
Importing Lists from the Web

This feature allows you to import lists from the Transparent Language website. You must have an Internet browser
and an Internet connection to use this feature.
To import a list from the web:
1. Go to the Select a List screen, if you are not already there.
2. Click Download List.
3. Follow the instructions on the website which appears to download and import any available lists that interest
you.
Page 27
Importing Lists with the Same Name

If a list you are importing has the same name as a list which already exists in Byki, you must choose how you want
to resolve the conflict.
To resolve a list name conflict:
1. Look in the List in Conflict field to see which list has the naming conflict.

· Mark the Rename the List Being Imported option if you want to give the imported list a different name.
By default, Append Current Date to the Name is selected, so that the list will be renamed automatically
to include the date information. If you prefer, you can mark the New Name option and type a new name in
the field provided instead.
· Mark the Overwrite Existing List option if you want the list that is being imported to replace the list with
the same name which already exists in Byki.
· Mark the Skip this List option if you do not want to import this list, but you want to continue the process
of importing any other lists that were selected.
· Click Cancel Import in the lower right-hand corner if you want to cancel the process of importing all the
lists, not just this one.
3. If you want the choice you made to be used for all the name conflicts in this set of imported lists, mark the
Apply this Choice to all Conflicting Lists checkbox.
4. Click Continue when you have chosen your options.
Things to Keep in Mind about Imported Lists

· The next time you run Byki, you can select the imported list directly from the Select a List screen. You
don't need to import the list every time you run it.
· Not all lists include sound, pictures, video, or More Content, although you can edit the cards to add such
features. You can also edit any of the text on the cards as needed.
· If the information for the sides of the cards in an imported list is reversed, you can use the Swap Sides
button on the Edit screen to fix each card.
· All the cards in imported lists will be given scores of zero when they are first imported. However, you can
raise this score if you feel it is inappropriate. See pages 41 and 66 for more details.
· Lists imported from recent versions of Byki will have only the learning steps that the list creator chose to
enable because they are appropriate for that list. Lists imported from older versions of Byki,
LanguageNow!, or any other program will have all the learning steps enabled by default, even if some
learning steps are not as useful for that particular list. You can edit the list properties to change the learning
steps if you choose.
· As with any editable document, you should verify the content of any imported lists independently.
Transparent Language, Inc. is not responsible for the content of any lists created or edited by any outside
Page 28
Sharing Lists
Byki has been specially designed to make it easy to share lists with friends, family, co-workers, or anyone you
choose. Lists can be uploaded to a website run by Transparent Language, and downloaded from there by the people
you choose to share them with. The people you choose will be notified by e-mail, with a link to your downloadable
list. If they do not already own Byki, they will be offered a chance to download a version of the program. They can
use the program and the shared list on either Windows or Macintosh.
Everybody benefits when knowledge is shared. So if you have an interesting list, don't hesitate to pass it on!
Note: You must have an Internet Browser and an Internet connection to use this feature, and your intended
recipients must also have e-mail addresses and Internet connections. If you need to distribute lists without
e-mail or Internet access, see page 29.
To share a list:

· Choose List / Share List.
· Press Ctrl+H.
· Select a list on the Select a List screen, then click Share List.
2. On the screen which appears, mark or clear the options for including sound, pictures, alternative answers, and
More Content with your list, then click OK. Including such options will make the file bigger. The options to
include sound and pictures are marked by default, while the other options are not.
3. Your Internet browser will open to display the List Sharing page. Follow the instructions on the site to enter all
the appropriate information about your list.
Note: Any e-mail addresses you enter will be used only for the purposes of sharing this list, and will not be
stored or used by Transparent Language for any other purpose.
4. Click Share List. The file will be uploaded to Transparent Language's Byki List Sharing website, and your
recipients will be sent an e-mail with a link to your shared list. When they click on the link, they will see a web
page with your message and links to download the shared list. You will also be sent a copy of this e-mail.
Please note, the uploaded list is not saved as a file on your local computer. If you need to save a list as a file on your
local computer, see page 29.
Transparent Language, Inc. is not responsible for the content of any lists created or edited by any outside sources.
Transparent Language can only vouch for the content of the unedited versions of the lists that we officially
distribute.
Page 29
Exporting Lists from Byki
If you want to transfer lists between more than one copy of Byki, you can export and import your lists to save you
the trouble of retyping them. Use this feature to distribute lists to any friends and colleagues who use Byki, or to
create backups of your lists. With Byki Deluxe, you also have the option of exporting the list in formats that can be
read by Microsoft Word or Microsoft Excel.
Note: You can also share lists with anyone, even if they do not already have Byki. See page 28.
To export a list from Byki:
· If you have a list open, choose List / Export List or press Ctrl+R.
· On the Select a List screen, select the list that you want to export by clicking on it, then click Export List.
2. In the Name as field, type a name for the exported list, or accept the default name.
3. In the Save in field, check the name of the folder that is listed. If you want to choose a different location, click
Browse. For example, if you will be moving the list to a different computer, you may want to save it directly
onto a CD, floppy disk, network drive, or other similar device.
4. Beside the Export for label, select the program in which you want to use the exported list. The exported file
will be given the appropriate extension. The options are:
· Byki or Another Transparent Language Program - Files exported with this option will be given the
extension .b4u.
· Microsoft Word - Files exported with this option will be given the extension .doc. The information from
both sides of the cards in the list, including the card text and hints, will appear in the document, separated
by tabs. The order of the information is side 1 text, side 2 text, side 1 hint, side 2 hint, card comment,
transliteration. This option is only available in Byki Deluxe.
· Microsoft Excel - Files exported with this option will be given the extension .xls. The information from
both sides of your cards will appear in the columns of the spreadsheet. The order of the information is side
1 text, side 2 text, side 1 hint, side 2 hint, card comment, transliteration. This option is only available in
Byki Deluxe.
5. If you chose to export the list for use in Byki or another Transparent Language program, a set of Export
Options will appear on the screen. Mark the checkboxes for the options you prefer:
· With Sound - Choose this option if you want the sound files from either side of the cards in your list to be
included in the exported file. Unless file size is an issue, you will probably want to mark this option for any
lists that include sound. However, including sound will make the exported file larger, so you can uncheck
this option if you need a smaller file. This setting does not affect video sound.
· With Pictures - Choose this option if you want any pictures in your list to be included in the exported file.
Unless file size is an issue, you will probably want to mark this option for lists that include pictures.
However, including pictures will make the exported file larger, so you can uncheck this option if you need a
smaller file.
· With Video - Choose this option if you want any video in your list to be included in the exported file.
Unless file size is an issue, you will probably want to mark this option for lists that include video. However,
including video will make the exported file larger, so you can uncheck this option if you need a smaller file.
· With Alternative Answers - Choose this option if you want any alternative answers for the cards in your
list to be included in the exported file. Whether you mark this option depends on whether you think the
person who will be receiving the file is likely to want the same alternative answers that you do. Some
people prefer to start off with no alternative answers for a list, so they can learn just the answers on the
cards. Others like to have alternative answers already available.
See the next page for a continued list of options and continued instructions.
Page 30
· With More Content - Choose this option if you want any More Content for this list to be included in the
exported file. Whether you mark this option depends on whether you think the More Content will be useful
to the person who will be receiving the file. Including More Content will make the exported file larger, so
you can uncheck this option if you need a smaller file.
· Maximize Compatibility for Version 3.5 - Choose this option if your list is likely to be imported by
someone using version 3.5 or earlier of Byki. If this option is not marked, older versions of the program
may not be able to import the list correctly. If the list is only likely to be imported in the current version of
Byki (version 4.0) or in the most recent previous version (versions 3.6), you do not need to mark this
option.
These options will not appear if you are exporting the list for Microsoft Word or Microsoft Excel.
6. When you have chosen all your options, click Export.
7. Click Close when the message appears indicating that the list was successfully exported.
8. Import the list into another copy of Byki, or open it in another program, such as Microsoft Word or Microsoft
Excel. Alternatively, keep the file in another directory as a backup of your list.
Note that some languages may require special fonts to display certain characters in Microsoft Word or Microsoft
Excel. If the characters do not appear correctly when a list is opened in one of these programs, it may be that the
necessary font is not installed. Any computer which can display the characters correctly in Byki has the necessary
fonts.
Exporting Lists from Other Programs

The following programs can export lists that can be imported in Byki for additional practice:
Transparent Language Programs:
· LanguageNow!
· Languages of the World
· I Can Speak
· Complete Language
Other Programs:
· Microsoft Word (Byki Deluxe only)
· Microsoft Excel (Byki Deluxe only)
· Various other editing programs (Byki Deluxe only)

If you use one of the Transparent Language programs above in a language supported by Byki, see that program's on-
line Help for instructions on exporting CheckWord lists or other lists. See page 20 for instructions on importing the
lists in Byki. These export and import features can even move lists between a Macintosh and a PC.
If you have other Transparent Language programs that are not listed here, consult the on-line Help for those
programs to see if they can export lists in the .b4u or .uwl formats that Byki can import. If you are importing lists
from Before You Know It (the previous version of Byki), see page 5 for more details.
If you are using Byki Deluxe and you want to import lists from the Microsoft Office programs or from HTML files,
see pages 21 - 26.
Page 31
Printing Cards
The Card Printer allows you to print your Byki lists as physical flash cards. You can use these cards to practice when
you can't be at the computer. Keep them handy for a quick review anytime!
To print your flash cards:
1. Open the list that you want to print. If you only need to print some of the cards in your list, go to the Look
screen and select just those cards. You do not need to go to the Look screen and select any cards if you will be
printing the whole list.
2. Choose File / Print Cards or press Ctrl+J. The Settings screen will appear, so that you can choose the settings
for your printed cards.
3. Make sure the correct printer is selected in the Printer to Use field. If you need to change the properties of that
printer, use the Printer Setup button.
4. In the Page Layout menu, choose one of the following options:
· Single-Sided Cards - This option will print the information from side one and side two of each card next to
each other on single-sided sheets, so that the sides can be cut out and used separately or folded together for
use as a single card.
· 2" x 3.5" Cards, 3" x 5" Cards, or 4" x 6" Cards - These options will produce double-sided cards in the
size specified. The numbers refer to the size of the card in inches.
5. In the Print Options section, mark or clear the boxes next to each of the following options:
· Print Cut Lines - Mark this option if you want dotted lines to be printed around each card. Printing the
lines makes it easy for you to see where to cut the cards out.
· Print Card Pictures - Mark this option if you want any pictures in your list to be printed on your cards.
Pictures will be printed to the best ability of your printer, and they will be resized to fit on the cards if
necessary. The pictures will appear along with the information from side one of your cards. For example, in
a language list, the pictures will appear on the side of the card that shows the word or phrase in English.
Images from videos are not included on printed cards.
7. In the Print Range section, choose one of the following options:
· Print All Cards - This option will print your entire list.
· Print Selected Cards - This option will only print the cards you have selected on the Look screen. This
option will not be available if you have not selected any cards.
8. Click Next, then follow the appropriate instructions below, depending on whether you chose to print double-
sided or single-sided cards. For single-sided flash cards, follow the instructions below. For double-sided cards,
follow the instructions on the next page.
To print single-sided flash cards:

1. After you have chosen the settings for your flash cards and clicked Next on the Settings screen, you will see the
Single-Sided Printing screen. Make sure that your printer is loaded with the number of sheets of paper
mentioned on this screen. Note: Use regular paper in the printer, not index cards.
2. Click Print Pages.
3. After the cards have printed, click Finish to close the Card Printer.
4. Cut out your printed cards and use them as needed. You can cut out the sides separately, or you can keep side
one and side two of each card together and fold them for use as a single card.
Page 32
To print double-sided flash cards:
1. After you have chosen the settings for your flash cards and clicked Next on the Settings screen, you will see the
Front Side Printing screen. Make sure that your printer is loaded with the number of sheets of paper mentioned
on this screen, and follow the instructions on the screen for marking the top edge of the top sheet. This mark
will help you orient the paper correctly when you put it back in the printer later on. Note: Use regular paper in
the printer, not index cards.
2. Click Print Front Side.

3. Click Next after the information for the front side of your cards has been printed. The Back Side Printing screen
will appear.
4. Take the printed sheets out of the printer and put them back in, with the marked sheet on top and the mark
facing down, as shown on the screen. The other sheets should be underneath, in numerical order, facing the
same way as the top page. It is important to put the sheets back in the printer in the right order and with the right
orientation, so that the front and back sides of each card are matched up correctly. It may take some
experimentation to determine the correct orientation for your printer.
5. When the sheets are in place, click Print Back Side.

6. After all your cards have printed, double-check the printed sheets to be sure that all the cards are matched up
correctly. If not, then the sheets were probably put back into the printer in the wrong order or facing the wrong
way. Try again, being sure to mark the top page and put everything back in order. You can use the Back button
to return to the previous screens in the card printer, if necessary. If you need the back sides of your cards to print
in reverse order, mark the Print from Last Page option.
7. When you are done printing your cards, click Finish.
8. Cut out your printed cards and use them as needed.
Printing Lists
You can print your lists for extra practice away from the computer. Printed lists are organized with the information
from side one of the cards in the first column and the information from side two in the second column.
To print a list:
1. Open the list that you want to print.
2. Make sure your printer has paper and is ready to print the list. Note: Use regular paper in the printer, not index
cards.
· Choose File / Print List.
· Press Ctrl+P.
4. Click OK when the printer dialog box appears.
Page 33
Deleting Lists
You can delete a list when you no longer want to use it.
To delete a list:
1. Go to the Select a List screen.
2. Select the list or lists that you wish to delete. You can delete more than one list at a time.
3. Click Delete List or press Ctrl+D.
4. Click Yes to confirm that you want to permanently delete the lists.
Navigating Byki
After you have opened a list, you can navigate among the various screens in Byki by clicking on the tabs at the top
of the screen. The orange tabs open the screens you will be using most often to learn the material in your lists, while
the green tabs open supplemental screens for review and editing.
Learn - This tab opens the Learn screen, where you can select an exercise to help you master the current list. There
are three learning steps available, Preview It, Recognize It, and Produce It. Each one presents the information from
your list in a different way. These exercises are the heart of the Byki program, where you will probably spend most
of your time. To reflect its importance, the Learn screen is the first screen which appears when you open a list. You
can also open this screen by pressing the F2 key.
Alphabet - This tab opens the Alphabet Exploder screen, where you can learn about the letters of your foreign
language. This screen is not available for all languages, and is not available in Byki Express. You can also open this
screen by pressing the F3 key.
Activities - This tab opens the Activities screen, where you can work with a variety of supplemental activities to
further your learning experience, including Multiple Choice, Fill in the Blank, Pronunciation Practice, Word Whirl,
Concentration, and Four Square. You can select one or more lists with the same language or subject to use in the
activities. This screen is not available in Byki Express. You can also open this screen by pressing the F4 key.
Test - This tab opens the Test screen, where you can take tests to confirm whether you've learned the material or
need more practice with certain items in it. You can select one or more lists with the same language or subject to use
in the tests. This screen is not available in Byki Express. You can also open this screen by pressing the F5 key.
My Learned Items - This tab opens the My Learned Items screen, which displays information about the learned
items that you have mastered in a particular language or subject. Both fresh and stale items are included. You should
check the My Learned Items screen frequently to refresh your stale items so you don't forget them. You can also
open this screen by pressing the F6 key.
More - This tab opens the More screen, where you can see any More Content associated with this list. This
supplementary material, chosen by the creator of the list, is intended to enrich the learning experience. The More
screen will not appear for all lists, but you should be sure to check it out whenever it does. You can also open this
screen by pressing the F7 key.
Look - This tab opens the Look screen, where you can look over all the information from the current list in a table
format. You can also open this screen by pressing the F8 key.
Edit - This tab opens the Edit screen, where you can edit the current list. You can add, edit, or delete cards as
necessary, as well as changing the list properties if needed. This screen is not available in Byki Express. You can
also open this screen by pressing the F9 key.
FAQ - This tab opens the FAQ screen, where you can read useful information about the program and check for
application updates. You can also open this screen by pressing the F10 key.
Page 34
Using the Learn Screen
Starting Learning Steps
Byki uses a three-step process to help you master the information in your lists. Each learning step presents the
material from your list in a different way, so that you can learn it thoroughly. You can open the learning steps from
the Learn screen.
To start a learning step:
1. Click on the Learn tab at the top of the screen or press the F2 key.
2. Read the information on the overview card in the center of the screen.
· If you do not have a list open, the overview card will display the Select a List button so you can choose a
list to open. You must have a list open to use the learning steps.
· If you have a list open, the overview card will provide useful information about that list, including how
many cards it contains, what features are included, and what percentage of the list has been completed.
3. Move your mouse over the button for the learning step you want to use. The overview card will be replaced
with information about that learning step, so you can learn more about it.
4. Click on the button for the learning step that you want to use. The larger button with the orange
arrow indicates the step at which you should start or resume your learning, based on your current
scores. Although you are not required to follow this recommendation, doing so will help you get the most
out of the program.
The three possible learning steps are:
material. You will probably want to complete this step before moving on to the others.
· Step 2: Recognize It - This step shows you side two of your list and asks you to come up with the
information from side one. For example, in a language list, you will see the foreign language and have to
come up with translations in your native language. At first, you will be asked to think of the answers, but as
your scores progress, you will be asked to type them.
· Step 3: Produce It - This step shows you side one of your list and asks you to come up with the
information from side two. For example, in a language list, you will see your native language and have to
come up with translations in the foreign language. At first, you will be asked to think of the answers, but as
your scores progress, you will be asked to type them.
Note: Not all steps are available for all lists. Which steps are available for a specific list will depend on
the learning steps that were chosen when that list was created. You can edit the list properties to
add or remove learning steps for each list.
The buttons for steps that have been completed for this list are marked with green checkmarks . These
marks are meant to help you keep track of your progress. However, remember that you can still open completed
steps if you want to work with them again.
5. If you change your mind and you don't want to start a learning step, click on a different tab to go to a different
screen. You can also switch to a different list by clicking Change List.
Tip: There are also keyboard shortcuts to start each of these exercises from the Learn screen: Ctrl+1 starts
Preview It, Ctrl+2 starts Recognize It, and Ctrl+3 starts Produce It.
Note: Like most major screens in Byki, the Learn screen has a status bar at the bottom showing the name of the
current user, the language or subject of the current list, and the number of learned items and stale items in all the lists
for that language.
Page 35
Using Preview It
Preview It is Step 1 of the learning process in Byki. This exercise is designed to let you flip through all the cards in
your list, so you can familiarize yourself with the material on them.
To use Preview It:
1. Start Preview It according to the instructions on page 34.
2. A Flash Card appears on the screen, displaying the information from both sides of the card. Read the
information carefully, to begin committing it to memory. You may also want to try saying the words.
Tips:
· If you want to hear the sound for that card, click Play or press Ctrl+S.
· If you want slower sound, click or press Ctrl+T to turn on SlowSound before playing the
sound.
· If your list includes pictures or video, click and choose Show Picture/Video With Text,
Show Picture/Video Only, or Show Text Only, depending on how you want the information displayed.
The appearance of this button will vary depending on which option is selected. If an individual card does
not have a picture or video, just the text for that card will be shown, regardless of the setting.
· If a card has video, it can be played at any time by clicking on the image. Depending on the video
setting, it may also play automatically when the card appears.
· If the card has a card comment, you will see in the upper right-hand corner of the card. You
can click on that symbol to see the comment. To close the comment after you have read it, click the red X
in the upper right-hand corner of the speech bubble.
· If you want the program to automatically flip from one card to the next, click Auto Flip. You can
use Options / Display / Auto Flip Speed to control the amount of time spent on each card. The further to
the right the slider is set, the faster it will go.
3. When you are ready to move to another card in your list, click Previous or Next. (You can also press Ctrl+N to
go to the next card.) The Card Position numbers indicate the position of the current card within the list.
In this exercise, you will earn one point the first time you look at each card. The pointers in the Step Percentage
and List Percentage meters will move to the right as your scores increase. There is no way to lose points in
Preview It, so your scores will never decrease during this exercise. If you have the program set to display
scores, you will see the current card's score displayed at the bottom of the card.
4. When you reach the end of the list, you will see a congratulations message. Do one of the following:
· Click Stay on This Step to continue using this step as long as you like.
· Click Go to Next Step to advance to the next appropriate learning step.
· Click Exit Step to close the step and return to the Learn screen.
5. If you want to close Preview It before completing the exercise, do any of the following:
· Click any of the tabs at the top of the screen to go to another part of the program.
· Click Change List to open a different list.

Page 36
Using Recognize It (Self-Reporting)
Recognize It is Step 2 of the learning process in Byki. This exercise can teach you to identify the information in
your list. The text from side two of your cards appears on the Flash Card in the middle of the screen, and you must
try to come up with the information from side one. The instructions below cover the Self-Reporting mode of
Recognize It, in which you must think of the answers. See page 37 for details on the other mode.
To use Recognize It in Self-Reporting mode:
1. Start Recognize It according to the instructions on page 34. When the exercise opens, you will see side two of a
card in your list. In a language list, it will show a foreign term. In a subject list, it will usually show the less
familiar piece of the information.
2. Try to think of or say the information from the other side of the card. Tips:
· If you want to hear the sound for the card, click Play or press Ctrl+S. If you want slower sound, click
or press Ctrl+T to turn on SlowSound before playing the sound.
· If you want to skip a particular card, click Skip Card or press Ctrl+N to go to the next card.
3. Click Flip Card or press Ctrl+F to flip the card and check your answer. You can also press the Enter key.
4. Byki displays the correct answer on the card in the center of the screen. Read the information to determine if
your answer was correct.
Note: If the card has a card comment, you will see in the upper right-hand corner of the card after it flips.
You can click on that symbol to see the comment. To close the comment after you have read it, click the
red X in the upper right-hand corner of the speech bubble.
5. Click Yes or No (or press Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+N) to indicate whether you thought of the correct answer.
· If you click Yes, your score for that card will increase. If you have never been asked to guess that card
before, you will earn three points for answering it correctly. After that, answering it correctly will earn one
point. The maximum score for this mode of Recognize It is four.
· If you click No, your score for that card will go down by three, although you will immediately be given a
chance to try that card again and earn back one point. Pay attention to the correct answer on the Flash Card
to help you learn the answer for next time.
The pointers in the Step Percentage and List Percentage meters will move to the right as your scores increase or
to the left if your scores decrease. If you have the program set to display scores, you will see the current card's
score displayed at the bottom of the card. The next card appears automatically after your score is updated. At
first, you will see a small set of cards from your list, but more cards will be added to the cycle as your scores for
the first set go up.
6. When all the scores reach four, the highest score for this mode of Recognize It, one of the following will occur:
· If Written Recognize It is enabled for this list, the exercise will switch to that mode. See page 37.
· If Written Recognize It is not enabled for this list, you will see a message telling you that you have
completed Step 2. Do one of the following: Click Stay on This Step to continue using this step, click Go to
Next Step to advance to the next appropriate learning step, or click Exit Step to close the step.
7. If you want to close Recognize It before completing the exercise, do any of the following:
· Click Exit Step to close the exercise and return to the Learn screen.
· Click Switch to Written Mode to change modes at any time.

Tip: You can omit the Ctrl key for most of the keyboard shortcuts on this screen. Pressing the S, T, F, Y, or N
keys individually will have the same effect as using them with the Ctrl key.
Page 37
Using Recognize It (Written)
Recognize It is Step 2 of the learning process in Byki. The instructions below cover the Written mode of Recognize
It, in which you must type your answers. See page 36 for details on the other mode.
To use Recognize It in Written mode:
1. Start Recognize It according to the instructions on page 34. When the exercise opens, you will see side two of a
card. In a language list, it will show a foreign term. In a subject list, it will show the less familiar information.
2. Type the information from the other side of the card in the field below the card. Tips:
· Type the information exactly as it appears in the list. For example, do not add an article to the translation of
a noun in a language list unless that article appears in the translation in your list. Use correct capitalization
and type any punctuation that is used within a phrase. By default, the answers are case-sensitive and
sensitive to punctuation. (To set the program to ignore English capitals and punctuation, see page 90.)
· If necessary, you can use the button to display the Keyboard Map to help you type special
characters. Formatting such as bold, italic, underlined, or colored text does not affect the way you should
type an answer.
· If you want to hear the sound for the card, click Play or press Ctrl+S. If you want slower sound,
click or press Ctrl+T to turn on SlowSound before playing the sound.
3. Click Check or press Ctrl+F to flip the card and check your answer. You can also press the Enter key. The
correct answer will appear and one of the following will occur:
· If you typed the correct answer, your score for that card will increase. If you have never been asked to
guess that card before, you will earn three points for answering it correctly. After that, answering it
correctly will earn one point. The maximum score for this mode of Recognize It is five.
· If you typed a wrong answer, your score for that card will go down by three, although you will immediately
be given a chance to try that card again and earn back one point. Pay attention to the correct answer on the
Flash Card to help you learn the answer for next time.
score displayed at the bottom of the card. If the card has a card comment, you will see in the upper right-
hand corner of the card after it flips. You can click on that symbol to see the comment. To close the comment
after you have read it, click the red X in the upper right-hand corner of the speech bubble.
4. If you want to change the status of your answer, do one of the following:
· If you typed a wrong answer that you would like to be considered correct, click the Accept as Correct link,
then choose either the Typo or Alternative Answer option, depending on whether you want the answer to
be accepted just one time or every time. You can mark the Incorrect Answer option instead if you change
your mind about making this answer acceptable. When you have made your choice, click OK.
· If you typed one of the alternative answers for the card but you no longer want that answer to be
acceptable, mark the Do Not Accept This Answer checkbox which appears in the That's Right bubble.
That answer will no longer be considered an alternative answer.
5. Click Next (or press Ctrl+N) to go on to another card. At first, you will see a small set of cards from your list,
but more cards will be added to the cycle as your scores for the first set go up.
6. When all your scores reach five, the highest score for this mode of Recognize It, you will see a congratulations
message. Click Stay on This Step to continue using this exercise as long as you like, click Go to Next Step to
advance to the next appropriate learning step, or click Exit Step to close the step.
7. If you want to close Recognize It before completing the exercise, do any of the following: Click Exit Step to close
the step and return to the Learn screen. Click Switch to Self-Reporting Mode to change modes. Click any of the
tabs at the top of the screen to go to another part of the program, or click Change List to open a different list.
Page 38
Using Produce It (Self-Reporting)
Produce It is Step 3 of the learning process in Byki. You will see side one of a card in your list and have to come up
with the information from side two. The instructions below cover the Self-Reporting mode of Produce It, in which
you must think of the answers. See page 39 for details on the other mode.
To use Produce It in Self-Reporting mode:
1. Start Produce It according to the instructions on page 34. When the exercise opens, you will see side one of a card.
In a language list, it will show a native language term. In a subject list, it will show the more familiar information.
2. Try to think of or say the information from the other side of the card. Tips:
· If you want to hear the sound for the card, click Play or press Ctrl+S. If you want slower sound, click
or press Ctrl+T to turn on SlowSound before playing the sound.
not have a picture or video, just the text for that card will be shown. If a card has video, it may play
automatically, depending on the video setting. It can also be played at any time by clicking on the image.
4. Byki displays the correct answer on the card in the center of the screen. Read the information to determine if
your answer was correct. If the card has a card comment, you will see in the upper right-hand corner of the
card after it flips. You can click on that symbol to see the comment. To close the comment after you have read
it, click the red X in the upper right-hand corner of the speech bubble.
5. Click Yes or No (or press Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+N) to indicate whether you thought of the correct answer.
· If you click Yes, your score for that card will increase. If you have never been asked to guess that card
before, you will earn three points for answering it correctly. After that, answering it correctly will earn one
point. The maximum score for this mode of Produce It is seven.
· If you click No, your score for that card will go down by three, although you will immediately be given a
chance to try that card again and earn back one point. Pay attention to the correct answer on the Flash Card
to help you learn the answer for next time.
score displayed at the bottom of the card. The next card appears automatically after your score is updated. At
first, you will see a small set of cards from your list, but more cards will be added to the cycle as your scores for
the first set go up.
6. When all the card scores reach seven, the highest score for this mode of Produce It, one of the following will
occur:
· If Written Produce It is enabled for this list, the exercise will automatically switch to that mode. See page 39.
· If Written Produce It is not enabled for this list, you will see a message telling you that you have completed
Step 3 and offering you the chance to switch to various other screens in the program.
7. If you want to close Produce It before completing the exercise, do any of the following:

· Click any of the tabs at the top of the screen to go to another part of the program. You can also click
Change List to open a different list.
Tip: You can omit the Ctrl key for most of the keyboard shortcuts on this screen. Pressing the S, T, F, Y, or N
keys individually will have the same effect as using them with the Ctrl key.
Page 39
Using Produce It (Written)
Produce It is Step 3 of the learning process in Byki. This exercise can help you think about your lists from a
different perspective. You will see the information from side one of a card in your list and you will have to come up
with the information from side two. For example, in a language list, you will see a term in your native language and
have to come up with the foreign translation.
Depending on your scores and the settings for your list, Produce It can either ask you to think of answers or require
you to type them. The instructions below cover the Written mode, in which you must type your answers. See page
38 for details on the other mode.
To use Produce It in Written mode:
1. Start Produce It according to the instructions on page 34. When the exercise opens, you will see side one of a
card in your list. In a language list, it will show a term in your native language. In a subject list, it will usually
show the more familiar piece of the information.
2. Type the information from the other side of the card in the field below the card.
Tips:
· Type the information exactly as it appears in the list. For example, in a language list, some foreign nouns
must be typed with the appropriate definite article. Similarly, adjectives, adverbs, and other parts of speech
may have different forms depending on gender or other factors, while verbs may be conjugated in certain
phrases. In all cases, you should type the form used in your list.
appears. Alternatively, use the button to show or hide the Keyboard Map for certain languages. See
pages 80 - 85 for instructions, depending on the language you are learning. You may also want to see the
Language-Specific information for your language. Language-Specific information begins on page 97.
· Use correct capitalization. The answers are case-sensitive.
· Type any punctuation that is used within a phrase.
· Special formatting such as bold, italic, underlined, or colored text does not affect the way you
should type the answer.
· If you want to hear the sound for the card, click Play or press Ctrl+S.
sound.
not have a picture or video, just the text for that card will be shown, regardless of the setting.
· If you want to skip a particular card, click Skip Card or press Ctrl+N to go to the next card
without answering this one.
Page 40
correct answer will appear, and one of the following will occur:
· If you typed the correct answer, your score for that card will increase. If you have never been asked to
guess that card before, you will earn three points for answering it correctly. After that, answering it
correctly will earn one point. The maximum score for this mode of Produce It is eight.
· If you typed a wrong answer, your score for that card will go down by three, although you will immediately
be given a chance to try that card again and earn back one point. Pay attention to the correct answer on the
Flash Card to help you learn the answer for next time.
score displayed at the bottom of the card.
If the card has a card comment, you will see in the upper right-hand corner of the card after it flips. You can
click on that symbol to see the comment. To close the comment after you have read it, click the red X in the
upper right-hand corner of the speech bubble.
· If you typed a wrong answer that you would like to be considered correct, click the Accept as Correct link,
then choose either the Typo or Alternative Answer option, depending on whether you want the answer to
be accepted just one time or every time. You can mark the Incorrect Answer option instead if you change
your mind about making this answer acceptable. When you have made your choice, click OK.
5. Click Next (or press Ctrl+N) to go on to another card. At first, you will see a small set of cards from your list,
but more cards will be added to the cycle as your scores for the first set go up.
6. When the scores for all the cards reach eight, the highest score for this mode of Produce It, you will see a
congratulations message. Do one of the following:
· Click Change List learn a different list.
· Click Go to Activities to use the cards from this list in the activities. (Byki Deluxe only)
· Click Take a Test to take a test on this list. (Byki Deluxe only)
· Click See Learned Items to see statistics about the items you have learned.
· Click Stay on This Step to continue using this step as long as you like.
7. If you want to close Produce It before completing the exercise, do any of the following:
Page 41
Understanding Scores
During the learning steps, you will see two meters that indicate your progress. The information for the meters is
calculated by dividing the points you have earned so far by the total possible number of points.
The Step Percentage Complete meter shows how close you

are to finishing the current learning step. The farther to the
right the pointer has moved, the closer you are. (If your
scores are below the typical starting level for a step, the
meter may not move until you reach that level.)
The List Percentage Complete meter shows your overall
progress with the current list, based on the score of all your
cards. The farther to the right the pointer has moved, the
closer you are to mastering the list.
Although the scoring information is usually kept behind the scenes so you can concentrate on learning, every card in
your lists has a numerical score associated with it. This score represents how well you have mastered that card. Each
list also has a list score equal to the lowest score of any card it contains.
In Preview It, you earn 1 point the first time you see each card. In Recognize It and Produce It, you gain and lose
points as follows:
A correct answer the first time you guess a particular card: +3 points
Each subsequent correct answer: +1 point
Each incorrect answer: -3 points
When you answer a card correctly the first time you are asked to guess it, your score for that card goes up by three
points, under the assumption that you must have some familiarity with it. After that, each time you answer that card
correctly, your score goes up by one point, until you reach the maximum score that you can earn in that exercise.
Maximum score for Preview It: 1

Maximum score for Recognize It: Self-Reporting: 4, Written: 5
Maximum score for Produce It: Self-Reporting: 7, Written: 8
When you answer a card incorrectly, three points are subtracted from that card's score, although you will
immediately be given a chance to try the card again and earn back one point. If your incorrect answer happens to
match the answer for another card, you will lose a point on that card too, and that card will also appear soon during
the exercise.
If you mark an answer as an alternative answer, the points that were taken away from your score will be restored,
and the points for a correct answer will be added. From that time on, that alternative answer will be considered
correct until you choose to remove it from the list of acceptable answers.
If you have the program set to display scores, the score information will appear on various screens. The scores are
usually shown in colored circles, with backgrounds that change from red to orange to yellow to green as your scores
increase:
The clear circle indicates a score of zero.
Page 42
Using the Alphabet Screen
Using Alphabet Exploder
Recognizing and understanding the letters of a foreign language is an important step toward comprehending the
language as a whole. For that reason, many Byki programs include a special Alphabet Exploder, designed to help
you familiarize yourself with the letters of your foreign language.
Note: This feature is only available in Byki Deluxe, not in Byki Express. Also, Alphabet Exploder is not available
for all languages. Currently, Alphabet Exploder is available for Arabic, Armenian, Chechen, Dari, Farsi, Georgian,
Hindi, Korean, Pashto, Punjabi, Russian, and Urdu. If you are learning a different language, you can contact
Transparent Language to learn if an Alphabet Exploder for your language is planned.
To use Alphabet Exploder:
1. Click on the Alphabet tab at the top of the screen or press the F3 key. If you do not see this tab, Alphabet
Exploder is not available for the language of your current list.
The Alphabet Exploder screen appears. By default, it shows the side two text from the first card in the list, with
the first letter of that text selected. Special font attributes such as bold text, italics, underlines, subscript,
superscript, or colors will not appear in Alphabet Exploder.
2. Select a letter that you want to learn about. You can use the following methods to move between letters:
· Click or below the Side Two box to move one letter to the left or one letter to the right. (In
some Asian languages, these buttons will move syllable by syllable instead of letter by letter.) These
buttons will take you to the next or previous word or phrase if necessary.
· Click on the letter you want.
· For a very long phrase, use the scroll bar under the Side Two box to see any letters that are pushed off the
screen.
· Click Pick a Letter, then select the name of the letter you want from the list which appears.
· Click Previous or Next at the bottom of the screen to move to the previous or next card in your list.
Note: Alphabet Exploder will not allow you to select punctuation marks. If you select a numeral, only the
Locate on Keyboard button will be active.
3. Use the following features to learn about the letter that you have selected:
· Look in the Selected Letter box to see all the possible forms of the selected letter. Depending on the
language, this box may show capital and lowercase letters, the different forms that a letter takes at different
positions within a word, the different letters that make up a syllable, or any other appropriate variations.
· For languages in which letters are usually ligated, such as Arabic, click to see all the
letters of the current word or phrase in their isolated, stand-alone forms. Click to see the letters
separated, but still in the forms that they use in the current word or phrase. Click to return to the
ligated form of the word or phrase, as it would normally be written. These options will not be available for
all languages.
See the next page for a continued list of options and continued instructions.
Page 43
· Click Play Word or Phrase to hear the word of which the letter is a part.
· Click Play Letter Name to hear the name of the letter.
· Click Play Common Sounds to hear the most typical sounds associated with the selected letter. Some
letters may have more than one sound. This button may be grayed out for silent letters that do not indicate
any sounds.
· Click Locate on Keyboard to see the Keyboard Map with the selected letter highlighted, so that you can
see how to type it. Some languages may have more than one Keyboard Map available to select in the
Layout menu. To close the Keyboard Map, click the X button in the upper right-hand corner of the map.
· Click Alphabet Reference to open the Alphabet Reference file and read more detailed information about
the letter.
· Click or below the Selected Letter box to move to the previous or next word or phrase that
contains the selected letter. This option allows you to see the letter used in different contexts.
· Select an option from the Auto Play menu to have the letter name and/or the common sounds played
automatically when a letter is selected.
4. When you are done using Alphabet Exploder, click on any of the other tabs at the top of the screen to go to
another part of the program, or click Change List to open a different list.
Note: Like most major screens in Byki, the Alphabet Exploder screen has a status bar at the bottom showing the
name of the current user, the language or subject of the current list, and the number of learned items and stale items
in all the lists for that language.
Page 44
Using the Activities Screen
Starting Activities
There are various supplemental activities available on the Activities screen in Byki. These activities will help you
increase your exposure to the material in your lists. You can use the cards from one or more lists with the same
language or subject in the activities.
To open an activity:
1. Click on the Activities tab at the top of the screen or press the F4 key.
2. Move your mouse over the button for the activity you want to use. Information about that activity will appear on
the right-hand side of the screen.
3. Click on the button for the activity that you would like to use. The available activities are: Multiple Choice, Fill
in the Blank, Pronunciation Practice, and Word Whirl.
4. Choose an activity mode, if one is required for the selected activity:
· Multiple Choice - You can choose from two modes, Recognize It (in which you will see the side two
information and have to choose the side one information) and Produce It (in which you will see the side
one information and have to choose the side two information).
· Fill in the Blank - You can choose from two modes, Written (in which you must type the information that
fills in the space) and Multiple Choice (in which you must select the correct option to fill in a space).
· Word Whirl - You can choose from three modes: Preview It (in which you will see both sides of the card),
Recognize It (in which you will see just the side two information before seeing both sides) and Produce It
(in which you will see just the side one information before seeing both sides).
5. Select the list or lists which you want to use in the activity. To do so, you can either mark the Use Current List
option to use the list that you currently have open, or you can mark Use Other List(s), then click Select Lists
and choose one or more other lists to use before clicking OK. Note: Some activities have specific requirements:
· Multiple Choice and Four Square each require at least four cards. Concentration requires at least nine
cards.
· Fill in the Blank requires cards with three or more words in the text on side two. The Written mode
requires at least one such card, while the Multiple Choice mode requires at least four. Lists that do not have
any cards which meet this requirement will be grayed out when you are selecting lists to use with Fill in the
Blank. Also, Fill in the Blank cannot be used with Chinese, Japanese, or Korean lists.
· Pronunciation Practice requires at least one card that has sound associated with side two. Only cards with
sound will be used in the activity; any cards without sound will be skipped. Lists with no sound will be
grayed out when you are selecting lists to use with Pronunciation Practice.
6. If you have selected Word Whirl, mark the checkboxes in the Options section to indicate whether you want the
activity to Play Side 1 Sounds, Play Side 2 Sounds, Show Hints, and Show Pictures along with the card text.
You can also choose a Foreground Color, a Background Color, a Font Size, and a Presentation Speed in the
Appearance section.
7. When you have selected your options, click Start Activity. If you change your mind and you don't want to open
an activity, click on a different tab to go to a different screen.
Note: Like most major screens in Byki, the Activities screen has a status bar at the bottom showing the name of the
current user, a language or subject, and the number of learned items and stale items in all the lists for that language
or subject. Be aware that the language or subject shown is always the one from the list you opened at the start of this
Byki session, the one that will still be open if you switch back to the Learn screen. Because that list is the main one
open for this session, the language information in the status bar will not change even if you use the Use Other
List(s) option and work with a different language in the activities for a while.
Page 45
Using Multiple Choice
The Multiple Choice activity can help you practice matching the material in your lists. In this activity, you will see
one side of a card and have to match it with the other side, choosing from several possibilities.
To use Multiple Choice:
1. Start Multiple Choice according to the instructions on page 44.
2. You will see one side of a card, along with four possible matches for that information. Decide which answer is
appropriate.
Tips:
· If you want to hear the sound for this card, click Play or press Ctrl+S.
sound.
· If the button appears in Produce It mode, click on it and choose Show Picture/Video With
Text, Show Picture/Video Only, or Show Text Only, depending on how you want the information
displayed. The appearance of this button will vary depending on which option is selected. If an individual
card does not have a picture, just the text for that card will be shown, regardless of the setting.
· If you want to skip a particular card, click Next or press Ctrl+N to go to the next card without
answering this one.
3. Click on the answer that you have decided on. One of the following will occur:
· If you chose the correct answer, a green checkmark will appear next to that answer and your progress
information in the upper right-hand part of the screen will be updated.
· If you chose a wrong answer, a red will appear next to the answer that you chose and a
green checkmark will appear next to the correct answer, so that you can learn it for next time.
4. Click Next (or press -N) when you are ready to go on to the next card:
5. Click Exit Activity when you are finished practicing.

Page 46
Using Fill in the Blank in Multiple Choice Mode
The Multiple Choice mode of the Fill in the Blank activity requires you to choose the correct text to fit in the empty
space in the text of a card.
To use Fill in the Blank in Multiple Choice Mode:
1. Start Fill in the Blank in Multiple Choice mode according to the instructions on page 44.
2. You will see the text from side two of a card with a blank space in place of one of the words, along with four
possible words to fill in that blank. Decide which answer is appropriate. Tips:
· If you want to hear the sound for this card, click Play or press Ctrl+S.
sound.
· If you want to skip a particular card, click Next or press Ctrl+N to go to the next card without
answering this one.
3. Click on the answer that you have decided on. One of the following will occur:
· If you chose the correct answer, a green checkmark will appear next to that answer and your progress
information in the upper right-hand part of the screen will be updated.
· If you chose a wrong answer, a red will appear next to the answer that you chose and a
green checkmark will appear next to the correct answer. Your progress information in the upper right-
hand part of the screen will also be updated. Pay attention to the correct answer to help you learn it for next
time.
4. Click Next or press Ctrl+N when you are ready to go on to another card.

Page 47
Using Fill in the Blank in Written Mode
The Written mode of the Fill in the Blank activity requires you to type the correct text to fit in the empty space in the
text of a card.
To use Fill in the Blank in Written mode:
1. Start Fill in the Blank in Written mode according to the instructions on page 44.
2. You will see the text from side two of a card with a blank space in place of one of the words. Type the word that
fits in that blank space.
Tips:
· Type the information exactly as it appears in the list. Alternative answers are not accepted in this activity.
appears. Alternatively, use the button to show or hide the Keyboard Map. See pages 80 - 85 for
instructions, depending on the language you are learning. You may also want to see the Language-Specific
information for your language. Language-Specific information begins on page 97.
· Use correct capitalization. The answers are case-sensitive. Special formatting such as bold, italic,
underlined, or colored text does not affect the way you should type the answer.
· If you want to hear the sound for the card, click Play or press Ctrl+S. If you want slower sound,
click or press Ctrl+T to turn on SlowSound before playing the sound.
· If you want to skip a particular card, click Skip Card or press Ctrl+N to go to the next card
without answering this one.
correct answer will appear on the card, and the program will indicate whether your answer was right or wrong.
4. Click Next (or press Ctrl+N) when you are ready to go on to another Flash Card.
Using Word Whirl

Word Whirl is a fun way to increase your language exposure when you aren't in the mood to put in a lot of effort.
Simply sit back and enjoy the show as the information from cards in your lists swirls across the screen.
To use Word Whirl:
1. Start Word Whirl according to the instructions on page 44.
2. Watch as the information from various cards is displayed on the screen. If you marked the Play Sound option
before starting the activity, you'll also hear the sound for each card.
3. Click if you want to pause the display so that you can read the text more easily. Click to
restart the motion.
4. When you've watched long enough, click or press the ESC key close the activity.
Page 48
Using Concentration
Concentration tests your memory as well as your knowledge of the material in your lists.
To use Concentration:
1. Start Concentration according to the instructions on page 44. You will see two sets of cards, one labeled Side 1
and the other labeled Side 2. The cards will be face down, so you cannot see the information on them.
2. Click on any card in either section. That card will flip over so that you can see the information on it. If you
clicked on a card in the Side 2 section, the side two sound will play as the card flips. If you want the sound to be
slower, click or press Ctrl+T to turn on SlowSound before clicking on the card.
3. Click on a card in the other section. It will also flip over.

After the second card is flipped, you will be told whether the cards are a match. If they are, both cards will be
removed from the game. If they are not, they will flip back over so their information is hidden again. Remember
which information was on each card, so you can find future matches.
4. Continue clicking on cards from each section until you have matched all the cards. Try to do so with as few flips
as possible.
5. When all the matches have been made, the game is over, and you can view your results on the Concentration
Results screen. If you set a new record for the fewest flips or the shortest time, you will see a Congratulations
message which tells you how well you did. Click OK to close the message.
6. When you are ready, do one of the following:
· Click New Game to reset the game and start over with a different set of cards.
· Click Exit Activity to close the activity when you are finished practicing.
Using Four Square

Four Square is a fast-paced memory game that tests how well you really know your cards.
To use Four Square:
1. Start Four Square according to the instructions on page 44.
2. You will see four cards, arranged in a square. The cards start off face down, but one by one they are flipped over
briefly, so you have a chance to see their information. Pay attention and remember which card is where. The
amount of time for which each card's information is displayed is determined by the difficulty level. At the
beginner level, each card is shown for a longer time.
When all the cards have been shown once, a card will appear in the middle of the square, face up. In Recognize
It mode, the side two sound for that card will also be played. If you want the sound to be slower, click or
press Ctrl+T to turn on SlowSound before the sound is played.
3. Click on the card in the square which you think matches that center card.
· If you picked the correct card, a green checkmark will appear on it.
· If you picked an incorrect card, a red X will appear instead.

4. Another round will begin automatically after the status of your answer is shown. When you are ready to end the
activity, do one of the following:
· Click New Game to reset the game and start over.
· Click Exit Activity to close the activity when you are finished practicing.
Page 49
Using Pronunciation Practice
Pronunciation Practice is a fun way to build speaking skills and vocabulary. Listen to the original speaker say the
words and phrases from your lists, then record your pronunciation. Play the sound and look at the graphs to see how
well you did!
Note: This feature is only available in Byki Deluxe, not in Byki Express. Also, this activity will only be available
for lists that have sound associated with side two of the cards. If any of the cards in a list do not have
sound, those cards will not be used in this activity.
To use Pronunciation Practice:
1. Start Pronunciation Practice according to the instructions on page 44.
2. The Pronunciation Practice screen appears, and you will hear a word or phrase pronounced. Listen carefully to
the pronunciation. You can also see the text from both sides of the card at the top of the screen.
3. If you want to hear the sound again, click the upper Play button. If you want to slow down the
sound, click to turn on SlowSound before playing the sound.
4. Click Record to begin recording sound.
5. Speak into the microphone as you say the word or phrase that you are practicing.
6. Click Stop when you are finished recording. Be sure not to click this button too soon, or you may
cut off the end of your recording. Also note that if your recording runs more than 15 seconds longer than
the original speaker's recording, it will be cut off automatically.
7. Use the Pronunciation Meter and the pronunciation graphs to visually compare your pronunciation
to the original speaker's. The Pronunciation Meter will give you an overall impression of how you did,
while the pronunciation graphs will focus on specific aspects of your pronunciation. See pages 50 - 52 for
more information on the Pronunciation Meter and the pronunciation graphs.
8. Use the sound features to complete your comparison of your pronunciation to the original
speaker's. There are several ways to do so:
· Listen to your pronunciation by clicking the lower Play button, then listen to the original speaker's
pronunciation by clicking the upper Play button. You can also click Wave Form to hear the original
speaker's voice and your voice one right after the other.
· Listen to parts of words to focus on individual elements of the pronunciation. To do so, click on a wave
form graph and hold down the mouse button while you drag the mouse right or left to highlight part of the
graph. When you release the button, you will hear just the highlighted part of the sound. See page 50 for
more details.
· Click Fricatives, Pitch, and Vowels to hear patterns of sound that represent the pitch, fricatives, and
vowels in the original speaker's speech and yours. Use these patterns to determine where your
pronunciation was different than the original speaker's.
9. Click Next or press Ctrl+N when you are ready to go on to another word or phrase, or click Previous to return
to a word or phrase that you already practiced. The cards will be shown in order, except that any cards without
sound will be skipped.
Quick Recording Tips:
· Speak clearly at a medium-loud volume, a bit above what you'd use in a normal conversation. Don't shout,
but don't be too quiet either.
· Make sure your microphone isn't too close or too far from your mouth.
· Eliminate any unnecessary background noise.
· Don't stop a recording too soon or you could cut off the end of the sound.
Page 50
Listening to Parts of Words or Phrases
In Pronunciation Practice, you can listen to individual parts of words or phrases to focus on specific sounds. For
example, you may want to hear just the ending of a word, or just a cluster of letters that you find difficult to
pronounce. You can also listen to parts of your own recordings.
To hear part of a word or phrase:
1. Start Pronunciation Practice according to the instructions on page 44.
2. Play the sound for a word or phrase. You can also record your own pronunciation of that word or phrase if you
prefer. The pronunciation graphs will appear when a sound is played or recorded.
3. Click on a wave form graph and hold down your mouse button.
4. With the mouse button still held down, drag your mouse right or left to select part of the wave form graph.
5. Release the mouse button to hear the part of the sound that you selected.
You can also use this technique to listen to parts of the sounds generated by the other pronunciation graphs that
appear on the Pronunciation Practice screen. See pages 51 and 52 for more information about the graphs.
Reading the Pronunciation Meter and Pronunciation Graphs

Byki gives you several forms of visual feedback to help you improve different aspects of your pronunciation. Don't
be discouraged if your results vary, or if it takes several tries to improve your results. Just keep practicing, and your
pronunciation will improve.
The Pronunciation Meter gives you a general score for your pronunciation of the current word or phrase, ranging
from Beginner to Advanced. The further to the right the meter points, the better your pronunciation was. This score
is based on a comparison of the patterns of upper harmonics in the sounds - in other words, how closely you
matched the original speaker's vowel sounds, pitch patterns, and placement of fricatives.
The Pronunciation Graphs break your pronunciation down into various categories. See the pages listed below for
more details:
Wave Form Graphs See page 51.
Pitch Graphs See page 51.
Fricative Graphs See page 51.
Vowel Graphs See page 52.
You can select any part of a pronunciation graph to hear just that part of the sound, or click once on any graph to
hear an audible representation of the pattern of that graph.
Page 51
Understanding Wave Form Graphs
Wave form graphs are a type of graph that appears on the Pronunciation Practice screen. Wave forms plot variations
in air pressure across time to give you an overall impression of how similar your pronunciation is to the original
speaker's. Don't worry if your wave form doesn't match the original speaker's exactly; variation is normal. Try to get
the same general pattern. You can select any part of a wave form graph to hear just that part of the sound.
Wave forms illustrate certain speech attributes:

Frequency / Pitch: The closer together the vertical lines, the higher the frequency and thus the higher the pitch.
Intensity / Loudness: The taller the vertical lines, the louder the sound. The intensity of a sound varies
depending on the speaker, the position in the sentence, and the amount of stress.
Understanding Pitch Graphs

Pitch graphs are a type of graph that appears on the Pronunciation Practice screen. Pitch refers to the frequency of a
voice - how high or low it is.
Variations in pitch are often used to hold a listener's attention, and may have special meanings in different
languages. In English, for instance, a rise in pitch at the end of a sentence indicates a question. For example, say
"You speak Spanish." and "You speak Spanish?" and listen to the difference. In other languages, changes in pitch or
tone may be the main difference between one word and another. Pitch is especially important in tonal languages.
By comparing your pitch graph to the original speaker's, you can tell whether you had the same pattern of high and
low pitches as the original speaker. The higher the line on the graph, the higher the sound it represents. When you
are practicing pronunciation, matching the shape of the pitch graph is more important than matching the
exact pitch of the original speaker's voice.
If you click on a pitch graph or on the Pitch button, you will hear a humming sound that gets higher and lower in
pitch to match the pattern of the graph. You can also select any part of a pitch graph to hear just that part of the
sound. Use this feature as another way to compare your pronunciation to the original speaker's.
Understanding Fricative Graphs

Fricative graphs are a type of graph that appears on the Pronunciation Practice screen. Fricatives are sounds caused
by friction - for example, hissing or shushing sounds, such as 's', 'z', and 'sh'.
The fricative graphs show the number and placement of fricative sounds in your speech and the original speaker's
speech, so that you can compare them. If a fricative graph is completely flat, it means there are no fricative sounds
in that word or sentence. When you are practicing pronunciation, matching the number and approximate
location of fricatives is more important than matching the exact shape made by those fricatives on the graph.
If you click on a fricative graph or on the Fricatives button, you will hear just the fricatives from the sound
represented by the graph. For example, in the Spanish word 'después', you would hear the 'sp' and 's' sounds from the
middle and end of the word. You can also select any part of a fricative graph to hear just that part of the sound. Use
this feature as another way to compare specific parts of your pronunciation to the original speaker's.
Page 52
Understanding Vowel Graphs
Vowel graphs are a type of graph that appears on the Pronunciation Practice screen. They are designed to help you
master two key elements of pronunciation: vowel sounds, which are represented by colors, and stress, which is
represented by the shape of the graph. By comparing your vowel graph to the original speaker's, you can tell
whether you used the same vowel sounds as the original speaker, and whether you stressed the same parts of the
word.
Understanding the Colors in the Vowel Graphs
The graph above shows the results of a speaker saying several distinct vowel sounds, so that you can see the colors
produced.
Red Red colors in the graphs indicate a sound such as the 'ee' in English 'feet'. Sounds such as the 'i' in
English 'pick' and the 'e' in English 'wet' may also appear as shades of red and orange.
Green Green colors in the graphs indicate a sound such as the 'a' in English 'father'.
Blue Blue colors in the graphs indicate a sound such as the 'o' in English 'code'. Sounds such as the 'oo' in
English 'boot' may also appear in shades of blue or bluish-green.
In real speech, there are also many sounds that fall between these positions. Diphthongs and other combinations of
sounds will appear as blended colors, such as bluish-green or reddish-purple. For some speakers, voiced consonants
may also produce colors in the graphs. For example, 'm', 'n', and 'b' may produce shades of blue, while 'v', 'z', and 'r'
may produce shades of green or even brownish-red.
The exact shade of the colors on the graph will vary depending on the exact sound. It may be helpful for you to
record yourself saying a variety of vowel sounds, so you can see how the colors look for you. When you are
practicing pronunciation, matching the original speaker's pattern of colors is more important than matching
the exact shade of each color in the vowel graph.
Understanding the Shape of the Vowel Graphs
The shape of a vowel graph indicates the amount of emphasis or stress placed on each vowel. The more a sound is
stressed, the louder it is compared to the sounds around it. Stress is a very important factor in many languages. It can
even make the difference between words - for example, when the English word 'present' is stressed on the first
syllable, 'PREsent', it is a noun meaning 'a gift'. When pronounced 'preSENT', with the stress on the second syllable,
it is a verb meaning 'to give'.
By comparing the shape of your vowel graph to the original speaker's, you can tell whether you stressed the same
parts of the word or sentence as the original speaker. The higher the line in the graph, the louder the sound it
represents. For example, in the graph below, you can tell that the stress is on the first of the two syllables, because
the first part of the graph is higher than the second.
When you are practicing pronunciation, matching the general shape of the vowel graph is more important
than matching the exact volume of the original speaker's voice.
If you click on a vowel graph or on the Vowels button, you will hear a synthesized, computer-generated version of
the vowel sounds represented by the graph. Use this feature as another way to compare specific parts of your
pronunciation to the original speaker's.
Page 53
Using the Test Screen
Starting Tests
The tests in Byki let you to find out how well you really know the material you have been studying. Note: This
feature is only available in Byki Deluxe, not in Byki Express.
To start a test:
1. Click on the Test tab at the top of the screen or press the F5 key.
2. Move your mouse over the button for the test you want to use. Information about that test will appear on the
right-hand side of the screen.
3. Click on the button for the type of test that you would like to use. The available tests are the Self-Reporting
Test, the Written Test, the Listening Comprehension Test, and the Dictation Test.
4. Choose a test mode, if one is required for the selected test:
· Self-Reporting Tests - You can choose from two modes: Recognize It (in which you will see the side two
information and have to think of the side one information) and Produce It (in which you will see the side
one information and have to think of the side two information).
· Written Tests - You can choose from two modes: Recognize It (in which you will see the side two
information and have to type the side one information) and Produce It (in which you will see the side one
information and have to type the side two information).
· Listening Comprehension Tests - You can choose from two modes: Recognize It (in which you will hear
the side two information and have to type the side one information) and Produce It (in which you will hear
the side one information and have to type the side two information).
· Dictation Tests - These tests do not require you to choose a mode. In Dictation Tests, you will always hear
the side two information and have to type what you hear.
5. Select the list or lists which you want to use in the activity. To do so, you can either mark the Use Current List
option to use the list that you currently have open, or you can mark Use Other List(s), then click Select Lists
and choose one or more other lists to use before clicking OK. Note: Some tests have specific requirements:
· Listening Comprehension Tests require cards with sound. Which side of the cards must have sound
depends on which mode you intend to choose. Recognize It mode requires side two sound, while Produce It
mode requires side one sound. (In a language list, the side two sound is the foreign sound, while the side
one sound is the English sound.) Lists that do not have sound on the appropriate side of the card will be
grayed out when you are selecting lists for Listening Comprehension Tests.
· Dictation Tests require cards with side two sound. (In a language list, the side two sound is the foreign
sound.) Lists with no side two sound will be grayed out when you are selecting lists for Dictation Tests.
6. Choose an option in the Test Length menu:
· All Cards in the Selected Lists - With this option, the number of questions will be equal to the number of
cards in the lists you have selected, and you will see each card once.
· Number of Cards Specified - With this option, you will be tested on randomly chosen cards from the lists
you have selected. The number of questions will be equal to whatever number you type in the Custom
Number box beside the menu, which will become active when this option is selected. Large numbers
should be typed without commas. If you type a number which is higher than the total number of cards, the
number of questions will be equal to the number of cards.
7. When you have selected your options, click Start Test. If you don't want to open a test, click on a different tab
to go to a different screen. You can also click Test History to see your progress and past test scores.
Note: Like most major screens in Byki, the Test screen has a status bar at the bottom showing the name of the
current user, a language or subject, and the number of learned items and stale items in all the lists for that language
or subject. Be aware that the language or subject shown is always the one from the list you opened at the start of this
Byki session, the one that will still be open if you switch back to the Learn screen. Because that list is the main one
open for this session, the language information in the status bar will not change even if you use the Use Other
List(s) option to take a test in a different language.
Page 54
Taking Self-Reporting Tests
Self-Reporting Tests are a way for you to see how well you know the material from your lists, without having to
type answers. This kind of test is set up much like the Self-Reporting modes of Recognize It and Produce It, but
during the test, each card will be shown only once, and your score will be reported at the end.
To take a Self-Reporting Test:
1. Open a Self-Reporting Test according to the instructions on page 53. When the test opens, you will see the
information from one side of a card in your list.
2. Try to think of or say the information from the other side of the card.
Tips:
· If you want to hear the sound for the card in Recognize It mode, click Play or press Ctrl+S. If you want the
sound to be slower, click or press Ctrl+T to turn on SlowSound before playing the sound. Sound is
not available before the card flips in Produce It mode, because it would give away the answer. The sound
buttons will become active after the card flips in Produce It mode.
setting, it may also play automatically when the card appears in Produce It mode.
4. Byki displays the correct answer on the card in the center of the screen. Read the answer to determine if your
answer was correct.
If the card has a card comment, you will see in the upper right-hand corner of the card after it flips. You can
click on that symbol to see the comment. To close the comment after you have read it, click the red X in the
upper right-hand corner of the speech bubble.
5. Click Yes or No (or press Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+N) to indicate whether you thought of the correct answer. Your answer
will be scored appropriately, and the next card will appear.
6. The test will continue until you have reached the number of questions you chose. When you reach the end of the
test, you will see the Test Results screen. Go over your results, so you can see what you've learned and what
you may need to study more. For more information on the Test Results screen, see page 58.
Note: If you need to end the test sooner, you can click Exit Test at any time, but your results for the test will
not be scored or saved.
Tip: You can omit the Ctrl key for most of the keyboard shortcuts on this screen. Pressing the S, T, F, Y, or N keys
individually will have the same effect as using them with the Ctrl key.
Page 55
Taking Written Tests
Written Tests are a way for you to see how well you can type the material from your lists. This kind of test is set up
much like the Written modes of Recognize It and Produce It, but during the test, each card will be shown only once,
and you will not see the correct answers during the test itself. The correct answers will be shown at the end, along
with your score.
To take a Written Test:
1. Open a Written Test according to the instructions on page 53. When the test opens, you will see the information
from one side of a card in your list.
2. Type the information from the other side of the card in the field below the card.
Tips:
· Type the information exactly as it appears in the list, or type one of the alternative answers for that card.
· Use correct capitalization and type any punctuation that is used within a phrase. By default, the answers are
case-sensitive and sensitive to punctuation. (To set the program to ignore English capitals and punctuation,
see page 90.)
· Special formatting such as bold, italic, underlined, or colored text does not affect the way you should type
the answer.
· If you want to hear the sound for the card in Recognize It mode, click Play or press Ctrl+S. If you
want the sound to be slower, click or press Ctrl+T to turn on SlowSound before playing the sound.
Sound is not available in Produce It mode, because it would give away the answer.
setting, it may also play automatically when the card appears in Produce It mode.
3. Click Enter or press Ctrl+F to enter your answer. Because this is a test, rather than an exercise like Recognize It
or Produce It, you will not be told immediately whether your answer was right or wrong. Instead, the next card
will appear right away.
Page 56
Taking Listening Comprehension Tests
Listening Comprehension Tests assess your ability to understand spoken information. In these tests, you will hear
the sound associated with one side of a card, and you must try to type the information from the other side. For
example, if you hear a foreign word in a language list, you must type the translation of that word in your native
language.
Note: This feature is only available in Byki Deluxe, not in Byki Express. This test will not be available for lists
without sound. If any of the cards in your selected lists do not have sound for the appropriate side of the
card, those cards will not be used in this test.
To take Listening Comprehension Tests:
1. Open a Listening Comprehension Test according to the instructions on page 53.
2. You will hear the sound associated with one side of a card. Listen carefully so you can understand what is being
said. If you need more assistance, use any of the following options:
· Click Play to hear the pronunciation again as many times as you want.
sound.
· If the card has a hint attached to the side which is being played, that hint will appear on the card in
the center of the screen. Use this option to help you distinguish between words that sound the same.
3. Type the text from the other side of the card in the field provided. For example, if what you heard was a foreign
term, type the translation of that term in your native language. If you heard a word or phrase in your native
language, type the foreign translation.
Tips:
· Capitalization and punctuation are not counted in the answers for Listening Comprehension Tests, so you
can get an answer right without matching the capital letters and punctuation marks. However, as your skill
at Listening Comprehension improves, you may want to make an effort to use the correct capitalization and
punctuation anyway, for your own learning purposes.
· You can use alternative answers if you choose.
4. Click Enter or press Ctrl+F to enter your answer and flip to the next card. Because this is a test, you will not be
told immediately whether your answer was right or wrong. Instead, the next card will appear right away.
Page 57
Taking Dictation Tests
Dictation Tests focus on your ability to recognize individual spoken words or phrases. In these tests, you must listen
to a word or phrase pronounced, then try to type it. As you do, you'll be honing your listening ability, increasing
your spelling skills, and reviewing vocabulary.
Note: This feature is only available in Byki Deluxe, not in Byki Express. This test will not be available for lists
without sound. If any of the cards in your selected lists do not have sound, those cards will not be used in
this test.
To take Dictation Tests:
1. Open a Dictation Test according to the instructions on page 53.
2. You will hear the sound associated with side two of a card. Listen carefully to the pronunciation.
3. If you are not yet sure of the word or phrase, use any of the following options:
· To hear the pronunciation again, click Play or press Ctrl+S as many times as you want.
sound.
· If the card has a hint attached to side two, that hint will appear on the card in the center of the
screen. Use this option to help you distinguish between words that sound the same.
4. When you think you know the word or phrase, type it in the field provided.
Tips:
· Capitalization and punctuation are not counted in the answers for Dictation Tests, so you can get an answer
right without matching the capital letters and punctuation marks. However, as your skill at Dictation
improves, you may want to make an effort to use the correct capitalization and punctuation anyway, for
your own learning purposes.
· You cannot use alternative answers in Dictation Tests, because the point of this kind of test is to type
exactly what you hear.
5. Click Enter or press Ctrl+F to enter your answer and flip to the next card. Because this is a test, you will not be
told immediately whether your answer was right or wrong. Instead, the next card will appear right away.
Page 58
Understanding Test Results
The Test Results screen shows the results of a test that you have just taken. This screen has lots of useful information
to help you evaluate your performance.
To read the information on the Test Results screen:
1. Look at the upper left-hand part of the screen to see information on the test itself. That section of the screen lists
the type of test, the language or subject, the lists that were used, and the test options that were selected.
2. Look at the table in the lower left-hand part of the screen to see the questions from the test. Each
row of the table lists a question, the correct answer, and your answer. If your answer was correct, there will
be a green checkmark at the beginning of the row, and your answer will appear in green. If your answer
was wrong, the row will be marked with a red , and your answer will appear in red. For all the tests
except the Self-Reporting Tests, you have the option of marking the Mark as Correct checkbox in the final
column if you feel that any of your answers should have been considered correct.
3. Look at the right-hand side of the screen for information about your score on this test. You will see
the following information:
· The number of correct answers you gave and the total number of questions that were asked.
· The amount of time that elapsed while you were taking the test. The time is shown as Minutes:Seconds.
· Your score, calculated by dividing the number of correct answers by the total number of questions, then
multiplying by 100 to convert the result into a percentage. Scores are rounded to the nearest whole percent.
· A pie chart which provides a visual representation of your score. The green section of the pie chart
represents correct answers, while the red section represents incorrect answers.
4. After you have read your results, do any of the following:

· Click Retest if you want to take the same type of test again, with the same material. See page 59.
· Click Make List of Wrong Answers if you want to make a new list which contains copies of all the cards
that you answered incorrectly in this test. The language or subject of the list will be filled in by default,
along with certain other settings. See page 8 for more information on the list creation process.
· Click Print/Save Report if you want to print out your test results or save them in a file. See page 59.
· Click Test History in the upper right-hand corner of the screen if you want to see information about your
progress and your past test scores. See page 60.
· Click Done to close the Test Results screen and return to the Test screen, where you can select a new test.
· Click on any of the tabs at the top of the screen to go to another part of the program.
Page 59
Taking a Retest
After you have taken a test and reviewed your results, you have the option of taking a retest. Retests offer you a
chance to try for a higher score, but more importantly, they let you review the material in your lists one more time,
while it is still fresh in your mind. There are several possible retest options. Note: This feature is only available in
Byki Deluxe, not in Byki Express.
To take a retest:
1. On the Test Results screen, click Retest.
2. Select one of the following options:
· Retest with Same Questions - Choose this option to take exactly the same test again, with all the same
questions in the same order as they appeared before.
· Retest with Different Questions from Same Material - Choose this option to take the same type of test,
with the same settings, but with a different set of questions chosen out of the original lists.
· Retest Wrong Answers Only - Choose this option to take the same type of test, with the same settings, but
with only the questions that you answered incorrectly on the previous test.
3. Click OK to begin the retest.
Printing and Saving Test Results

If you want to keep a record of your test results, you can print a physical copy of the information or save the
information to a file. See below for instructions on both options. Note: This feature is only available in Byki Deluxe,
not in Byki Express.
To print your test results:
· On the Test Results screen, click Print/Save Results.
· On the Test History screen, select a test on the Status tab, then click View Results.
2. The Print/Save screen will appear, showing your test results. Click Print.
3. Click OK when the printer dialog box appears. Your results will be printed, in the form of a table in which each
row shows a question, the correct answer, your answer, and whether an incorrect answer was marked as correct.
4. Click Close when you are ready to close the Print/Save screen.
To save your test results in a file:
· On the Test Results screen, click Print/Save Results.
· On the Test History screen, select a test on the Status tab, then click View Results.
2. The Print/Save screen will appear, showing your test results. Click Save. The Save As dialog box will appear.
3. Browse to the location where you want the file to be stored.
4. Accept the default name or type a name for the new file in the File Name field.
5. Select a file type in the Save as Type field. You have two choices:
· Web Page (*.htm, *.html) - Choose this option if you want to view your results in an Internet browser.
· Rich Text Format (*.rtf) - Choose this option if you want to view your results in a word processor, such as
Microsoft Word or WordPad.
6. Click Save. Your file will be saved in the location you chose.
7. Click Close when you are ready to close the Print/Save screen.
Page 60
Viewing Your Test History
Your test history helps you chart your progress over time by displaying information about all the tests you have
taken.
To view your test history:
1. On any of the test screens, click Test History or press the F12 key. The Test History screen will appear.
2. Select a language or subject in the Language or Subject menu at the top of the screen. This menu will contain
all the languages and subjects for which you have taken tests. If you have never taken any tests, the menu will
be empty and there will be no results displayed on the screen.

· Click on the Status tab to see your results displayed in a table that shows the type of test, the test subject,
the date, and the score for each test. You can sort the information by clicking on any column heading. The
symbol appears next to the active heading. To reverse the order of the list, click on the triangle. If you
want to see more details about an individual test, either double-click on it or select it then click View
Results. The Print/Save screen will appear, showing your test results. See page 59 for details.
· Click on the My Progress tab to see a bar graph that shows how your test scores have changed
over time. Each bar shows the average test score for a certain kind of test (indicated by color) during the
time period indicated at the bottom of the graph. The checkboxes below the graph control which test results
are shown.
4. If you want to erase all the test results to start fresh, click Clear, then click Yes when you are asked if you are
sure you want to clear the results.
5. Click Close when you are finished with the Test History screen.
Page 61
Using the My Learned Items Screen
The more you work with Byki, the more items from the cards in your lists you will master. Sometimes it's nice to look
at how much you've learned and how far you've come. It can also be handy to refresh your memory of items that you
have learned but not recently practiced. You can accomplish these goals with the My Learned Items screen.
To use the My Learned Items screen:
1. Click on the My Learned Items tab or press the F6 key.
2. Select a language or subject in the Language or Subject menu on the left-hand side of the screen. The My
Learned Items screen will show the information for the language or subject you select here, whether or not it is
the same language or subject as the open list.
3. Look under the menu to see your total number of learned items in that language or subject. Learned items are
any cards which have reached a certain high score. Take time periodically to congratulate yourself on how much
you've learned! Look under the total to see that number divided into fresh and stale items. When a card has been
recently practiced, it is considered fresh, because the knowledge is likely to be fresh in your mind. When it has
gone unseen for a while, a card becomes stale, meaning that it is possible you may need to refresh your memory
of it.
4. If you want to see a list of all the learned and stale items included in these totals, click View Learned Items or
View Stale Items.
5. Click on the My Status tab on the right-hand side of the screen to see a pie chart that shows the relative
percentages of fresh items (shown in green) and stale items (shown in yellow).
6. Click on the My Progress tab to see a graph that shows how your number of learned items has changed over
time. The graph shows dates along the bottom and numbers of learned items along the side. You can use the
Interval to Display menu to control how much information is shown: Results From Last 7 Days, Results
From Last 30 Days, Results From Last 180 Days, Results From Last 365 Days, or All Results.
7. If you have the program set to display scores, you will see the Count as Learned setting under the Options
heading. This option will not appear if the program is not set to display scores. When visible, this setting controls
what score a card for the selected language or subject must have before it is counted as a learned item.
· Choose Score of 7 if you want reaching learned items in this language or subject to be a little easier, or if
you do not want to have to type the answers from side two of your cards.
· Choose Score of 8 if you want to challenge yourself and you do not mind typing the answers from side two
of your cards for this language or subject. A score of eight is the highest possible score, reachable only by
completing the Written mode of Produce It.
8. If you want to refresh your memory of your stale items, click Refresh 10 Most Stale Items. You will be given
an opportunity to review a set of up to 10 stale items for that language or subject in an exercise similar to
Produce It. Regularly reviewing and refreshing your knowledge is an important part of learning, so you should
refresh your stale items regularly. See page 62 for details.
9. When you are ready to leave the My Learned Items screen, click on a different tab to go to a different screen.
Page 62
Refreshing Stale Items
When a card has been recently practiced, it is considered fresh, because the knowledge is likely to be fresh in your
mind. When it has gone unseen for a while, a card becomes stale, meaning that it is possible you may need to refresh
your memory of it. You should refresh your stale items regularly to be sure you still remember them.
To refresh your stale items:
1. Click Refresh 10 Most Stale Items on the My Learned Items screen. The program will automatically choose a
set of ten items that have been stale for the longest time. When the Refresh screen opens, you will see the
information from side one of a card from that set of items.
2. The Refresh exercise begins in Self-Reporting mode. Think of or say the information from side two of the card.
· If you want to hear the sound for the card, click Play or press Ctrl+S.
sound.
· If the button appears, click on it and choose Show Picture/Video With Text, Show
Picture/Video Only, or Show Text Only, depending on how you want the information displayed. The
appearance of this button will vary depending on which option is selected. If an individual card does not
have a picture, just the text for that card will be shown, regardless of the setting. If a card has video, it can
be played at any time by clicking on the image. Depending on the video setting, it may also play
automatically when the card appears.
4. Byki displays the correct answer on the card in the center of the screen. Read the answer to determine if your
answer was correct.
5. Click Yes or No (or press Ctrl+Y or Ctrl+N) as appropriate to indicate whether you thought of the correct answer.
· If you click Yes, the program will go on to show you another card.
· If you click No, your score for that card will go down by three, although you will immediately be given
a chance to try that card again and earn back one point.
6. When you have refreshed all your cards this way at least once and all your scores are seven or higher, one of
two things will happen:
· If your Count as Learned setting on the My Learned Items screen is Score of 7, the Refresh exercise
will continue in Self-Reporting mode for another round. Repeat steps 2 - 4 above until the exercise ends.
· If your Count as Learned setting on the My Learned Items screen is Score of 8, the Refresh exercise
will switch to Written mode. Continue with the instructions below to complete the exercise.
7. In Written mode, type the information from side two of the card you are shown in the field below the card.
Tips:
· Type the information exactly as it appears in the list, or type one of the alternative answers for that card.
Use correct capitalization, and type any punctuation that is used within a phrase. Special formatting
such as bold, italic, underlined, or colored text does not affect the way you should type the answer.
pages 80 - 85 for instructions, depending on the language. You may also want to see the Language-Specific
information for your language. Language-Specific information begins on page 97.
Page 63
correct answer will appear on the Flash Card.
· If you typed a wrong answer that you would like to be considered correct, click the Accept as Correct link
that appears in the Sorry, Try Again bubble, then choose the Typo option if you want the answer to be
accepted this one time. You can mark the Incorrect Answer option instead if you change your mind about
making this answer acceptable. When you have made your choice, click OK.
10. Click Next (or press Ctrl+N) to go on to another Flash Card. The pointer in the Step Percentage meter will
move to the right as you work through the list.
11. When you finish refreshing all your stale items, you will see a congratulations message. Do one of the
following:
· Click Stay on This Step to continue using this exercise as long as you like.
· Click Exit Step to close the exercise.

12. If you want to close the Refresh screen without seeing the congratulations message, click Exit Step, or click
any of the tabs at the top of the screen to go to another part of the program.
Backing Up My Learned Items Information

You can choose to make backups of the information from the My Learned Items screen at any time. You can also
have the program back up the information automatically, on a schedule that you choose.
Note: Backups automatically include the My Learned Items information for all the users on your system. Any
changes that you make to the backup schedule will also affect all users.
To back up the My Learned Items information at any time:
1. If you have not already chosen a backup location, do so by choosing Options / My Learned Items Backup
Settings / Backup Location. Select the location you prefer, then click OK.
2. Choose File / Back Up My Learned Items Now. A backup will be made in the location you chose. Up to ten
backups can be stored in one location. (After ten, the oldest backups will be overwritten.)
To set an automatic backup schedule:
1. Choose Options / My Learned Items Backup Settings / Backup Schedule.
· Choose Always Make Backup on Exit to have your information automatically backed up every time you
close the program, without any need for additional action from you.
· Choose Prompt to Make Backup on Exit to have the program ask you if you want to back up the
information every time you close the program. You can choose Yes or No each time, according to your
preferences.
· Choose Make Backup on Exit Every ___ Days and fill in a number between 1 and 99 to have the program
automatically back up your information when you close the program after that many days have passed.
· Choose Never Make Backup on Exit if you do not want the program to automatically back up your
information.
3. Click OK. Your new backup schedule will take effect immediately.
After you have made a backup of the My Learned Items information, you can restore the information from that
backup any time you choose.
Page 64
Restoring My Learned Items Information from a Backup
After you have made a backup of the information from the My Learned Items screen, you can restore the
information. Note: Restoring the My Learned Items information affects all the Byki users on your system.
To restore the My Learned Items information from a backup:
· Choose File / Restore My Learned Items, then choose Default Location to restore the information
from a backup file saved in the default location or From Specified File to choose a particular backup
file from which to restore the information.
· Click Restore Learned Items on the Select a User screen. This option has the same effect as choosing
File / Restore My Learned Items / From Specified File.
2. Click Yes when asked if you want to continue the process even though the application will close after the
information has been restored.
3. If you are restoring the information from a specified file, select the location where the file you want to use is
stored, then click OK. If you are restoring the information from the default location, you can skip this step.
4. Choose one of the following options, then click OK:
· Choose Restore from Most Recent Backup to use the backup with the most recent information.
· Choose Restore from Selected Backup to select a specific file from the list on the screen.
5. Byki will close while your information is restored. Restart the program when you want to use it again.
Using the More Screen

The More screen displays the More Content for the current list. This supplementary material, chosen by the creator
of the list, is intended to enrich the learning experience. More Content may consist of a web page related to the
subject of the list, a document with background information, a lesson written by someone who knows the material,
or anything else that may be appropriate. The More screen will not appear for all lists, but you should be sure to
check it out whenever it does. With Byki Deluxe, you can also add More Content to lists that you create. See page
12 for instructions. The More screen appears when you click the More tab at the top of the screen, or when you
press the F7 key. When the More Content is shown, you can read its text and use any other features that the content
may have. When you are finished working with the More screen, click on any of the other tabs at the top of the
screen to go to another part of the program, or click Change Lists to go to a different list. Some forms of More
Content may require ActiveX controls to run. ActiveX is disabled by default for security reasons, but you can enable
it for More Content from a trusted source (such as Transparent Language). See below for details. Transparent
Language, Inc. is not responsible for the content (including More Content) of any lists created or edited by any outside
Note: Like most major screens in Byki, the More screen has a status bar at the bottom showing the name of the
for that language.
Enabling ActiveX Controls on the More Screen

ActiveX controls are used to handle special content (such as sound, video, and animations) in Internet Explorer on
Microsoft Windows. Other browsers (e.g. Firefox, Mozilla, Safari, Opera) do not use ActiveX. Because ActiveX
controls can also be used maliciously, the ActiveX setting in Byki is off by default for security. You have the option
of enabling ActiveX controls if you want them to be available on the More Screen. If the More Content on that screen
is from a trusted source, such as Transparent Language, enabling ActiveX may allow you to take advantage of certain
features that will otherwise not be available. However, if you have a list from another source, and you are not sure
whether to trust the More Content created by that source, you can disable the ActiveX setting before using the list.
See the on-line Help for Internet Explorer if you want more information about ActiveX and security.
To enable or disable ActiveX controls on the More Screen:
Choose Options / Display / Enable ActiveX on the More Screen. When a checkmark appears beside this menu
option, ActiveX controls are enabled. When no checkmark is shown, they are disabled.
Page 65
Using the Look Screen
The Look screen displays your current list so that you can review the information in it. You can go to this screen by
clicking the Look tab at the top of the screen, or by pressing the F8 key while a list is open.
The information from each card in the list appears in the table on the screen. In the first column, you will
see numbers indicating the order of the cards in the list. For most lists, the default order is alphabetical by
side one, although you can set a different order if you prefer. You can also sort the information differently
by clicking on any column heading. The symbol appears next to the active heading. To reverse the order
in which the information is displayed, click on the triangle.
In the second column, you will see the information from side one of the cards. In a language list, side one
will be the native language. In a subject list, side one will usually be the category that you are more familiar
with.
For some languages that use special writing systems, the next column will be the Transliteration column,
which contains a transliterated, phonetic version of the foreign text written in the Latin alphabet. Not all
lists will have this column.
The next column shows the information from side two of the cards, which will be the translation in a
language list or the less familiar category in a subject list. You can double-click on any card on this screen
to hear the sound associated with side two, if it has sound on that side.
If you have the program set to display scores, a final column will appear showing the score for each card.
See pages 41 and 88 for more information.
If the information in any part of the table is too long to be completely displayed, a red ellipsis will be used
to indicate that there is more text. Holding your mouse pointer over the information will display the entire
text in a ToolTip. You can resize several of the columns by clicking and dragging the right-hand side of
their headings. The size of the text in the columns can be increased or decreased if needed, too.
The Look screen contains the following buttons:
· Change List - Allows you to select a different list.
· Play - Plays the sound for the selected card. Double-clicking on a card on this screen has the same
effect.
· - Activates SlowSound and slows down of any sound you play.
· Adjust Scores - Changes the scores for the cards in the list. This button only appears if you have
the program set to display scores.
If you want to leave the Look screen and go to a different area of the program, click on any of the other tabs at the
top of the screen, or click Change List to open a different list.
Note: Like most major screens in Byki, the Look screen has a status bar at the bottom showing the name of the
for that language. If you use the Look screen to adjust your card scores, the number of learned items may change.
Page 66
Adjusting Scores
Your score for each card in a list is a reflection of how well you have done when that card has appeared in the
various exercises. Your score will go up when you get an answer right and go down when you get an answer wrong.
See page 41 for more details.
Most of the time, the score information is kept behind the scenes, so you can concentrate on learning rather than on
earning points. However, there are a few circumstances in which you may want to see your scores so you can
manually modify them. For example, when you import a list, all the scores in that list are reset to zero. If you have
practiced that list before in another copy of Byki or another program, you might want to raise the scores to reflect
that knowledge. Alternatively, if you have a list with very high scores but you want to review it starting from a lower
level, you might choose to lower the scores.
You can adjust scores on the Look screen. In Byki Deluxe, you can also adjust them on the List Properties screen.
To adjust the scores from the Look screen:
1. Choose Options / Display and make sure that a checkmark appears beside Display Scores. If it does not, select
that menu item to make the checkmark appear. If Display Scores is not checked, the Adjust Scores buttons will
not appear. See page 66.
2. Go to the Look screen.
3. If you want to change the score only for certain cards, select those cards. If you want to change the score for all
the cards, you do not need to select anything.
· Click Adjust Scores, then select Adjust Scores for All Cards or Adjust Scores for Selected Cards
from the menu that appears, depending on which scores you want to change.
· Right-click on a card that you want to change, then select Set Score.
5. Select an appropriate option from the menu that appears. The Set Score options change each score to the
specified number. For example, if you choose to set the scores to 4, every affected card will be given a score of
4, regardless of what its score was before. You can set your scores to any number up to the highest score that
can be earned with that list. For most lists, the highest possible score is 8. However, the highest possible score
may be lower if you have disabled any of the learning steps for the current list.
To adjust the scores from the List Properties screen (Byki Deluxe only):
1. Choose Options / Display and make sure that a checkmark appears beside Display Scores. If it does not, select
that menu item to make the checkmark appear. If Display Scores is not checked, the Adjust Scores button will
not appear. See page 66.
2. Choose List / List Properties.
3. Click on the Learning tab.
4. Click Adjust Scores.
5. Select a score from the menu that appears. This score will be applied to all the cards in the current list. For
example, if you choose to set the scores to 4, every card in the list will be given a score of 4, regardless of what
its score was before. You can set your scores to any number up to the highest score that can be earned with that
list. For most lists, the highest possible score is 8. However, the highest possible score may be lower if you have
disabled any of the learning steps for the current list.
Page 67
Using the Edit Screen
The Edit screen allows you to modify the contents and properties of the current list. It appears when you click the
Edit tab or press the F9 key. The Edit Screen will not be available for lists that aren't editable. This topic provides an
overview of the Edit screen. See each of the topics below for details. Note: This feature is only available in Byki
Deluxe, not in Byki Express.
· Add cards to the current list. See page 68.
· Edit cards in the current list. See page 70.
· Copy cards into other lists. See page 78.
· Delete cards from the current list. See page 79.
· Change the order of the cards in the current list. See page 17.
· Edit the list properties for the current list. See page 16.
The left-hand side of the Edit screen shows a table with the information from all the cards in the current list. If the
information in any part of the table is too long to be completely displayed, a red ellipsis will be used to indicate that
there is more text. Holding your mouse pointer over the information will display the entire text in a ToolTip.
Below the table are two arrow buttons which allow you to change the order of the cards in the list.
Next to those buttons is a button that allows you to copy cards , followed by two buttons that allow you to add
and delete cards . The Edit List Properties button below them lets you change certain information
about the list, such as the name, learning steps, More Content, and so on.
The fields and buttons on the right-hand side of the screen are used when you add cards or edit the cards in your list.
If you select a card in the list, you will see its information on the right, so that you can edit it if needed. When you
begin the process of adding a card, the fields will be cleared so you can fill in the information for the new card.
The side one information is listed on top. The first field, labeled Side One, contains the text for the side, while the
Hint field can contain any extra information that you want to appear on that side. The Play Sound button below
those fields will play any sound associated with side one of the card, while the Edit Sound button lets you make
changes to that sound. The Edit Alternative Answers button lets you add or change the alternative answers that will
be accepted when you must enter the side one information for the card. A small box to the right of the card
information shows the picture or video attached to the card, if there is any. Various buttons may appear under this
image, depending on the current status of the card: Add Picture/Video, Add Picture, Edit Picture, Add Video,
Edit Video. All of them allow you to add or modify the picture or video.
The side two information appears lower on the screen. It has a Side Two field and a Hint field, much like side one.
It also has a Transliteration field, so that you can enter transliterations for words in languages that do not use the
Latin alphabet. This field will be inactive if it is not needed for the current list. The side two section also has several
of the same buttons as side one - Play Sound, Edit Sound, and Edit Alternative Answers. It does not have picture
or video options, because the pictures and video are associated only with side one. At the bottom of the screen is the
Edit Card Comment button, which lets you attach a card comment. There's also a Swap Sides button which lets
you swap the text on the two sides. You can click the Save Changes button to save any changes you have made
when adding or editing a card, although clicking on another card in the list will also save your changes before
switching to that card. Alternatively, you can click Discard Changes to undo any unsaved changes you have made.
If you want a set of formatting buttons to appear at the top of the Edit screen, choose Options / Display / Display
Text Formatting Toolbar. The buttons which appear can be used to add special formatting options, such as bold
text, italics, underlines, superscript, subscript, and colors.
To leave the Edit screen, click on any of the tabs at the top of the screen, or click Change List to go to the Select a List
screen.
Note: Like most major screens in Byki, the Edit screen has a status bar at the bottom showing the name of the
for that language.
Page 68
Adding Cards to a List
Information in Byki lists is stored on virtual Flash Cards, with a vocabulary term, a fact, or a question on one side of
the card and a translation, a matching piece of information, or an answer on the other.
Any time you come across something that you want to memorize - a vocabulary word in a Transparent Language
program, a useful phrase in a foreign dictionary, an important fact from a textbook, or anything at all - just add it to
your Byki lists and you'll learn it in no time! You can add as many cards as you like to a list.
To add a card to a list:
1. Open the list to which you want to add the card.
2. Click on the Edit tab to go to the Edit screen.
· Click .
· Press Ctrl+W.
· Right-click anywhere in the list of cards, and select Add Card from the menu which appears.
The fields on the right-hand side of the screen will become active and empty, so that you can enter information
for the new card in them.
4. Enter the information for side one of the card:
· Enter the text in the Side One field. For a language list, this field will be labeled with the name of your
native language. For a subject list, it will be labeled with the one of the categories for the list, usually the
category which is most familiar to you. Type the appropriate information, or paste in text that you have
copied or cut from another location.
· If you want to change the font attributes for the text, choose Options / Display / Display Text Formatting
Toolbar to make the formatting buttons appear on the screen, then use those buttons to add bold text,
italics, underlines, subscript, superscript, or colors to the text. See page 72 for more details.
· If you wish, type a hint in the Hint field. Hints are optional, but can be very useful in certain types of lists.
You can use them to enter supporting information or clues to help you remember what's on the other side of
the card. You can also use hints to distinguish between cards with similar information.
· If you want to add sound, click Edit Sound, then choose Record Sound to record a sound with Byki, or
choose Import Sound File to select a sound file that was recorded with another program. Remember that
the sound for this side of the card should match the side one text. The side one sound will only be used in
certain Listening Comprehension Tests. See page 73 for detailed instructions on adding or changing sound
files.
· If you want to add alternative answers, click Edit Alternative Answers, then enter your alternative
answers. Alternative answers will not appear on the card, but they will be accepted as correct if they are
entered during certain exercises and tests. Alternative answers for side one are accepted in Recognize It, as
well as the Recognize It modes of Written Tests and Listening Comprehension Tests. See page 75 for
detailed instructions.
· If you want to add a picture or video to this card, click Add Picture/Video, then select Import New
Picture File or Import New Video File and select the file you want to attach. See pages 76 and 77 for
details.
Page 69
5. Enter the information for side two of the card:
· Enter the text in the Side Two field. For a language list, this field will be labeled with the name of a foreign
language, and you should type the appropriate translation of the text from side one. Be sure to spell
everything properly so you can learn the word or phrase correctly. The text is case-sensitive and sensitive to
diacritic marks.
· To type accents or special characters, type the base character then press the up or down arrow key
on your keyboard until the character you want appears. Alternatively, use the button to show or hide
the Keyboard Map for certain languages. See pages 80 - 85 for details. You may also want to see the
Language-Specific information for your language. Language-Specific information begins on page 97. In a
subject list, this field will be labeled with one of the categories for this list, and you should type the
appropriate information. Be sure to check your information for accuracy.
· If you realize that you have entered the information for this card in the wrong fields, click Swap
Sides to switch the information in the two fields.
· If you want to change the font attributes for the text, choose Options / Display / Display Text
Formatting Toolbar to make the formatting buttons appear on the screen, then use those buttons to add
bold text, italics, underlines, subscript, superscript, or colors to the text. See page 72 for more details.
· If you wish, type a hint in the Hint field. For example, in a language list, you might comment on
the irregular plural of a noun, list some of the conjugated forms of a verb, or specify a word's gender. The
program assumes you will type this hint using the characters of the foreign language. If that is not the case,
select the language you want to use from the Layout menu of the Keyboard Map. Just remember to change
the layout back the next time you want to type in the foreign language.
· If you are learning a language that does not use the Latin alphabet and you want to include
transliterated information on the card, type it in the Transliteration field. (If this field is not active and you
want it to be, you can edit the list properties to make it active. See page 16.)
· If you want to add sound, click Edit Sound, then choose Record Sound or Import Sound File.
Remember that the sound for this side of the card should match the side two text. See page 73 for detailed
instructions.
· If you want to add alternative answers, click Edit Alternative Answers, then enter your
alternative answers. Alternative answers for side two are accepted in Produce It, as well as the Produce It
modes of Written Tests and Listening Comprehension Tests. See page 75 for detailed instructions.
6. If you want to add a card comment for this card, click Edit Card Comment and type the information. See page
78 for more information.

· Click Save Changes or click on another card in the list to add your new card to the list.
· Click Discard Changes if you change your mind and do not want to add the card after all. Any unsaved
changes will be undone.
You can also import lists of cards from the Transparent Language website and from other copies of Byki and other
Transparent Language programs, as well as from Microsoft Word documents, Microsoft Excel spreadsheets, and
HTML files. See pages 20 - 27 for more information.
Page 70
Editing Cards in a List
You can edit the information on any of the cards in your lists. You can use this feature to make changes or
corrections to the cards in the lists that you create and to add font attributes or hints to the cards in the lists which
came with the program.
To edit the information on a card:
1. Open the list which contains the card you want to edit.
3. In the list of cards on the left-hand side of the screen, select the card you want to edit. The information for that
card will appear in the fields on the right-hand side of the screen.
4. Make any changes you want to the text for sides one and two of the card.
· If you need to switch the information in the two fields, click Swap Sides.
· If you are typing new text, be sure to spell everything properly. The text is case-sensitive and
sensitive to diacritic marks. To type accents or special characters, type the base character then press the up
or down arrow key on your keyboard until the character you want appears. Alternatively, use the
button to show or hide the Keyboard Map for certain languages. See pages 80 - 85 for details. You may also
want to see the Language-Specific information for your language. Language-Specific information begins
on page 97.
· If you want to change the font attributes for the text on this card, choose Options / Display /
Display Text Formatting Toolbar to make the formatting buttons appear on the screen, then use those
buttons to add bold text, italics, underlines, subscript, superscript, or colors to the text. See page 72 for
more details.
· If you want to add alternative answers that will also be accepted as correct for the card, click the
Edit Alternative Answers button for the appropriate side of the card, then enter your alternative answers.
Alternative answers are accepted in Recognize it, Produce It, Written Tests, and Listening Comprehension
Tests. See page 75 for detailed instructions.
5. Make any changes that you want to the hints for each side of the card. Hints are optional, but can be very useful
in certain types of lists. Some suggestions:
· In a language list, you might comment on the irregular plural of a noun, list some of the conjugated forms
of a verb, specify a word's gender, or compare a phrase to a related expression in another language. The
program assumes you will type the hint for side two using the characters of the foreign language. If that is
not the case, select the language you want to use from the Layout menu of the Keyboard Map. Just
remember to change the layout back the next time you want to type in the foreign language.
· In a subject list, you might fill in any appropriate supplemental information, such as birth and death dates
on cards about important people, values for variables on math cards, or comments about the events on
history cards.
· For either type of list, you might also use hints to distinguish between cards with similar information. For
example, if you had a language list with two words that were translated as "record", you might use hints to
specify that one was a verb and the other a noun.

Page 71
6. If you want to add sound to either side of this card or change the sound that is already there, click on the
appropriate Edit Sound button and choose an option. See page 73 for instructions.
7. If you want to add a picture or video to this card, or if you need to change the picture or video that is already
there, click the appropriate button under the image to the right of the side one information. Depending on what
type of image is already attached and what type you want to add, the button you need may be Add
Picture/Video, Add Picture, Edit Picture, Add Video, or Edit Video. See pages 76 and 77 for detailed
instructions.
8. If you want to add a card comment for this card, or change the card comment that is already there, click Edit
Card Comment and type the information. See page 78 for more information.
9. When you have made all your edits, do one of the following:
· Click Save Changes or click on another card in the list to save the edited version of your card.
· Click Discard Changes if you change your mind and do not want to save your changes. Any unsaved
changes will be undone.
Page 72
Setting Font Attributes
When you add or edit the text for the cards in your lists, you can use colors, bold text, underlines, or italics to mark
words, phrases, or letters that you want to stand out. For example, you could use a bright color to mark a letter that
you want to study, or underline the most important word in a phrase to help you focus on it. You could even use
colors or other attributes to indicate which word in a foreign phrase corresponds to which word in its translation -
pick a color scheme, such as blue for the subject, red for the main verb, or whatever you like, then use that color
scheme for both the foreign phrase and its translation. You can also use superscript and subscript when needed in
things like chemical formulas.
The font attributes will show up on many screens in the program, including the Look screen, the Edit screen, the
learning steps, the activities, and the tests. Font attributes do not affect how you must type words in any of the
exercises.
To set font attributes:
2. If the formatting buttons are not already visible on the screen, choose Options / Display / Display Text
Formatting Toolbar to make them visible. The buttons will appear at the top of the screen, above the side one
information.

· Select the text that you want to format, if it has already been typed. The text can be any field on the card.
You can select entire phrases, single words, or even individual letters.
· Position your cursor where you want to start typing formatted text.
4. Do as many of the following as you wish:
· To make text bold, click or press Ctrl+B.
· To make the text italic, click or press Ctrl+I.
· To make the text underlined, click or press Ctrl+U.
· To put the text in subscript, click .
· To put the text in superscript, click .
· To change the color of the text, click on then click on any of the colored squares in the box.
Note that some foreign scripts may not display the various font attributes as well as others. If settings such
as bold, italic, superscript, or subscript make the fonts in your list hard to read, you may want to use colors
or underlines instead. Also, be aware that some characters in the Cyrillic alphabets used by Altai,
Belorussian, Bulgarian, Buriat, Chechen, Kazakh, Macedonian, Mongolian, Russian, Serbian, Tajiki, Tuvan,
Ukrainian, and Uzbek appear quite different when italicized.
5. Leave each formatting option on as long as you need it. When you are ready to turn off an option, click on its
button or use its shortcut again to turn it off.
6. If you later need to remove any of the special formatting, select the formatted text, then click the button or press
the shortcut key for the appropriate formatting again. Alternatively, you can click to turn off all
formatting options at once.
7. Complete the process of adding or editing the information for the card.
Tip: You can also change the font size at which your lists are displayed on the Look screen.
Page 73
Adding or Changing Sound Files
When you are adding cards to a list, you have the option of adding sound files so that you can hear the information
on the card pronounced. You also have the ability to pick new sound files when you edit cards. This feature is very
useful in language lists.
To add or change a sound file:
2. Click on the Edit Sound button in the section for the appropriate side of the card. You can attach different
sound files to each side of a card. For example, a language list could have English sound associated with side
one and foreign sound associated with side two. The side two sound is used in many places throughout the
program. The side one sound is used only in certain Listening Comprehension Tests.
3. In the menu that appears, do one of the following:

· Select Record Sound if you want to use Byki to record a new sound file. You will be taken to a screen
where you can record a sound by clicking on the Record button then speaking into your microphone. See
page 74 for details. When you have recorded your sound, click Save.
· Select Import Sound File and select a sound file that was recorded elsewhere. Byki accepts the following
formats: .ogg and .wav. Note that .wav files must be recorded at an acceptable bit rate and frequency.
When you have selected your file, click Open.
Supported Formats for .WAV Files

All stereo formats are accepted, along with the following Mono formats:
IMA ADPCM 8.000 kHz 4 Bit Mono IMA ADPCM 11.025 kHz 4 Bit Mono IMA ADPCM 22.050 kHz 4
Bit Mono
IMA ADPCM 44.100 kHz 4 Bit Mono PCM 8.000 kHz 8 Bit Mono PCM 8.000 kHz 16 Bit Mono
PCM 11.025 kHz 8 Bit Mono PCM 11.025 kHz 16 Bit Mono PCM 12.000 kHz 8 Bit Mono
PCM 12.000 kHz 16 Bit Mono PCM 16.000 kHz 8 Bit Mono PCM 16.000 kHz 16 Bit
Mono
PCM 22.050 kHz 8 Bit Mono * PCM 22.050 kHz 16 Bit Mono PCM 24.000 kHz 8 Bit Mono
PCM 24.000 kHz 16 Bit Mono PCM 32.000 kHz 8 Bit Mono PCM 32.000 kHz 16 Bit
Mono
PCM 44.100 kHz 8 Bit Mono PCM 44.100 kHz 16 Bit Mono PCM 48.000 kHz 8 Bit Mono
PCM 48.000 kHz 16 Bit Mono
* Windows Sound Recorder uses the PCM 22.050 kHz 8 Bit Mono format.
To delete a sound file:
2. Click on the Edit Sound button in the section for the appropriate side of the card. You can delete the sound
from one side of a card without deleting the sound from the other.
3. Select Clear Sound from the menu which appears.
4. Click Yes when you are asked to confirm that you want to delete the sound file.
Page 74
Recording Sound
You can record sound files to attach to the cards in your Byki lists. All you need is a microphone attached to your
computer.
To record a sound file with Byki:
1. Click on the Edit tab.
2. Click on the Edit Sound button in the section for the appropriate side of the card.
You can attach different sound files to each side of a card. For example, a language list could have English
sound associated with side one and foreign sound associated with side two. The side two sound is used in many
places throughout the program. The side one sound is used only in certain Listening Comprehension Tests.
3. Select Record Sound. The Record screen will appear
4. If you want to hear the existing sound before you change it, click Play in the Existing Recording section.
5. Click the Record button to begin recording sound.
6. Speak into the microphone to record the sound. Try to keep the volume level in the optimal range.
7. Click Stop when you are finished recording. Be sure not to click this button too soon, or you may cut off the
end of your recording. The maximum length for a recording is two minutes (120 seconds). The length of the
recording in seconds is shown under the bar for the recording. The program will automatically trim any periods
of silence from the beginning or end of your recording.
8. To hear the new sound, click Play in the New Recording section.
9. When you are happy with your recording, click Save. You can also click Next or Previous to save your changes
for this card and go on to record sound for the next or previous card in your list.
Quick Recording Tips:

· Speak clearly at a medium-loud volume, a bit above what you'd use in a normal conversation. Don't shout,
but don't be too quiet either.
· Make sure your microphone isn't too close or too far from your mouth.
· Eliminate any unnecessary background noise.
· Don't stop a recording too soon or you could cut off the end of the sound.
The sound quality of your recordings will depend in part on the microphone you use, the environment you record in,
and how you speak. See the on-line Help if you want a more detailed list of Suggestions for Better Recordings.
Page 75
Adding or Changing Alternative Answers
In Written Recognize It, Written Produce It, Written Tests, and Listening Comprehension Tests, answers are marked
as incorrect if they do not exactly match the answers on the card. However, if you choose, you can designate
alternative answers which will also be scored as correct. For example, you might want the program to accept either
"It is" or "It's" in a phrase, or you might want to allow the dates in a history list to be written in different formats.
You could even permit the answers in a math list to be written as either fractions or decimals.
Note: Alternative answers are not accepted in Dictation Tests, because the point of Dictation Tests is to type
exactly what you hear. They are also not accepted in the Fill in the Blank activity.
You can add alternative answers on the Recognize It, Produce It, and Refresh screens. In Byki Deluxe, you can also
add them on the Edit screen.
To add or change an alternative answer on the Recognize It, Produce It, or Refresh screen:
1. Start using Recognize It, Produce It, or Refresh. When a card for which you want to designate an alternative
answer appears, type the answer that you want to make acceptable.
2. At first, the answer will be marked as incorrect, but the Accept as Correct link will appear in the Sorry, Try
Again bubble. Click on that link.
3. The bubble will expand to show three options. Mark the one you prefer:
· Mark the Typo option if you only want the answer to be accepted just this one time. This option is useful
when you knew the correct answer but made a mistake when typing it, and you don't want to be penalized
for it.
· Mark the Alternative Answer option if want this answer to be considered correct every time you enter it.
(This option is not available on the Refresh screen.)
· Mark the Incorrect Answer option if you change your mind about making this answer acceptable.
4. When you have made your choice, click OK to save your change or click the red X in the corner of the bubble
to close the bubble without saving your change.
5. If you later want to remove an alternative answer, mark the Do Not Accept This Answer checkbox while that
alternative answer is shown on the screen.
To add or change an alternative answer on the Edit screen (Byki Deluxe only):
2. Select the card to which you want to add the alternative answer, so that its information appears in the fields on
the right-hand side of the screen.
3. Click on the Edit Alternative Answers button in the section for the appropriate side of the card. You can have
different alternative answers for each side of a card.
4. The Alternative Answer screen will appear. Type an alternative answer in the field provided.
· Remember that answers are case-sensitive.
· To type accents or special characters, type the base character, then press the up or down arrow key
on your keyboard until the character you want appears. Alternatively, use the button to show or hide
the Keyboard Map for certain languages. See pages 80 - 85 for details. You may also want to see the
5. When you have typed the answer, click Add.
6. Add as many alternative answers as you want this side of the card to have.
7. When you are finished adding alternative answers, click OK to close the screen. You can also click Next or
Previous to save your changes for this card and go on to add alternative answers to the next or previous card in
your list. All the alternative answers you entered will be attached to the card, and from that point on, they will
be accepted as correct answers for that side of the card.
8. If you later need to delete any of the alternative answers, go back to the Alternative Answer screen, select the
answer you want to delete, and click Delete.
Page 76
Adding or Changing Pictures
When you are adding cards to a list, you have the option of adding pictures that represent the information on the
card. You also have the ability to pick new pictures when you edit cards. These pictures will appear as a visual clue
when you are using various exercises.
To add or change a picture:
2. Which picture buttons are available on the screen depends on whether the card already has a picture or video
attached. Do one of the following:
· If the card does not have any picture or video attached, click Add Picture/Video, then select Import
Picture File from the menu which appears.
· If the card already has a picture attached and you want to change it, click Edit Picture, then select Import
New Picture File from the menu which appears.
· If the card has a video attached and you want to change it to a picture, click Add Picture.
3. Locate and select a graphic file, then click Open.
Tips:
· Byki accepts the following picture formats: .bmp, .gif, .jpg, and .png.
· Animated .gif files are also supported. The animation will play continuously on the Edit screen. When a
card with an animated .gif file appears in an exercise or activity, the animation will play once, then stop. It
can be replayed at any time by clicking on the picture.
· If necessary, a large picture will be resized to fit on the card. A small version of the picture will also be
shown on the Edit screen. Note that the image on the Edit screen may not be exactly the same size that will
be displayed on the card itself.
To remove a picture:
2. Click Edit Picture.
3. Select Clear Picture from the menu which appears.
4. Click Yes when you are asked to confirm that you want to remove the picture.
Page 77
Adding or Changing Video
When you are adding cards to a list, you have the option of attaching video to go with the card. You also have the
ability to pick new video when you edit cards. You can play this video when the card is shown in various exercises.
To add or change a video:
2. Which video buttons are available on the screen depends on whether the card already has a video or picture
attached. Do one of the following:
· If the card does not have any video or picture attached, click Add Picture/Video, then select Import Video
File in the menu that appears.
· If the card already has a video attached and you want to change it, click Edit Video, then select Import
New Video File in the menu that appears.
· If the card has a picture attached and you want to change it to a video, click Add Video.
3. Locate and select a video file, then click Open.
Tips:
· Byki accepts the following video formats: .avi, .wmv, .flv, .mov, .mpg, and .mp4.
· Video files cannot be larger than 10MB. It may take the program a few minutes to convert a large video for
use on the card. You will see a progress bar while the conversion is in process.
· If necessary, a video will be resized to fit on the card. A small version of the video will also be shown on
the Edit screen. Note that the image on the Edit screen may not be exactly the same size that will be
displayed on the card itself.
4. Select the options that you want for this video:
· Because cards may have both sound and video, you have the option of indicating which sound you want to
hear when the card is flipped in any of the exercises. Select Play Card Sound When Card Flips if you
want to hear the card sound, rather than the video sound, in that situation. Select Play Video Sound When
Card Flips if you want to hear the sound from the video in that situation.
· Mark or clear the Automatically Play Video When Card Flips checkbox, according to your preference. If
you mark this option, the video will play automatically each time this card is flipped in any of the exercises.
If you do not mark this option, the video will not play automatically. Instead, it will appear as a still picture
until you choose to play it by clicking on it.
5. Click OK to close the Video Options screen and return to the Edit screen.
To change the video options:
2. Click Edit Video.
3. Select Change Current Video from the menu which appears.
4. Make any desired changes to the video options.
To remove a video:
2. Click Edit Video.
3. Select Clear Video from the menu which appears.
4. Click Yes when you are asked to confirm that you want to remove the video.
Page 78
Adding or Changing Card Comments
Card comments are a way you can attach a piece of extra information to a card - information that it is important to
know, but which does belong on any one side of the card. It might be grammar information in a language list,
context information in a subject list, or anything else you choose. Card comments appear in speech bubbles after
cards flip on various screens. If the card comment is not shown, you can open it by clicking in the upper right-
hand corner of the card. After reading the card comment, you can click the red X in the corner to close it. You can
add or change card comments when you are adding or editing cards. See pages 68 and 70 for more details.
To add or change a card comment:
2. In the list on the left-hand side of the screen, click on the card for which you want to add or change the card
comment, so that its information appears on the right-hand side of the screen.
3. Click Edit Card Comment.
4. The Card Comment screen appears. Type your comment.
· To type accents or special characters, type the base character then press the up or down arrow key on your
keyboard until the character you want appears. Alternatively, use the button to show or hide the
Keyboard Map for certain languages. See pages 80 - 85 for details. You may also want to see the Language-
Specific information for your language. Language-Specific information begins on page 97.
· Unlike hints, card comments are not restricted to a single side of the card, so feel free to put in any
information that relates to the card as a whole.
5. Click OK to close the Card Comment screen. You can also click Next or Previous to save your changes for this
card and go on to add a card comment to the next or previous card in your list.
Copying Cards into Other Lists

You can copy cards from one list to another if you want them to appear in more than one list. For example, you
might use this feature to create a short list with a subset of cards from a longer list, or to combine the contents of two
lists into one. You could even build large master lists with the contents of all your lists for a single language.
To copy cards from one list to another:
2. In the list on the left-hand side of the screen, select the card or cards that you want to copy.
· Click .
· Press Ctrl+G.
· Right-click on a card, then select Copy Into Another List from the menu which appears.
4. Select the list into which you want to copy the cards.
5. Click OK.
The next time you open the list into which you copied the cards, those cards will be available in it. Copied cards will
have a score of zero in the new list, regardless of their scores in the original list. If you copy cards into an ordered
list, the new cards will be added at the end of the existing order. The Search feature can also be useful for combining
cards from different lists into one list. See page 15 for more information. You can also use the Export and Import
features to create copies of whole lists. See pages 20 and 29.
Page 79
Deleting Cards from a List
You can delete cards from a list when you no longer wish to practice them.
To delete cards:
2. In the list on the left-hand side of the screen, select the card or cards that you want to delete.
· Click .
· Press Ctrl+D.
· Right-click on a card, then select Delete from the menu which appears.
4. Click Yes when you are asked to confirm that you want to delete the cards.
Using the FAQ Screen

The FAQ screen provides answers to frequently asked questions about the program, along with useful and
interesting information about learning languages and other subjects. The FAQ screen appears when you click the
FAQ tab or press the F10 key.
To use the FAQ screen, click on any of the topics on the left to see the list of questions for that topic, then click on
any question to see its answer.
To see if there is a newer version of the FAQ screen, click Update this Page. The FAQ screen also has a Check for
Application Updates button, which you can click to see if there are any updates for your version of this program
available on the Transparent Language website.
When you are finished using the FAQ screen, click on any of the other tabs at the top of the screen to go to another
part of the program.
Note: Like most major screens in Byki, the FAQ screen has a status bar at the bottom showing the name of the
for that language.
Checking for Program Updates

At any time, you can check to see whether an updated version of Byki is available to download from the Transparent
Language website. You also have the option of letting the program check for updates automatically and notify you
when one is available.
To check for program updates:
· Go to the FAQ screen and click Check for Application Updates.
· Choose Help / Check for Application Updates.

2. Choose one of the following update options:
· Mark Automatic checking. Notify me when an update is available. if you want the program to
automatically check for updates every time you start the program. If an update is available at that time, you
will see a message asking if you want to download it.
· Mark Manual checking. No notification. if you want to control when the program checks for updates.
After selecting this option, you can click Check for Updates Now if you want to check for updates right
away.
Page 80
Typing
Typing Accents or Special Characters
Even in languages which use the Latin alphabet (the same basic set of characters as English), you may need to type
characters with diacritic marks (such as à, ö, î, ñ, or ç) or other special characters (such as ß) while adding or editing
cards for language lists, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two ways to type
special characters: with the arrow keys or with the Keyboard Map.
Note: Consult the Language-Specific information for your language to see if it has any special typing
instructions that differ from those listed here. Language-Specific information begins on page 97. To
type in languages that do not use the Latin alphabet, see pages 81 - 85.
To type special characters with the arrow keys:
1. Type the base character for the character you want, such as a for à. To type a capital letter with an accent,
capitalize the base character.
Note: In a few cases, the base character may not be as obvious: For ß (esset), the base character is s. For þ
(thorn), the base character is t. For Ð and ð (capital and lowercase eth), the base character may be d or
t depending on the language. For , the base character is e. For æ (ash), the base character is a.
2. Press the up arrow key (or the down arrow key) on the keyboard.
3. If the accent mark or special character that appears is not the one you want, press the arrow key again, as many
times as necessary for the character you want to appear.
In some countries, computer keyboards are configured differently, to make it easy to type the characters which are
common in those languages. If you are going to be using a computer in one of those countries, it may be worthwhile
to practice using the appropriate keyboard layout. For that reason, some languages in Byki include specific
Keyboard Maps, which mimic the keyboards commonly used in countries where those languages are spoken.
To type special characters with the Keyboard Map:
1. Position your cursor somewhere where you can type.
2. If the Keyboard Map does not appear automatically, click or press Ctrl+K.
3. If you want to change the layout for the Keyboard Map to a different language, click or press
Ctrl+L to toggle between the native and foreign languages in a language list. You can also select a different
language from the Layout menu if needed. Some languages may have more than one layout available.
4. Locate the character you want on the Keyboard Map. Capital letters are available by holding down
the Shift key. For some languages, certain punctuation marks may also require the use of the Shift key.
Other characters may be available by holding down the Ctrl key and/or the Alt key.
· Use your mouse to click on the character you want on the Keyboard Map.
· Use your keyboard to type the character.

Note: You can right-click on any character on the Keyboard Map to see a larger image of it. The last key in
the second row of the map, directly above the Enter key, corresponds to the backslash key, which
may appear elsewhere on some keyboards.
Page 81
Typing Special Scripts
Many languages use scripts that are different from the Latin alphabet that is used by English. You can type the
special scripts used by these languages in Byki using the Keyboard Map. You may need to do so while adding or
editing cards for language lists, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests.
You may need to follow the instructions in this topic to type the native scripts for Altai, Arabic, Armenian,
Belorussian, Bengali, Bulgarian, Buriat, Chechen, Dari, Farsi, Georgian, Greek, Hebrew, Hindi, Iraqi Arabic,
Kazakh, Kurdish, Macedonian, Mongolian, Pashto, Punjabi, Russian, Serbian, Tajiki, Thai, Tuvan, Ukrainian, Urdu,
and Uzbek, among others. See pages 80 - 85 for ways to type in other languages.
To type special scripts with the Keyboard Map:
1. Position your cursor somewhere where you can type.
2. If the Keyboard Map does not appear automatically, click or press Ctrl+K.
3. If you want to change the layout for the Keyboard Map to a different language, click or press
Ctrl+L to toggle between the native and foreign languages in a language list. You can also select a different
language from the Layout menu if needed. Some languages may have more than one layout available.
4. Locate the character you want on the Keyboard Map. For some languages, capital letters and/or
certain punctuation marks are available by holding down the Shift key. Other characters may be available
by holding down the Ctrl key and/or the Alt key. Note that the ordinary letters on the foreign keyboards
may not be located in the same position as they are on English keyboards.
Tip: For some languages, you can the Alphabet Exploder in Byki Deluxe to review where letters are located
on the Keyboard Map, as well as to learn letter names and sounds.
· Use your mouse to click on the character you want on the Keyboard Map.

Note: You can right-click on any character on the Keyboard Map to see a larger image of it. The last key in
the second row of the map, directly above the Enter key, corresponds to the backslash key, which
may appear elsewhere on some keyboards.
The character will appear. Some languages may be written left to right, like English, while others go from right
to left.
6. Check the Language-Specific to see if there are any special typing instructions for your language. Language-
Specific information begins on page 97.
Note: If you need to add a stress mark or another type of diacritic mark to the character, and that mark does not
appear on Keyboard Map, follow the instructions below to add it. Stress marks and diacritics may or may not be
required in the various exercises, depending on the language.
To type stress marks or other diacritic marks:

1. Type the vowel or other letter with which the mark will be used.
2. Press the up or down arrow key on your keyboard.
3. If the mark which appears is not the one you want, press the up or down arrow key again until the appropriate
mark appears.
Page 82
Typing in Chinese
If you are learning Mandarin Chinese with Byki, you can type the simplified Chinese characters when you are
adding or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests.
Note: To type Chinese characters, you must have the Chinese IME from Microsoft installed. See page 161 for
instructions. If you do not have the IME installed, you must type the transliterated Chinese text in the
learning steps, activities, and tests. You do not need to follow the instructions below to type transliterated
Chinese, only to type actual Chinese characters. To type the tonal marks used by transliterated Chinese, set
the Keyboard Map to Transliterated Chinese, then follow the instructions on page 80.
To type in Chinese with the IME installed:
1. Position your cursor somewhere where you can type Chinese text.
2. Type the Pinyin representation of the Chinese character that you want to type. (Pinyin is a system for
transliterating Chinese phonetically using English letters.) You will see the letters you type in a gray rectangle.
3. Press the Enter key after typing the Pinyin. A Chinese character will appear, with a dotted underline.
4. If the character that appears is the character that you want, press the Enter key again. The dotted underline
under the character will disappear, and you can go on to type other characters if needed. If the character that
appears is not the character that you want, continue with these instructions.
5. If the character that appears is not the character that you want, press the right or left arrow key on your
keyboard. The Chinese character will be selected, and a list of alternative characters will appear on a bar.
6. Locate the character you want on the bar. You may be able to use the arrows at the far right of the bar to see
additional characters, depending on how many possibilities there are.
· Click on the character that you want.
· Type the number that appears next to the character you want.
The new character will appear, with a dotted underline.
8. Press the Enter key. The dotted underline under the character will disappear, and you can go on to type other
characters if needed.
A Note on Chinese Punctuation:
Chinese periods appear as small circles ( ) instead of solid dots. If you type English periods in place of Chinese
periods, your answers will not be recognized as correct. If you need to type a Chinese period, you must first make
sure that the Chinese punctuation setting is enabled. To tell whether it is enabled, look at the IME toolbar.
Chinese IME toolbar with Chinese Punctuation disabled
Chinese IME toolbar with Chinese Punctuation enabled
If the third icon in this bar appears as , Chinese punctuation is not enabled. Click on to change the
icon to and enable Chinese punctuation. When that setting is enabled, you can press the period key on
your keyboard to type a Chinese period. To type an ellipsis in Chinese while the IME is active, press the
Shift key and the 6 key at the same time. See page 111 for more information about using Chinese lists in
Byki.
Page 83
Typing in Japanese
If you are learning Japanese with Byki, you can type Hiragana, Katakana, and Kanji characters when you are adding
or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. You can use all three types of
Japanese characters in any Japanese list.
Note: In order to type Japanese characters, you must have the Japanese IME from Microsoft installed with your
operating system. See page 161 for instructions. If you do not have the IME installed, you must type the
transliterated Japanese text in Produce It and the various tests. You do not need to follow the instructions
below to type transliterated Japanese, only to type actual Japanese characters.
To type Japanese Hiragana characters with the IME installed:
1. Position your cursor somewhere where you can type Japanese text.
2. Type the Romaji representation of the Hiragana characters that you want to type. Romaji is a system for
transliterating Japanese phonetically using English letters. As you type, your letters will be converted into
Hiragana characters with a jagged line underneath.
All of the Hiragana characters except the nasal sound can be transliterated as a consonant followed by a vowel.
For the character that represents the nasal sound, , type a double n: nn
3. When the Hiragana characters that you want are shown, press the Enter key. The jagged underline beneath the
characters will disappear, and you can go on to type other characters if needed.
To type Japanese Katakana characters with the IME installed:
1. Follow steps 1 and 2 in the instructions above to type the Hiragana version of the character you want.
2. When the Hiragana characters that you want to convert to Katakana are displayed with the jagged underline,
press the F7 key. The characters will be converted into Katakana characters with a solid underline.
3. When the Katakana characters that you want are shown, press the Enter key. The solid underline beneath the
characters will disappear, and you can go on to type other characters if needed.
See the next page for instructions on typing Kanji characters.

Page 84
To type Japanese Kanji characters with the IME installed:
1. Follow steps 1 and 2 in the Hiragana instructions on the previous page to type the Hiragana version of the
characters or word that you want.
2. When the Hiragana characters that you want to convert to Kanji are displayed with the jagged underline, press
the Space bar. The characters will be converted to either Katakana or Kanji characters, depending on what type
of conversion you have done most recently.
3. If the characters which appear are not the characters you want, press the Space bar again. A menu of options
will appear. You may have to use the scroll bar to see all of the options. You can also click to sort the
options differently.

· Click on the Kanji character that you want.
· Type the number that appears next to the Kanji character you want.
The new character will appear, with a solid underline.
5. When the Kanji characters that you want are displayed, press the Enter key. The solid underline under the
character will disappear, and you can go on to type other characters if needed.
Note: You can use the button at the bottom of the Option box to bring up a menu of additional typing
options.
See page 125 for more information about using Japanese lists in Byki.
Page 85
Typing in Korean
The Korean alphabet - hangeul - is composed of 40 letters: 19 consonants and 21 vowel sounds (10 simple vowels
and 11 diphthongs). Instead of being written one after the other like the letters in an English syllable, the letters for a
Korean syllable are arranged as though they were in a square box. Thus, although it may look at first as though a
Korean text is filled with hundreds of unique characters, it really consists of the 40 characters of Korean alphabet
combined to form many different syllables.
When you are using a Korean list in Byki, you can type Korean letters and syllables while adding or editing cards,
as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests.
Note: In order to type Korean characters, you must have the Korean IME from Microsoft installed with your
operating system. See page 161 for instructions. If you do not have the IME installed, you must type the
transliterated Korean text in the learning steps, activities, and tests. You do not need to follow the
instructions below to type transliterated Korean, only to type actual Korean characters.
To type Korean characters with the Korean IME installed:
1. Position your cursor somewhere where you can type text.
2. If the Korean Keyboard Map does not appear automatically, click or press Ctrl+K. When
the Keyboard Map appears, make sure the Layout menu is set to Korean. If you want to see bigger images
of the characters, you can drag the sides of the box to enlarge all the characters.
3. Locate the first letter of the syllable that you want to type on the Keyboard Map. Remember that
additional characters are available by holding down the Shift key.
· Use your mouse to click on the character you want on the Keyboard Map on the screen.
5. That letter will appear in a flashing black square, indicating that it is the active syllable. Do one of the
following:
· If you are only typing that individual letter, not a syllable, press the right arrow key, so that the letter is
no longer selected. The flashing black square will disappear, and you can go on to type another letter or
syllable if needed.
· If you need to add one or more additional letters to the syllable, locate the next letter on the Keyboard
Map and use your mouse or your keyboard to type it. As long as a syllable is in the black flashing
square, new letters will be added to that syllable. Continue adding letters in order until you have
completed your syllable. When the syllable is complete, press the right arrow key, so that the syllable is
no longer selected. The flashing black square will disappear, and you can go on to type another letter or
syllable if needed.
Note: Some combinations of characters do not form valid Korean syllables. Byki will not combine
characters that do not form valid syllables.
Tip: In Byki Deluxe, you can use Alphabet Exploder to learn more about the Korean alphabet and Korean
syllables. See page 42.
See page 127 for more information about using Korean lists in Byki.
Page 86
Listening to Sound
Playing Sound
You can hear words and phrases pronounced from many of the screens in Byki. Listen as often as you like!
To hear a word or phrase:
1. If you are on a screen that shows the information from more than one card at a time, such as the Look screen or
the Edit screen, select the card you want to hear by clicking on it. (On screens that show just one card, you do
not need to select anything.)

· Click Play or Play Sound.
· Press Ctrl+S.
· On the Look screen, double-click on a card.
· If you are using Self-Reporting Recognize It, Self-Reporting Produce It, or the Self-Reporting Test,
press the S key.
Notes:
· Most of the foreign language lists which come with Byki include sound files. However, lists that you
import from other sources may or may not include sound.
· Cards that you add to a list will not have sound unless you attach sound files to them.
· For some languages in Byki Deluxe, you can listen to the sounds of individual letters by using Alphabet
Exploder.
· Cards can have different sound attached to each side. Throughout most of the program, you will hear the
side two sound. The side one sound is only used during the Listening Comprehension Test when it is in
Produce It mode.
Using SlowSound
SlowSound plays words and phrases slower than normal speech, making it easier for a non-native speaker to focus
on individual sounds.
To use SlowSound:
1. Do one of the following to turn on SlowSound:
· Click . The background of the button darkens when SlowSound is active.
· Press Ctrl+T.
· If you are using Self-Reporting Recognize It, Self-Reporting Produce It, or the Self-Reporting
Test, press the T key.
2. While SlowSound is active, play the sound that you want to hear slowed down. See above for instructions.
3. When you are ready to turn off SlowSound, click or use one of the keyboard shortcuts
again.
Note: You can set the SlowSound Speed if you prefer. See page 88.
Page 87
Customizing and Setting Preferences
Customizing Text Size
In Byki, you can change the font size on the Look screen if you choose. You can either make the font size larger to
see characters more clearly or make the font smaller to see more text on the screen.
To change the font size:
1. Go to the Look screen, if you are not already there.
2. Choose Options / Font Size.
· Increase Size - This option will increase the font size slightly. Larger text may be easier to see on the
screen. At the maximum font size, this option will be grayed out. Shortcut: Ctrl+[plus sign]
· Decrease Size - This option will decrease the font size slightly. Smaller fonts may allow you to see
more text on the screen at one time. At the minimum font size, this option will be grayed out. Shortcut:
Ctrl+[minus sign]
· Return to Default - This option will return the font to the size it was when Byki was first installed.
Displaying or Hiding FAQ Links

After you have used the program for a while, you may no longer need to see the blue, underlined FAQ links that
appear on various screens. When you reach that point, you can choose to hide those links.
To display or hide the FAQ links:
Choose Options / Display / Display FAQ Links. When a checkmark appears beside the menu item, the FAQ links
will be shown. When there is no checkmark, the FAQ links will be hidden.
Showing or Hiding Scores

Byki keeps track of how well you have done with each of the cards in your lists. Most of the time, the score
information is kept behind the scenes, so you can focus on learning rather than earning points. However, if you
prefer to see your scores, or if you need to adjust your scores for any reason, you can choose to display the score
information. See pages 41 and 66 for more information about scores.
To show the scores:
Choose Options / Display / Display Scores. A checkmark will appear beside the menu item, and a number of
display changes will take place throughout the program:
· On the Preview It, Recognize It, and Produce It screens, the current card score will appear on bottom of
each card.
· On the My Learned Items screen, the Count as Learned option will appear, allowing you to choose
what score a card has to have to be considered a learned item.
· On the Look screen, a Score column will appear in the table, indicating the score for each card, and an
Adjust Scores button will appear at the bottom of the screen.
· On the Select a List screen, a Score column will appear. The list score is equal to the lowest score of any
card in the list.
· On the List Properties screen, an Adjust Scores button will appear when you click on the Learning tab.
To hide the score information again:
If you change your mind and want to hide the score information again, choose Options / Display / Display Scores
to remove the checkmark from that menu item. The scores will once again be hidden.
Page 88
Setting the Auto Flip Speed
You can choose how fast the Auto Flip option on the Preview It screen flips cards.
To set the Auto Flip Speed:
1. Choose Options / Display / Auto Flip Speed.
2. Drag the slider left or right to adjust the Auto Flip Speed. The farther to the right the slider is set, the less time it
will spend on each card before flipping to the next.
3. Click OK to close the dialog box.
Setting the Sound Volume

Many screens in Byki play various kinds of sound. You can control the volume of these sounds.
To set the sound volume:
1. Choose Options / Sound / Sound Volume.
2. Drag the slider left or right to adjust the volume. The farther to the right the slider is set, the louder the sound.
Controlling Congratulations Sounds

You can control whether the exercises in Byki play congratulations sounds.
To turn the Congratulations Sounds on or off: Choose Options / Sound / Play Congratulations Sounds. When
there is a checkmark beside this menu item, the congratulations sounds will be played. When there is no checkmark,
they will not be played.
Muting Sound
If necessary, you can turn off all the sound in Byki, so that you can work with the program even in situations where
you need to be completely quiet.
To mute or restore the sound in Byki: Choose Options / Sound / Mute Sound. When a checkmark appears beside
the menu item, all sounds will be muted. When there is no checkmark, sound will be restored.
Setting the SlowSound Speed

You can choose how much SlowSound reduces the speed of the sound of words and phrases. This setting will only
affect the sound when you turn on SlowSound.
To set the SlowSound Speed:
1. Choose Options / Sound / SlowSound Speed.
2. Drag the slider to the left or right to adjust the SlowSound Speed to between 50% and 90% of normal speed.

Page 89
Setting a My Learned Items Backup Schedule
have the program back up the information automatically, on a schedule that you choose.
changes that you make to the backup schedule will also affect all users.
To set an automatic backup schedule:
1. Choose Options / My Learned Items Backup Settings / Backup Schedule.

· Choose Always Make Backup on Exit to have your information automatically backed up every time you
close the program, without any need for additional action from you.
· Choose Prompt to Make Backup on Exit to have the program ask you if you want to back up the
information every time you close the program. You can choose Yes or No each time, according to your
preferences.
· Choose Make Backup on Exit Every ___ Days and fill in a number between 1 and 99 to have the program
automatically back up your information when you close the program after that many days have passed.
· Choose Never Make Backup on Exit if you do not want the program to automatically back up your
information.
3. Click OK. Your new backup schedule will take effect immediately.
Setting a My Learned Items Backup Location

choose where these backups are stored.
changes that you make to the backup location will also affect all users.
To choose a backup location:
1. Choose Options / My Learned Items Backup Settings / Backup Location.
2. Navigate to the location where you want to store the information.
3. Click OK. The next backup you make will be stored in the location you chose. Up to ten backups can be stored
in one location. (After ten, the oldest backups will be overwritten.)
After you have made a backup of the My Learned Items information, you can restore the information from that
backup any time you choose.
Page 90
Setting the English Checking Level

You can control whether the program pays attention to the capitalization and final punctuation when you type
English answers in any of the learning steps, activities, or tests.
This option is meant for English speakers who do not want to worry about punctuation and capitalization when they
are typing in their native language. If you do not want the program to mark your English answers wrong when the
only differences between them and the answers on the cards are variations in the final punctuation and
capitalization, you can make the English checking less strict.
In a language list, English is usually found on side one of the cards, so this option affects the Written mode of
Recognize It and the Recognize It mode of Written Tests. In a subject list, either or both sides may be written in
English, so this option may affect anywhere you have to type answers.
To set the English checking level:
Choose Options / Ignore English Capitals/Punctuation.
· When a checkmark appears beside this menu item, the program will check your English answers less
strictly. Capitalization will be ignored throughout the answers, while certain punctuation marks
(periods, question marks, and exclamation points) will be ignored at the end of your answers. (Other
punctuation marks, such as commas and apostrophes, are not ignored.) For example, if the answer on a
card is Thank you. and this option is marked, Thank You! and thank you will both be considered
correct. (Remember, however, that spelling still counts.)
· When no checkmark appears beside this menu item, capitalization and punctuation will be counted in all
your English answers. For example, if the answer on a card is Thank you. and this option is not
marked, Thank You! and thank you will not be considered correct. Only the exact answer on the card
will be considered correct.
An Important Note: This option does not affect answers in the foreign language. Punctuation and capitalization are
counted in foreign language answers everywhere except Dictation Tests and Listening Comprehension Tests,
whether or not this option is checked. It also does not affect English answers in Listening Comprehension Tests,
because punctuation and capitalization are never counted in those tests.
You can use alternative answers if you want to allow variations in foreign language answers, or if you want to allow
variations of spelling or wording on either side of a card.
Customizing Hand Graphics

When you are using the learning steps, activities, and tests, you can customize the picture of the hand that holds the
Flash Card. There are a variety of fun hand graphics to choose from - find one that suits your mood!
To choose a new hand graphic:
1. Open any of the learning steps, activities, or tests in which a Flash Card is shown.
2. Click on the Flash Card itself. The image of the hand holding the card will change. Note: If a Flash Card
includes a video, clicking directly on that image will cause the video to play instead of changing the hand
graphic. Click anywhere on the card other than on the video to change the hand graphic.
3. Keep clicking until you find an image that you like.
Page 91
Using Menus and Keyboard Shortcuts
Using Menu Commands
Byki has several menus at the top of the screen. You can access many of the program's functions from these menus.
Note that some of the features listed below are only available in Byki Deluxe, not in Byki Express.
Using the File Menu:
Use the File menu to control some of the basic program functions. It contains the following commands:
Print List Prints the current list.
Print Cards Prints the current list in Flash Card format.
Handheld List Manager Allows you to transfer lists to a handheld device, if you have the Palm or Pocket PC
extensions that came with certain older versions of Before You Know It (the program
that became Byki).
Back Up My Learned
Items Now Saves a backup of the My Learned Items information in the default location.
Restore My Learned Items Restore the My Learned Items information from a backup file.
Exit Closes Byki.
Using the List Menu:
Use the List menu to work with your lists. It contains the following commands:
Change List Allows you to choose a list to open.
New List Allows you to create a new list.
Import List Brings a list from another source into Byki.
Export List Saves a list in a format that can be read by other copies of Byki.
Share List Allows you to distribute lists to other users.
Search Lets you search for specific information in your lists.
List Properties Allows you to change many of features of the current list.
Using the User Menu:
Use the User menu to work with your users. It contains the following commands:
Change User Allows you to choose a user.
Add User Allows you to create a user.

Page 92
Using the Options Menu:
Use the Options menu to set your preferences for various aspects of the program. It contains the following
commands:
Font Size Controls the size of the font used to display your lists. This option is only
available from the Look screen.
Display Offers options to control the appearance of certain aspects of the program,
such as the FAQ links, the scores, the Text Formatting Toolbar, ActiveX on
the More screen, the Auto Flip Speed, and the Login screen.
Sound Controls various aspects of the sound in the program, such as the sound
volume, congratulations sounds, muted sound, and the SlowSound speed.
My Learned Items Backup Setting Controls the schedule and location for backups of the My Learned Items
information.
Ignore English Capitals/Punctuation Controls whether the program pays attention to the capitalization and final
punctuation when you type English answers in any of the learning steps,
activities, or tests.
Check B4U File Association Controls whether the program checks each time it starts to see if files with
the extension .b4u are associated with Byki, rather than another Transparent
Language program. If they are not, you will be given the chance to change
the association. Files that are associated with Byki will automatically open
in Byki when they are double-clicked on.
Using the Help Menu:
Use the Help menu to get more information. It contains the following commands:
Help Opens the on-line Help file.
Getting Started Displays the Getting Started topic in the on-line Help file.
Guided Tour Launches the Guided Tour, which will give you an overview of the features
in Byki. This option may not be available in Byki Express.
<Various Web Links> Launches your Internet browser and opens relevant websites. The exact list
of web links may vary.
Language Information Displays the language pages in the on-line Help file.
Check for Application Updates Checks whether an update to Byki is available on-line.
About Displays the copyright information and version number for Byki.
In addition to selecting menu items with your mouse, you can also access all menu items by pressing the Alt key,
then the underlined letter in a menu, then the underlined letter in an item in that menu. (Depending on your
operating system, you may not see the underlines until you have pressed the Alt key.) You can also access some of
the menu commands through keyboard shortcuts.
Page 93
Keyboard Shortcuts for Byki
F1 Open the on-line Help.
F2 Go to the Learn screen.
F3 Go to the Alphabet screen.
F4 Go to the Activities screen.
F5 Go to the Test screen.
F6 Go to the My Learned Items screen.
F7 Go to the More screen.
F8 Go to the Look screen.
F9 Go to the Edit screen
F10 Go to the FAQ screen.
F11 Search lists.
F12 Go to the Test History screen.
Ctrl+A Select all the text in an edit field.
Ctrl+B Make text bold when editing cards.
Ctrl+C Copy the selected text in an edit field.
Shift+Ctrl+C Open the color palette when editing cards.
Ctrl+D Delete the selected cards, lists, or users.
Ctrl+E Edit the list properties.
Ctrl+F Flip the card and check your answer.
Ctrl+G Copy the selected cards into another list.
Ctrl+H Share list.
Ctrl+I Import list. Also, make text italic when editing cards.
Ctrl+J Print the current list in flash card format.
Ctrl+K Show or hide the Keyboard Map.
Ctrl+L Toggle the typing language.
Ctrl+M Make a new list.
Ctrl+N No, Next Card, or Skip, whichever is on the screen.
Ctrl+O Open a list.
Ctrl+P Print the current list.
Ctrl+Q Quit Byki.
Ctrl+R Export the current list.
Ctrl+S Play the side 2 sound for the current card.
Ctrl+T Toggle SlowSound.
Ctrl+U Change user. Also, make text underlined when editing cards.
Ctrl+V Paste text into an edit field.
Ctrl+W Add a card to the current list.
Ctrl+X Cut the selected text in an edit field.
Ctrl+Y Yes, when asked whether an answer was correct.
Ctrl+Z Undo the last text change.
Ctrl+1 Start Preview It from the Learn screen.
Ctrl+2 Start Recognize It from the Learn screen.
Ctrl+3 Start Produce It from the Learn screen.
Ctrl+[plus sign] Increase the font size.
Ctrl+[minus sign] Decrease the font size.
Alt+Enter Toggle Full Screen mode.
When using the Self-Reporting Recognize It, Self-Reporting Produce It, and Self-Reporting Tests, you can omit the
Ctrl key and simply type the following keys. (The Ctrl key shortcuts above will also work on those screens.)
F Flip the card and check your answer.
N No, Next Card, or Skip, whichever is on the screen.
S Play the side 2 sound for the current card.
T Toggle SlowSound.
Y Yes, when asked whether an answer was correct.
Page 94
Getting Help
Accessing On-Line Help
In addition to this printable documentation, Byki has a very detailed on-line Help file with instructions for every
feature of the program. The on-line Help contains all the information in this printable documentation and more, in an
interactive environment. Within the on-line Help, you can jump from topic to topic, search for specific topics, and
print any topic you choose.
To open the on-line Help file from anywhere in Byki, choose Help / Help, or press the F1 key. To get Help about a
particular screen, click the More Help link in right-hand part of the yellow bar near the top of the screen. The Help
file opens directly to the appropriate topic.
Using ToolTips
ToolTips are a quick way to get brief information about buttons or other objects on the screen.
To use ToolTips:
Position the mouse pointer over the button or other object that you want information on and wait for a second. A few
words describing the object will appear. If you want more details, see the on-line Help file or this documentation.
Using FAQ Links

When you first start using Byki, you may have questions about certain features that you see on the screen. To
provide quick answers to some of the most frequently asked questions, there are small links next to certain buttons
on many of the screens in the program. These links appear as blue, underlined text, usually phrased as a question.
When you click on a link, you will see a popup window where you can read a short answer to that question. You also
have the option of clicking on links to the Help file for additional details if needed. When you are done reading the
answer, click the red X in the corner of the popup window to close it.
After you have used the program for a while, you may no longer need to see the FAQ links on the screen. When you
reach that point, you can choose to hide the links by choosing Options / Display / Display FAQ Links to remove
the checkmark from the menu item.
Page 95
Other Uses for Byki
Although Byki was primarily designed to help people learn foreign language vocabulary, this versatile flash card
program can be used for other purposes. Feel free to build your own subject lists filled with any facts that you want
help memorizing - countries, states, and capitals; math problems; military ranks; chemical formulas; the names and
positions of important people; historical dates; or any other subjects for which you might use traditional paper flash
cards. You aren't limited to academic subjects, either - you could build trivia lists for your favorite books, lists of
movies and actors or directors, even lists of your friends' birthdays or anniversaries. Let your imagination run free!
When building such lists, follow the instructions on page 11 for Creating Subject lists. You can customize the list by
choosing a subject, categories, and learning steps for it. After the list is created, add cards with whatever information
you like.
After the list is built, you can choose exercises and activities with which to practice the list. Some exercises may be
better than others for certain types of lists. Experiment with whichever exercises seem appropriate and focus on the
ones that work best for you.
Finding Directories and Files

This topic provides information about the files used by Byki and where to find them.
Default Start Menu Folder: Start / Programs / Byki 4.0 (It may say All Programs instead of Programs on
Windows XP.)
Default Installation Directory: C:\Program Files\Transparent\Byki 4.0
Important Files and File Types:
BYKI4.exe The main executable program file. You can double-click on this file to run the program.
BYKI4.chm The Help file, in the subfolder with the main executable file.
BYKI4Manual.rtf This printable manual, in the subfolder with the main executable file.
.b4u files Exported lists. You will not see any .b4u files when Byki is first installed, because the lists
which come with Byki and any lists that you create are automatically incorporated into the
program's databases. If you later choose to export a list, it will be given the extension .b4u and
saved in the directory with Byki by default. You can then give the .b4u file to anyone with
whom you want share the list. Other people may also give you .b4u files that you can import.
When a list is imported, its information is added to the program's databases, after which you no
longer need the original .b4u file.
Page 96
Quitting and Uninstalling
Quitting Byki
You can close Byki whenever you are done working with it. All of your lists and scores are automatically saved
before the program closes.
To exit Byki:
Do one of the following:

· Choose File / Exit.
· Press Ctrl+Q.
· Click the X button in the upper right-hand corner of the screen.
· Click the Close Program button that may appear on the Select a User screen if you have not yet opened
any lists.
Uninstalling Byki
You can uninstall Byki if you no longer want to use the program. However, be aware that uninstalling the program
will also permanently delete all the users and lists associated with it. If there are any lists that you wish to save,
export them to a different directory so that they can be imported in another copy of Byki later.
To uninstall Byki:
1. In the Control Panel, choose Add / Remove Programs.
2. Select your Byki program.
3. Click Change/Remove.
Page 97
Language-Specific Information
Language-specific information is available in this documentation for the languages listed below. This information
may include general background information about the language, alphabet information, and/or specific information
on how to work with that language in Byki. For languages that are not listed, you can assume that all the regular
instructions in this documentation apply.
Language-specific help is available for the following languages:
Afrikaans Page 98 Icelandic Page 123 Turkish Page 144

Albanian Page 98 Indonesian Page 124 Turkmen Page 144
Altai Page 99 Irish Page 124 Tuvan Page 145
Arabic Page 100 Italian Page 124 Ukrainian Page 146
Armenian Page 101 Japanese Page 125 Urdu Page 147
Azerbaijani Page 102 Kazakh Page 126 Uzbek Page 148
Bashkir Page 103 Korean Page 127 Vietnamese Page 149
Belorussian Page 104 Kurdish Page 128 Yoruba Page 150
Bengali Page 105 Latin Page 129 Zulu Page 150
Bosnian Page 107 Latvian Page 129
Bulgarian Page 108 Lithuanian Page 130
Buriat Page 109 Luxembourgish Page 130
Chechen Page 110 Macedonian Page 131
Chinese Page 111 Malay Page 132
Croatian Page 112 Mirandese Page 132
Czech Page 112 Mongolian Page 133
Danish Page 113 Norwegian Page 134
Dari Page 113 Pashto Page 134
Dutch Page 114 Polish Page 135
English Page 114 Portuguese Page 135
Estonian Page 114 Punjabi Page 136
Farsi Page 115 Romanian Page 137
Finnish Page 116 Russian Page 138
French Page 116 Scottish Gaelic Page 139
Georgian Page 117 Serbian Page 139
German Page 117 Slovak Page 140
Greek Page 118 Spanish Page 140
Haitian Creole Page 118 Swahili Page 141
Hausa Page 119 Swedish Page 141
Hebrew Page 120 Tagalog Page 141
Hindi Page 121 Tajiki Page 142
Hungarian Page 123 Thai Page 143
You can also see pages 80 - 85 for instructions on typing the special characters that appear in many languages.
Page 98
Things to Know about Afrikaans
Afrikaans is spoken in South Africa by the descendents of white, non-English-speaking settlers and also by the
indigenous peoples for whom it was the language of instruction. The language is principally derived from Dutch
dialects that evolved in the various parts of South Africa. In 1925, it replaced Dutch as one of the official languages
of South Africa. Afrikaans has its own grammar and distinctive spelling. The Afrikaans alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
ABCD EFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
Lowercase Letters:
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
Afrikaans also uses characters with diacritic marks, including á, â, é, è, ê, ë, î, ï, ô, ö, and û, to indicate various
aspects of pronunciation.
When you have an Afrikaans list open in Byki, you can type special characters while adding or editing cards, as well
as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To do so, type the base character (such as e for ë), then press
the up or down arrow key on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. See page 80 for more detailed
instructions.
Note that unlike some of the other languages in Byki, Afrikaans does not have a Keyboard Map that differs from
English.
Things to Know about Albanian

Albanian is the official language of Albania, where it is spoken by approximately four million native speakers. A
million more people speak Albanian in other areas, and there are a number of native speakers of Albanian dialects
scattered throughout Greece and Italy. The Albanians' own name for their language is Shqip. The Albanian alphabet
is shown below.
Capital Letters:
A B C Ç D Dh E Ë F G Gj H I J K L Ll M N Nj O P Q R Rr S Sh T Th U V X Xh Y Z Zh
Lowercase Letters:
a b c ç d dh e ë f g gj h i j k l ll m n nj o p q r rr s sh t th u v x xh y z zh
There are thirty-six letters in the Albanian alphabet, including seven vowels, thirteen regular consonants, and nine
consonants that are digraphs, meaning that they are written as a combination of two letters. These digraphs (dh, gj,
ll, nj, rr, sh, th, xh, and zh) are each considered to be a single letter, and each has its own entry in Albanian
dictionaries.
When you have an Albanian list open in Byki, you can type the characters ë and ç while adding or editing cards, as
well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these special
characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (e for ë or c for ç), then press the up or down arrow key on your
keyboard until the accent you want appears. We recommend this method for most users.
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Albanian. This layout provides easy access
to the characters ç and ë. Note, however, that the positions of some other letters are not the same as on the English
keyboard, so you will need to look carefully as you type. This typing method is most useful to people who have
experience working with Albanian keyboards.
See page 80 for more detailed instructions on both methods for typing accented characters.
Page 99
Things to Know about Altai
Altai is a language spoken in the Altai Republic of Russia. It is a member of the Turkic language family. If you are
learning Altai, you should pay special attention to the Byki features which involve Altai characters.
Learning the Altai Alphabet

Altai uses a Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that of Russian. Altai text is written from left to right, the
same as English.
The Altai alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Typing Altai Characters
When you have an Altai list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Altai characters while adding or
editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To type a character, locate the
character on the Keyboard Map, then press the corresponding key on your keyboard or use your mouse to
click on the Keyboard Map on the screen. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks are available by
holding down the Shift key. See page 81 for detailed typing instructions.
Using Altai Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Altai lists, see page 159.
The Altai font can correctly display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as
bold, italic, underlines, superscript, and subscript. However, be aware that some Altai characters appear
very different when italicized.
You can make the Altai fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Altai Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Altai lists in addition to lists which use the actual Altai
characters. You can use these transliterated lists to help you master vocabulary and pronunciation before
tackling a new alphabet.
Page 100
Things to Know about Arabic
Arabic is spoken in more than twenty countries, from Morocco to Egypt to Saudi Arabia, by over 180 million
people. It is the language of Islam, one of the world's major religions, and has a literary tradition that dates back
more than twelve centuries. Arabic belongs to the Semitic family of languages, which also includes Hebrew.
If you are learning Arabic with Byki, you should pay special attention to the Byki features that involve Arabic
characters.
Learning the Arabic Alphabet
The Arabic alphabet consists of 28 letters. Arabic is written in a flowing script that runs from right to left, the
opposite of English. Most Arabic letters connect to the letters preceding and following them, just as in English
cursive writing. Therefore, letters often change shape depending on their placement within a word. Arabic is usually
written using only consonants and long vowels, although there are small marks which can be used above or below
letters to indicate short vowels.
The isolated (stand-alone) forms of the Arabic letters are shown below.
The alphabet is written from right to left, so is the first letter.
In Byki Deluxe, you can use Alphabet Exploder to help you learn the Arabic alphabet. See page 42 for
more information.
Typing Arabic Characters

When you have an Arabic list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Arabic characters while adding
or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To type a character, locate
the character on the Keyboard Map, then press the corresponding key on your keyboard or use your mouse
to click on the Keyboard Map on the screen.
Note that most punctuation marks, such as the period, question mark, and comma, are available on the
Arabic keyboard by pressing the Shift key. You may need these punctuation marks in certain lists.
See page 81 for detailed typing instructions.
Using Arabic Fonts and Formatting

If you experience problems with the fonts in your Arabic lists, see page 159.
Note that special formatting options such as bold text, italics, superscript, and subscript may make the
Arabic text hard to read, especially for beginners. You may want to avoid those font attributes and use
underlines or colors instead.
You can make the Arabic fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Arabic Lists

Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Arabic lists in addition to lists which use the actual Arabic
characters. You can use these transliterated lists to help you master vocabulary and pronunciation before tackling a
new alphabet. Transliterated Arabic is written from left to right, just like English. Note that Alphabet Exploder will
not be available while you have a transliterated Arabic list open.
Page 101
Things to Know about Armenian
Armenian is the official language of Armenia, and is also spoken in parts of Iran, Georgia, Turkey, Azerbaijan, and
other countries. The Armenian alphabet was developed around the year 404 AD by Mesrop Mashtots, a cleric at the
Armenian royal court.
Learning the Armenian Alphabet
Armenian is written from left to right, just like English. The Armenian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
In Byki Deluxe, you can use Alphabet Exploder to help you learn the Armenian alphabet. See page 42 for more
information.
Typing Armenian Characters
When you have an Armenian list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Armenian characters while adding or
editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To type a character, locate the character
on the Keyboard Map, then press the corresponding key on your keyboard or use your mouse to click on the
Keyboard Map on the screen. Capital letters are available by holding down the Shift key.
You may need punctuation marks in certain lists. Many punctuation marks correspond to the number keys on the
Armenian keyboard, although there are also marks which corresponds to the Backslash key, with and without the
Shift key held down.
Using Armenian Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Armenian lists, see page 159.
The Armenian font can display the special formatting options that are available in Byki. However, be aware that
some font attributes, such as italics, superscript, and subscript, may make the Armenian text harder to read,
especially for beginners. You may want to avoid those font attributes and use colors for emphasis instead.
You can make the Armenian fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Armenian Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Armenian lists in addition to lists which use the actual
Armenian characters. You can use these transliterated lists to help you master vocabulary and pronunciation before
tackling a new alphabet. Note that Alphabet Exploder will not be available while you have a transliterated Armenian
list open.
Page 102
Things to Know about Azerbaijani
Azerbaijani is a Turkic language which is spoken in Azerbaijan and some of the surrounding areas. There are also
many Azerbaijani speakers in Iran.
One of this language's distinguishing features is that it has used three different alphabets within the last 100 years.
Up until the 1920s, it was written in a version of the Arabic alphabet, reflecting the heavy Turkish influence. Then,
for ten years between 1929 and 1939, a version of the Latin alphabet came into official use. Later, while Azerbaijan
was under the control of the Soviet Union, an adapted form of the Cyrillic alphabet was imposed on the language.
Only when the area regained independence in 1991 was the current version of the alphabet developed.
The alphabet used today is a variation of the Latin alphabet, with several special characters. The most
notable is , which was a part of the Azerbaijani Cyrillic alphabet in addition to the current alphabet. This
vowel is very common in Azerbaijani words.
The Azerbaijani alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
When you have an Azerbaijani list open in Byki, you can type the special Azerbaijani characters while
adding or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two
methods for typing these special characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as o for ö or e for ), then press the up or down
arrow key on your keyboard until the character you want appears. We recommend this method for most
users.
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Azerbaijani. This layout provides
easy access to the special Azerbaijani characters. Note, however, that the positions of some other letters and
punctuation marks are not the same as on the English keyboard, so you will need to look carefully as you
type. This typing method is most useful to people who have experience working with Azerbaijani
keyboards.
Be aware that some older Azerbaijani speakers, especially those educated during the Soviet era, may be
more familiar with the Cyrillic alphabet than the current Latin one.
Page 103
Things to Know about Bashkir
Bashkir is spoken in several republics within Russia. It is a member of the Turkic language family. If you are
learning Bashkir, you should pay special attention to the Byki features which involve Bashkir characters.
Learning the Bashkir Alphabet
Bashkir uses a Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that of Russian. Bashkir text is written from left to right,
the same as English.
The Bashkir alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Typing Bashkir Characters

When you have a Bashkir list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Bashkir characters while adding or
Keyboard Map on the screen. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks, such as the question mark, are available
by holding down the Shift key.
Using Bashkir Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Bashkir lists, see page 159.
The Bashkir font can correctly display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as bold,
italic, underlines, superscript, and subscript. However, be aware that some Bashkir characters appear very different
when italicized.
You can make the Bashkir fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Bashkir Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Bashkir lists in addition to lists which use the actual Bashkir
new alphabet. To type the special characters used by transliterated Bashkir, such as ö, type the base character, then
press the up or down arrow key until the character you want appears. See page 80 for detailed instructions.
Page 104
Things to Know about Belorussian
Belorussian is an Eastern Slavonic language spoken in the former Soviet republic of Belarus. It is related to both the
Russian and the Ukrainian languages. If you are learning Belorussian, you should pay special attention to the Byki
features which involve Cyrillic characters.
Learning the Belorussian Alphabet
Belorussian uses a Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that of Russian. Belorussian text is written from left
to right, the same as English. The Belorussian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Typing Belorussian Characters

When you have a Belorussian list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Belorussian characters while adding
or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To type a character, locate the
character on the Keyboard Map, then press the corresponding key on your keyboard or use your mouse to click on
the Keyboard Map on the screen. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks, such as the question mark, are
available by holding down the Shift key. See page 81 for detailed typing instructions.
Using Belorussian Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Belorussian lists, see page 159.
The Belorussian font can correctly display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as
bold, italic, underlines, superscript, and subscript. However, be aware that some Belorussian characters appear very
different when italicized.
You can make the Belorussian fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Belorussian Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Belorussian lists in addition to lists which use the actual
Belorussian characters. You can use these transliterated lists to help you master vocabulary and pronunciation before
Page 105
Things to Know about Bengali
Bengali is the official language of Bangladesh and several states in India. With over 270 million speakers, it is
commonly ranked as one of the top five languages in terms of the number of native speakers.
Learning the Bengali Alphabet
Bengali is written in a syllabic alphabet that is very different from the English alphabet. It is, however, similar to the
Devanagari alphabet used by Hindi. In the Bengali alphabet, all consonants have an inherent vowel sound. Special
diacritic marks can be used to change the default vowel sound. In addition to the consonant characters and diacritics,
there are separate characters that can be used to write the vowels independently and a large assortment of special
conjunct characters that can be used to write consonant clusters. There are no uppercase or lowercase forms for
Bengali letters. The Bengali language is written from left to right, like English. Most Bengali letters have at least a
partial bar at the top, which connects to the other letters in a word.
Bengali Vowel Characters
Bengali Consonants
Typing Bengali Characters

When you have a Bengali list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Bengali characters while adding or
editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. See page 81 for basic instructions on
using the Keyboard Map, and see below for specific Bengali typing information.
Basic Vowels and Consonants
Each of the basic vowels and consonants shown above can be typed directly from the keyboard. To type one of these
characters, locate the character on the Keyboard Map, then press the corresponding key on your keyboard or use
your mouse to click on the Keyboard Map on the screen. Many characters are available by holding down the Shift
key or by holding down the Ctrl key and the Alt key at the same time, so if you do not immediately see the character
you want, try one of those options. The chart below shows the basic vowels and consonants and the characters they
are associated with on the keyboard. Note that the English letters shown here do NOT describe the sounds of the
Bengali letters, only their positions on the keyboard.
See the next page for continued Bengali typing instructions.
Page 106
Vowel Diacritic Marks and Modifier Symbols
In addition to stand-alone vowels and consonants, the Keyboard Map also shows vowel diacritic marks and special
modifier symbols (hasanta, anusvara, visarga, chandra-bindu, etc.). Diacritics and modifiers are shown with a
dotted circle that indicates the position of the base character relative to the diacritic or modifier. To type a diacritic or
a modifier along with a Bengali character, press the key for the base character first, then press the key for the
diacritic mark. You may need to hold down the Shift key or the Ctrl and Alt keys to see some of the diacritics and
modifiers.
Punctuation Marks
You can find punctuation marks on the Keyboard Map, too. For example, the Bengali period, which looks like a
vertical line, appears on the period key when you hold down the Shift key. You may need to type punctuation marks
when working with certain lists.
Conjunct Characters (Consonant Clusters)
In Bengali, when two or more consonants form part of a consonant cluster, they are written using special conjunct
characters. There are many conjunct characters in Bengali. Typing these characters is perhaps the trickiest part of
typing in Bengali, but as you learn to do so, you will also be learning the valuable skill of recognizing and reading
these common characters.
To type a consonant cluster, start by typing the first consonant, then type the hasanta symbol, , which
indicates the removal of the consonant's inherent vowel sound. The hasanta is associated with the d key on
the keyboard. You will see the hasanta appear under the first consonant. Next, type the second consonant.
The first consonant and the hasanta will be replaced by the correct conjunct form for the two consonants. If
you need to add a third consonant to the cluster, press the d key to add another hasanta, then press the key
for the third consonant. Again, the correct conjunct form for the cluster will appear.
The tricky part is recognizing which consonants make up a cluster, as the combination may not be obvious from the
conjunct form. A chart of some common conjunct characters and the characters used to type them is shown below:
Page 107
Remember that the English characters shown on the previous page are the ones used to type the Bengali characters,
but they do not correspond with the pronunciation. If you need to type a conjunct character that is not shown here,
listen carefully to the sound of that character to determine the consonants included in it, look to see which keys
would be used to type those individual characters, then type the conjunct character according to the instructions
above. Note that Byki may not allow you to combine characters that are never used together in Bengali.
If you want to learn Bengali lists in Byki without having to type the Bengali characters, you can turn off the Written
mode of Produce it and concentrate on the other learning steps and the activities which do not require typing.
Alternatively, you can use transliterated Bengali lists instead.
Using Bengali Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Bengali lists, see page 159.
The Bengali font can display the special formatting options that are available in Byki. However, be aware that
italics, underlines, superscript, and subscript may make the Bengali text harder to read, especially for beginners. You
may want to avoid those font attributes and use colors instead.
You can make the Bengali fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Bengali Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Bengali lists in addition to lists which use the actual Bengali
new alphabet.
Things to Know about Bosnian

Bosnian is a South-Slavic language, closely related to both Croatian and Serbian. It is spoken in the country of
Bosnia and Herzegovina, as well as in parts of Serbia, Croatia, and Montenegro.
The Bosnian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
When you have a Bosnian list open in Byki, you can type the special characters while adding or editing cards, as
characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as c for or d for ), then press the up or down
arrow key on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. We recommend this method for most users.
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Bosnian. This layout provides easy
access to many of the special characters. Note, however, that the positions of some other letters and
type. To type a character, locate the character on the Keyboard Map, then press the corresponding key on
your keyboard or use your mouse to click on the Keyboard Map on the screen. Capital letters and certain
punctuation marks, such as the question mark, are available by holding down the Shift key. This typing
method is most useful to people who have experience working with Bosnian keyboards.
Page 108
Things to Know about Bulgarian
Bulgarian is spoken by over 12 million speakers. Most Bulgarian speakers live in Bulgaria, although there are also
sizeable communities in Macedonia and elsewhere. Bulgarian is a member of the Southern branch of the Slavic
language family, and is related to Macedonian, Serbian, Croatian, Bosnian, and Slovene.
If you are learning Bulgarian, you should pay special attention to the Byki features which involve Bulgarian
characters.
Learning the Bulgarian Alphabet
Bulgarian uses a Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that of Russian. Bulgarian text is written from left to
right, the same as English. The Bulgarian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Typing Bulgarian Characters
When you have a Bulgarian list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Bulgarian characters while adding or
Using Bulgarian Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Bulgarian lists, see page 159.
The Bulgarian font can correctly display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as
bold, italic, underlines, superscript, and subscript. However, be aware that some Bulgarian characters appear very
You can make the Bulgarian fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Bulgarian Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Bulgarian lists in addition to lists which use the actual
Bulgarian characters. You can use these transliterated lists to help you master vocabulary and pronunciation before
Page 109
Things to Know about Buriat
Buriat is spoken in several republics within Russia (including the Republic of Buryatia), as well as in parts of
northern Mongolia and northwestern China. It is a member of the Mongolic branch of the Altaic language family. If
you are learning Buriat, you should pay special attention to the Byki features which involve Buriat characters.
Learning the Buriat Alphabet

Buriat uses a Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that of Russian. Buriat text is written from left to right,
the same as English.
The Buriat alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Typing Buriat Characters

When you have a Buriat list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Buriat characters while adding or editing
cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To type a character, locate the character on the
Keyboard Map, then press the corresponding key on your keyboard or use your mouse to click on the Keyboard
Map on the screen. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks, such as the question mark, are available by holding
down the Shift key.
Using Buriat Fonts and Formatting

If you experience problems with the fonts in your Buriat lists, see page 159.
The Buriat font can correctly display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as bold,
italic, underlines, superscript, and subscript. However, be aware that some Buriat characters appear very different
when italicized.
You can make the Buriat fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Buriat Lists

Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Buriat lists in addition to lists which use the actual Buriat
new alphabet. To type the special characters used by transliterated Buriat, such as ö, type the base character, then
press the up or down arrow key until the character you want appears. See page 80 for more detailed instructions.
Page 110
Things to Know about Chechen
The Chechen language is a member of the Nakh branch of the Caucasian language family, and is spoken primarily in
Chechnya. It is related to other languages in the Caucasus region, such as Ingush and Batsbi.
The first alphabet used for the Chechen language was a version of the Arabic alphabet. Then, for a brief period
between 1923 and 1937, the Latin alphabet was used. In 1938, under Soviet rule, Chechen converted to a form of the
Cyrillic alphabet used by Russian. Some Chechens opted to return to the Latin alphabet in 1992, after the fall of the
Soviet Union, but the Cyrillic alphabet remains the most widely used form of writing. Byki provides Chechen lists
in the Cyrillic alphabet.
Learning the Chechen Cyrillic Alphabet
Chechen can be written with a Cyrillic alphabet that is similar but not identical to that of Russian. Note that the
character which resembles a number 1 is, in fact, used as a letter in Chechen. Chechen text is written from left to
right, the same as English. The Chechen Cyrillic alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
In Byki Deluxe, you can use Alphabet Exploder to help you learn the Chechen alphabet. See page 42 for more
information.
Typing Chechen Characters
When you have a Chechen list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Chechen characters while adding or
Using Chechen Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Chechen lists, see page 159.
The Chechen font can correctly display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as bold,
italic, underlines, superscript, and subscript. However, be aware that some Chechen characters appear very different
when italicized.
You can make the Chechen fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Page 111
Things to Know about Chinese
Chinese is the most popular language in the world. It is spoken by more than one billion people in the People's
Republic of China, Hong Kong, Taiwan, and other parts of East Asia, as well as in urban centers around the world.
This topic covers some of the things you should be aware of if you are learning Mandarin Chinese with Byki.
Installing the Chinese IME and Typing in Chinese
There are two ways to use Chinese lists in Byki: with Microsoft's Chinese IME installed or without it. The IME
controls whether or not you can type Chinese characters.
· If you do choose to install the IME, see page 161 for instructions. After the IME is installed, you will
be able to type Chinese characters by following the instructions on page 82.
· If you do not choose to install the IME, you will not be able to type Chinese characters. For that
reason, you will also not be able to add or edit cards in your Chinese lists. You can, however, use the
learning steps, activities, and tests by typing the Pinyin transliteration of the Chinese text. To type the
tonal marks used by transliterated Chinese, set the Keyboard Map to Transliterated Chinese, then
follow the instructions on page 80.
Using Chinese Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Chinese lists, see page 159.
Most of the special formatting options that are available in Byki do not work well for Chinese. Font attributes such
as italics, underlines, superscript, and subscript can make the characters hard to read, especially for beginners. You
can, however, use colors for emphasis.
You can make the Chinese fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Learning Chinese Tones

As you work with your Chinese lists, pay special attention to the tones used by the native speakers when they
pronounce each word. Different tones can change a word's meaning. With Byki, you can listen to any word as many
times as you need to be able to recognize its tone, plus you can look at the tonal marks that appear in the
transliterated Chinese text in some lists. The pitch graphs on the Pronunciation Practice screen may also be
particularly helpful - the pattern of the graph will indicate the tone of the word. See pages 49 and 51 for more
details.
Using the Activities with Chinese Lists

The Fill in the Blank activity is not available for Chinese. However, you can use all the other learning steps,
activities, and tests to help you learn the language.
Creating Chinese Lists

When you choose Chinese, Mandarin as the language for a new list, that list will be able to display Chinese
characters. If you want the cards to have a field for transliterated Chinese text in addition to the actual Chinese
characters, open the new list, choose List / List Properties, and mark the Include Transliteration Field checkbox.
The transliterations will not replace the actual Chinese text - they will appear in a separate field on the card.
Note that if you create a Chinese list without the IME installed, the only way that you can add cards to it is to copy
cards from another Chinese list. If you do have the IME installed, you can add cards by following the normal
procedure.
If you want to create a list that has only transliterated Chinese text, with no actual Chinese characters, choose
Chinese, Mandarin - Transliterated as the language when you create the list. You can add cards to a transliterated
Chinese list even if you do not have the IME installed.
Using Transliterated Chinese Lists

If you have Chinese lists that are entirely transliterated and do not contain any actual Chinese characters, you can
use these transliterated lists to help you master vocabulary and pronunciation before tackling a new writing system.
Transliterated Chinese indicates tones by placing diacritic marks over vowels, such as á and à. When the Keyboard
Map is set to Transliterated Chinese, you can type these diacritic marks by typing the vowel, then pressing the up
or down arrow key on your keyboard until the correct diacritic appears. See page 80 for details.
Page 112
Things to Know about Croatian
Croatian is a member of the Southern branch of the Slavic language family. It is closely related to Serbian. Unlike
Serbian, however, Croatian is written in a variation of the Latin alphabet.
The Croatian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
When you have a Croatian list open in Byki, you can type the special characters while adding or editing cards, as
characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as c for č or d for ), then press the up or down arrow key
on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. We recommend this method for most users.
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Croatian. This layout provides easy
type. To type a character, locate the character on the Keyboard Map, then press the corresponding key on
your keyboard or use your mouse to click on the Keyboard Map on the screen. Capital letters and certain
punctuation marks, such as the question mark, are available by holding down the Shift key. This typing
method is most useful to people who have experience working with Croatian keyboards.
Things to Know about Czech

Czech is spoken in the Czech Republic. It is member of the Western Slavonic language family and is related to
Slovak and Polish.
The Czech alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
When you have a Czech list open in Byki, you can type the special characters while adding or editing cards, as well
as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these special characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for á), then press the up or down arrow key on your
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Czech. This layout provides easy
type. Capital letters and numbers are available by holding down the Shift key. Several letters, such as
and , are available by holding down the Ctrl key and the Alt key at the same time. This typing method is
most useful to people who have experience working with Czech keyboards.
Page 113
Things to Know about Danish
Danish is a North Germanic language spoken in the country of Denmark, where it is the official language. The
Danish alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
ABCD EFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÆØ Å
Lowercase Letters:
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzæøå
When you have a Danish list open in Byki, you can type special characters while adding or editing cards, as well as
while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these special characters. The
simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for æ or o for ø), then press the up or down arrow key on
your keyboard until the accent you want appears. We recommend this method for most users. The other method is to
display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Danish. This layout provides easy access to many of the special
characters. Capital letters are available by holding down the Shift key. Note, however, that the positions of the
punctuation marks and certain other characters are not the same as on the English keyboard, so you will need to look
carefully as you type. This typing method is most useful to people who have experience working with Danish
keyboards. See page 80 for more detailed instructions on both methods for typing accented characters.
Things to Know about Dari

Dari is one of the languages spoken in parts of Afghanistan, Iran, and Pakistan. If you are learning Dari with Byki,
you should pay special attention to the Byki features that involve Dari characters.
Learning the Dari Alphabet
Dari is written in a flowing script that runs from right to left, the opposite of English. Most Dari letters connect to
the letters preceding and following them, just as in English cursive writing. Therefore, letters often change shape
depending on their placement within a word. Dari is usually written using only consonants and long vowels,
although there are small marks which can be used above or below letters to indicate short vowels. The isolated
(stand-alone) forms of the Dari letters are shown below. The alphabet is written from right to left, so is the first
letter.
In Byki Deluxe, you can use Alphabet Exploder to help you learn the Dari alphabet. See page 42.
Typing Dari Characters
When you have a Dari list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Dari characters while adding or editing
Map on the screen. Note that most punctuation marks, such as the period, question mark, and comma, are available
on the Dari keyboard by pressing the Shift key. You may need these punctuation marks in certain lists. Additional
characters are available by holding down the Ctrl key and the Alt key at the same time. See page 81 for detailed
typing instructions.
Using Dari Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Dari lists, see page 159. Note that special formatting options such
as bold text, italics, superscript, and subscript may make the Dari text hard to read, especially for beginners. You
may want to avoid those font attributes and use underlines or colors instead. You can make the Dari fonts larger if it
helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Dari Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Dari lists in addition to lists which use the actual Dari
new alphabet. Transliterated Dari is written from left to right, just like English. Note that Alphabet Exploder will not
be available while you have a transliterated Dari list open.
Page 114
Things to Know about Dutch
The Dutch language is the official language of the Netherlands. The Dutch alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y IJ Z
Lowercase Letters:
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y ij z
The letter q is only used in foreign loan words. The letters x and y are most often used in foreign loan words as well.
The letter ij is a digraph, meaning that it is one letter which is written as a combination of two characters. Dutch also
uses characters with diacritic marks, such as é, in certain words. When you have a Dutch list open in Byki, you can
type special characters while adding or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests.
To do so, type the base character (such as e for é), then press the up or down arrow key on your keyboard until the
accent you want appears. See page 80 for more detailed instructions. Note that unlike some of the other languages in
Byki, Dutch does not have a Keyboard Map that differs from English.
Things to Know about English

English is spoken in many countries, from England and Australia to the United States of America. It is also studied
as a second language by millions of people who speak other languages. The English alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
English does not use any accent marks or diacritics to indicate stress or special sounds. It is therefore not necessary
to type any special characters when you are typing English text in Byki. In a language list, English is usually found
on side one of the cards, so you will be typing English in the Written mode of Recognize It, the Recognize It mode
of Listening Comprehension Tests, and the Recognize It mode of Written Tests. In a subject list, both sides of the
cards are often in English, so you will probably type English in most parts of the program. If you do not want the
program to mark your English answers wrong for variations in the final punctuation and capitalization, you can
make the English checking less strict by choosing Options / Ignore English Capitals/Punctuation. See page 90 for
details. This option is meant for English speakers who do not want to worry about punctuation and capitalization in
their native language. If you are using an English list for speakers of another language, such as an English for Spanish
Speakers list, you may need to type that language's special characters. See the that language's topic for details.
Things to Know about Estonian

Estonian is the official language of Estonia. The Estonian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
When you have an Estonian list open in Byki, you can type special characters while adding or editing
cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these
special characters. The simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for ä or o for ö), then press
the up or down arrow key on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. We recommend this method
for most users. The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Estonian. This
layout provides easy access to the special characters. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks, such as
the question mark, are available by holding down the Shift key. Note, however, that the positions of the
punctuation marks and certain other characters are not the same as on the English keyboard, so you will
need to look carefully as you type. This typing method is most useful to people who have experience
working with Estonian keyboards. See page 80 for more detailed instructions.
Page 115
Things to Know about Farsi
Farsi, also known as Persian, is the official language of Iran. Persian reigned as the language of culture and
education for centuries throughout the Middle East and has a literary tradition that dates back to the 10th century.
Farsi belongs to the Indo-European family of languages.
Learning the Farsi Alphabet

The Farsi alphabet consists of 32 letters. Farsi is written in a flowing script that runs from right to left, the opposite
of English. Most Farsi letters connect to the letters preceding and following them, just as in English cursive writing.
Therefore, letters often change shape depending on their placement within a word. Farsi is usually written using only
consonants and long vowels, although there are small marks which can be used above or below letters to indicate
short vowels.
The isolated (stand-alone) forms of the Farsi letters are shown below. The alphabet is written from right to
left, so is the first letter.
In Byki Deluxe, you can use Alphabet Exploder to help you learn the Farsi alphabet. See page 42 for more
information.
Typing Farsi Characters
When you have a Farsi list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Farsi characters while adding or editing
Map on the screen. See page 81 for detailed typing instructions.
Vowel marks and special characters such as tashdid (which indicates a doubled consonant) are available on the Farsi
keyboard by pressing the Shift key. If you have to type both a tashdid and a vowel mark with the same consonant,
you should normally type the tashdid before you type the vowel mark. However, there is one exception: if the vowel
mark in question is zir (which represents a short vowel), you must type the zir before you type the tashdid to have
the character display correctly. See Alphabet Exploder for more information on Farsi vowels and special characters.
Certain punctuation marks such as the question mark and the quotation marks also require you to press the Shift key
in order to see them on the Keyboard Map. You may need these punctuation marks in certain lists.
Using Farsi Fonts and Formatting

If you experience problems with the fonts in your Farsi lists, see page 159.
Note that special formatting options such as bold text, italics, superscript, and subscript may make the Farsi text hard
to read, especially for beginners. You may want to avoid those font attributes and use underlines or colors instead.
You can make the Farsi fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Farsi Lists

Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Farsi lists in addition to lists which use the actual Farsi
new alphabet. Transliterated Farsi is written from left to right, just like English. Note that Alphabet Exploder will not
be available while you have a transliterated Farsi list open.
Page 116
Things to Know about Finnish
Finnish is spoken by approximately five million people, mostly in Finland. The Finnish language belongs to the
Finno-Ugrian group of languages, which is spoken in a region that extends from Norway into Siberia and the
Carpathian Mountains. This language group also includes the Hungarian and Estonian languages. The Finnish
alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
ABCD EFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÅ ÄÖ
Lowercase Letters:
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzåäö
Some of these letters are used only in names or foreign loanwords. When you have a Finnish list open in Byki, you
can type special characters while adding or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and
tests. There are two methods for typing these special characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for ä or o for ö), then press the up or down arrow key
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Finnish. This layout provides easy access to
the special characters. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks, such as the question mark, are available by
holding down the Shift key. Note, however, that the positions of the punctuation marks and certain other characters
are not the same as on the English keyboard, so you will need to look carefully as you type. This typing method is
most useful to people who have experience working with Finnish keyboards.
Things to Know about French

In addition to being the official language of France, French is also the official language of Haiti, Luxembourg, and
more than fifteen countries in Africa. The French language is one of the official languages in Canada, Belgium, and
Switzerland, plus it is considered an unofficial second language in many countries such as Morocco, Algeria, and
Tunisia. The French alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
French also uses characters with diacritic marks, including à, â, ç, é, è, ê, ë, î, ï, ô, ù, û, and ü, to indicate various
aspects of pronunciation.
When you have a French list open in Byki, you can type these characters while adding or editing cards, as well as
while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these special characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for á or c for ç), then press the up or down arrow key on
your keyboard until the accent you want appears. We recommend this method for most users.
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to French. This layout provides easy access to
certain common special characters, such as ç. Note, however, that the positions of some other letters and punctuation
marks are not the same as on the English keyboard, so you will need to look carefully as you type. Capital letters,
numbers, and certain punctuation marks are available by holding down the Shift key. This typing method is most
useful to people who have experience working with French keyboards.
Page 117
Things to Know about Georgian
Georgian is the official language of the country of Georgia. It is a member of the South Caucasian family of
languages.
Learning the Georgian Alphabet
Georgian is written from left to right, just like English. Since the 13th century, Georgian has used the Mkhedruli
alphabet, shown below. The Mkhedruli alphabet has 33 letters.
In Byki Deluxe, you can use Alphabet Exploder to help you learn the Georgian alphabet. See page 42 for more
information.
Typing Georgian Characters
When you have a Georgian list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Georgian characters while adding or
Keyboard Map on the screen. Note that most punctuation marks, such the period and the comma, correspond to the
number keys on the Georgian keyboard. Numbers are available by holding down the Shift key. You may need
punctuation marks and numbers in certain lists. See page 81 for detailed typing instructions.
Using Georgian Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Georgian lists, see page 159. The Georgian font can display the
special formatting options that are available in Byki. However, be aware that some font attributes, such as italics,
superscript, and subscript, may make the Georgian text harder to read, especially for beginners. You may want to
avoid those font attributes and use colors for emphasis instead. You can make the Georgian fonts larger if it helps
you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Georgian Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Georgian lists in addition to lists which use the Georgian
new alphabet. Alphabet Exploder will not be available while you have a transliterated Georgian list open.
Things to Know about German

Over 100 million people speak German as their native language. German (Deutsch) is the official language of
Germany, Liechtenstein, and Austria. German is also one of the four national languages in Switzerland. The German
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
German also uses characters with diacritic marks, including ä, ö, and ü, along with the special symbol ß. When you
have a German list open in Byki, you can type these characters while adding or editing cards, as well as while using
the learning steps, activities, and tests.
There are two methods for typing these special characters. The simplest method is to type the base character (such as
a for ä or s for ß), then press the up or down arrow key on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. We
recommend this method for most users.
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to German. This layout provides easy access to
the characters ä, ö, ü, and ß. Note, however, that the positions of some other letters and punctuation marks are not
the same as on the English keyboard, so you will need to look carefully as you type. This typing method is most
useful to people who have experience working with German keyboards.
Page 118
Things to Know about Greek
Greek is the official language of Greece. It is also one of the official languages of Cyprus, and of the European
Union.
There are 24 letters in the Greek alphabet: 17 consonants and 7 vowels. Modern Greek is written from left to right,
just like English. The Greek alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
In addition to the forms shown above, the letter sigma also has a special form, , used only at the end of
words. Modern Greek uses marks over vowels to indicate stress, while older Greek texts may use additional diacritic
marks.
Typing Greek Characters and Diacritic Marks
When you have a Greek list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Greek characters while adding or editing
Map on the screen. Capital letters are available by holding down the Shift key. See page 81 for detailed typing
instructions.
If you need to type a diacritic mark over a Greek vowel, type the vowel, then press the up or down arrow key on
your keyboard until the correct diacritic mark appears. You must type the appropriate diacritic marks to have your
answers scored as correct.
Using Greek Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Greek lists, see page 159.
The Greek font can display the special formatting options that are available in Byki. However, be aware that italics,
superscript, and subscript may make the Greek text harder to read, especially for beginners. You may want to avoid
those font attributes and use bold text, underlines, or colors instead.
You can make the Greek fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Greek Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Greek lists in addition to lists which use the actual Greek
new alphabet. In many of these lists, the stressed syllables of words are written in capital letters.
Things to Know about Haitian Creole

Haitian Creole is spoken by the inhabitants of Haiti, where it is one of the official languages (along with French). It
evolved from a combination of French and several African languages, such as Wolof, Fon, and Ewe. Though some
resemblance to its parent languages can still be clearly seen, Haitian Creole has developed into a full language in its
own right, with distinctive vocabulary and a unique grammar. The Haitian Creole alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
A AN B CH D E È EN F G I J K L M N O Ò ON OU P R S T U V W Y Z
Lowercase Letters:
a an b ch d e è en f g i j k l m n o ò on ou p r s t u v w y z
When you have a Haitian Creole list open in Byki, you can type the accented characters while adding or editing
cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To do so, type the base character (such as e for è
and o for ò), then press the up or down arrow key on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. See page 80
for more detailed instructions.
Note that unlike some of the other languages in Byki, Haitian Creole does not have a Keyboard Map that differs
from English.
Page 119
Things to Know about Hausa
Hausa is primarily spoken in Nigeria and Niger. It is also widely used as a lingua franca for communication between
speakers of other languages in West Africa. Hausa is a member of the Chadic branch of the Afro-Asiatic language
family.
The Hausa alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Some letters (shown separated by slashes above) can be written either as special characters or as regular consonants
with apostrophes. The letter shown in parentheses above has three possible forms and is not used in all dialects of
Hausa.
Hausa is a tonal language that also distinguishes between long and short vowel sounds. In some dictionaries and
language references, tones and vowel length may be marked with various diacritics over vowels. However, those
diacritic marks are not used in the everyday written form of the language.
The Hausa lists that come with Byki use regular characters plus apostrophes, and do not use the diacritics for tones
and vowel length. Therefore, in most Hausa lists, you will not need to type special characters. You can type in Hausa
the same way you would type in English.
As you work with your Hausa lists, pay special attention to the tones used by the native speakers when they
times as you need to be able to recognize its tone. The pitch graphs on the Pronunciation Practice screen may also be
particularly helpful - the pattern of the graph will indicate the tone of the word.
Page 120
Things to Know about Hebrew
Hebrew is spoken by over 4.6 million people around the world, primarily in Israel. It belongs to the family of
Semitic languages and originally dates back to Old Testament times. If you are learning Hebrew, you should pay
special attention to the features in Byki that involve Hebrew characters.
Hebrew is written from right to left, the opposite of English. The Hebrew alphabet consists of 22 letters and a
system of vowel marks represented by dots and lines that may be written above, in between, or underneath the
letters. Hebrew text can be written with or without these vowel marks. The vowel marks are usually omitted by
native speakers, but they are commonly used by learners.
The Hebrew alphabet is shown below. The alphabet is written from right to left, so is the first letter.
Each Hebrew letter has only one form, so there are no capital letters vs. lowercase letters.
The Hebrew vowel marks are shown in red below.
Typing Hebrew Letters and Vowel Marks
When you have a Hebrew list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Hebrew letters while adding or editing
Map on the screen. See page 81 for detailed typing instructions.
To type a Hebrew vowel mark, first type the consonant to which that vowel mark will be attached, or position your
cursor to the left of that consonant if it is already typed. Then hold down the Alt key and the Ctrl key on your
keyboard at the same time. The Keyboard Map will change to display the vowel marks along the top row of the
keyboard, in place of the number keys and a few others. Press the appropriate key on your keyboard, or click on the
character on the Keyboard Map on the screen. The vowel mark will appear attached to the consonant.
Note that because Hebrew vowel marks are usually omitted in Hebrew texts, they are not required when you type
Hebrew answers in the learning steps, activities, and tests. You can type your answers without any vowel marks at
all and they will still be considered correct. However, if you do choose to type the vowel marks because you want to
learn them, you must get all the vowel marks in an answer right to have that answer considered correct. If you enter
some vowel marks but do not enter all of them, or if you enter an incorrect vowel mark, your answer will be
considered wrong.
Using Hebrew Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Hebrew lists, see page 159. The Hebrew font can display the
special formatting options that are available in Byki. However, be aware that italics, superscript, and subscript may
make the Hebrew text harder to read, especially for beginners. You may want to avoid those font attributes and use
bold text, underlines, or colors instead. You can make the Hebrew fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look
screen.
Using Transliterated Hebrew Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Hebrew lists in addition to lists which use the actual Hebrew
new alphabet. Transliterated Hebrew is written from left to right, just like English.
Page 121
Things to Know about Hindi
Hindi is spoken as a first language by over 337 million people (approximately one third of India's population) and
learned as a second language by millions more. It is the official language of Indian government communications and
is supposed to be taught in all Indian schools where it is not the dominant language. Hindi is descended from the
ancient Sanskrit language.
Learning the Hindi Alphabet
Hindi is written in the Devanagari alphabet. The letters in the alphabet appear very different from the letters in the
Latin alphabet used by English. In the Hindi alphabet, all consonants have an inherent vowel sound. Special diacritic
marks can be used to change the default vowel sound. In addition to the consonant characters and diacritics, there
are separate characters that can be used to write the vowels independently and a large assortment of special conjunct
characters that can be used to write consonant clusters.
There are no uppercase or lowercase forms for Hindi letters. The Hindi language is written from left to right, like
English. Most Hindi letters have at least a partial bar at the top, which connects to the other letters in a word.
Hindi Vowels
Hindi Consonants
In Byki Deluxe, you can use Alphabet Exploder to help you learn the Hindi alphabet. See page 42 for more
information.
Typing Hindi Characters
When you have a Hindi list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Hindi characters while adding or editing
cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. See page 81 for basic instructions on using the
Keyboard Map, and see below for specific Hindi typing information.
Basic Vowels and Consonants
Each of the basic vowels and consonants shown above can be typed directly from the keyboard. To type one of these
characters, locate the character on the Keyboard Map, then press the corresponding key on your keyboard or use
your mouse to click on the Keyboard Map on the screen. If you do not immediately see the character you want, try
holding down the Shift key to see an additional set of characters.
The Locate on Keyboard option in the Alphabet Exploder in Byki Deluxe can help you learn where to find specific
characters on the keyboard.
Vowel Diacritic Marks and Modifier Symbols
In addition to stand-alone vowels and consonants, the Keyboard Map also shows vowel diacritic marks and special
modifier symbols (halant, anusvara, candrabindu, etc.). Diacritics and modifiers are shown with a dotted circle that
indicates the position of the base character relative to the diacritic or modifier. To type a diacritic or a modifier along
with a Hindi character, press the key for the base character first, then press the key for the diacritic mark. You may
need to hold down the Shift key to see some of the diacritics and modifiers.
See the next page for continued Hindi typing instructions.

Page 122
Numerals
You can find the Hindi numerals on the top row of the Keyboard Map when you hold down the Ctrl key and the Alt
key at the same time. You may need to type Hindi numerals when working with certain lists.
Punctuation Marks
You can find punctuation marks on the Keyboard Map, too. For example, the Hindi period, which looks like a
vertical line, appears on the period key when you hold down the Shift key. The question mark is available by
holding down the Ctrl, Shift, and Alt keys at the same time, then pressing the ? key. You may need to type
punctuation marks when working with certain lists.
Conjunct Characters (Consonant Clusters)
In Hindi, when two or more consonants form part of a consonant cluster, they are written using special conjunct
characters. There are many conjunct characters in Hindi. Typing these characters is perhaps the trickiest part of
typing in Hindi, but as you learn to do so, you will also be learning the valuable skill of recognizing and reading
these common characters.
To type a consonant cluster, start by typing the first consonant, then type the halant symbol, , which indicates the
removal of the consonant's inherent vowel sound. The halant is associated with the d key on the keyboard. You will
see the halant appear under the first consonant. Next, type the second consonant. The first consonant and the halant
will be replaced by the correct conjunct form for the two consonants. If you need to add a third consonant to the
cluster, press the d key to add another halant, then press the key for the third consonant. Again, the correct conjunct
form for the cluster will appear.
The tricky part is recognizing which consonants make up a cluster, as the combination may not always be
obvious from the conjunct form. The Hindi Alphabet Help (available by clicking the Alphabet Reference
button in the Alphabet Exploder) has a topic on Ligatures which includes a chart showing the characters
that make up many common conjunct characters. You may wish to refer to that topic for help when needed.
If you need to type a conjunct character that is not shown in that chart, listen carefully to the sound of that
character to determine the consonants included in it, look to see which keys would be used to type those
individual characters, then type the conjunct character according to the instructions above. Note that Byki
may not allow you to combine characters that are never used together in Hindi.
If you want to learn Hindi lists in Byki without having to type the Hindi characters, you can turn off the
Written mode of Produce it and concentrate on the other learning steps and the activities which do not
require typing. Alternatively, you can use transliterated Hindi lists instead.
Using Hindi Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Hindi lists, such as squares appearing in place of Hindi characters,
try rebooting your computer. After rebooting, check the font again. If you still experience font problems, see page
159.
The Hindi font can display the special formatting options that are available in Byki. However, be aware that italics,
underlines, superscript, and subscript may make the Hindi text harder to read, especially for beginners. You may
want to avoid those font attributes and use colors instead.
You can make the Hindi fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Hindi Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Hindi lists in addition to lists which use the actual Hindi
new alphabet. Note that Alphabet Exploder will not be available while you have a transliterated Hindi list open.
Page 123
Things to Know about Hungarian
Hungarian (also called Magyar) is the mother tongue of the ten million inhabitants of Hungary, as well as another
four million people in neighboring countries - mostly Romanian Transylvania to the East, Slovakia to the North, and
Croatia and Yugoslavia to the South. The Hungarian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
When you have a Hungarian list open in Byki, you can type these characters while adding or editing cards, as well
as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these special characters. The
simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for á), then press the up or down arrow key on your
keyboard until the accent you want appears. We recommend this method for most users. The other method is to
display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Hungarian. This layout provides easy access to the special
characters. Note, however, that the positions of some letters and punctuation marks are not the same as on the
English keyboard, so you will need to look carefully as you type. This typing method is most useful to people who
have experience working with Hungarian keyboards. See page 80 for more detailed instructions on both methods for
typing accented characters.
Things to Know about Icelandic

Icelandic is the official language of Iceland and is spoken by over 300,000 speakers. It is a member of the Northern
Germanic language branch of the Indo-European language family, and is descended from Old Norse. The Icelandic
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
When listening to the Icelandic pronunciation in Byki, pay special attention to the Icelandic letters Ð/ð and Þ/þ. The
letter Ð/ð is called "eth" and pronounced "th" as in "this", while Þ/þ is called "thorn" and pronounced "th" as in
"think". When you have an Icelandic list open in Byki, you can type all the special characters while adding or
editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these
special characters. The simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for á), then press the up or down
arrow key on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. For þ and ð, the base character is t. We recommend
this method for most users. The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Icelandic. This
layout provides easy access to the special characters. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks, such as the
question mark, are available by holding down the Shift key. Note, however, that the positions of the punctuation
marks are not the same as on the English keyboard, so you will need to look carefully as you type. This typing
method is most useful to people who have experience working with Icelandic keyboards. See page 80 for more
detailed instructions on both methods for typing accented characters.
Page 124
Things to Know about Indonesian
Indonesian (Bahasa Indonesia) is the official language of the Republic of Indonesia, where it is used in government,
schools, and the media. It is a member of the Austronesian language family, and is very similar to the Malay
language. The Indonesian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Indonesian uses the Latin alphabet, the same alphabet as English. Because Indonesian does not use any accent marks
or special characters, you can type in Indonesian the same way you would type in English.
Things to Know about Irish

The Gaelic language family is divided into distinct branches, including Irish Gaelic and Scottish Gaelic. Irish Gaelic
is more commonly just called "Irish". It is a Celtic language that is part of the Indo-European language family. The
Irish alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
ABCD EFGHILMN OPRSTU
Lowercase Letters:
abcdefghilmnoprstu
The letters j, k, v, x, and z may sometimes appear in foreign loan words. Irish also uses characters with diacritic
marks, including á, é, í, ó and ú, to indicate various aspects of pronunciation. When you have an Irish list open in
Byki, you can type these characters while adding or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps,
activities, and tests. To do so, type the base character (such as a for á), then press the up or down arrow key on your
keyboard until the accent you want appears. See page 80 for more detailed instructions. Note that unlike some of the
other languages in Byki, Irish does not have a Keyboard Map that differs from English.
A note on Irish spelling:
To an English speaker, Irish words often look very different than they sound. As a result, Irish spelling can be tricky
for English speakers to master, no matter what method they're using, but that doesn't mean it can't be done. Just take
your time, and let Byki show you each card as many times as you need to learn it. Keep your learning sessions short
if you ever find yourself getting frustrated - you don't have to finish a list in the same session you start it. Remember,
too, that you can use the Self-Reporting modes when you don't feel like trying to type the words, or try an activity
that focuses on sound, such as Listening Comprehension or Pronunciation Practice. The more different ways you
experience the language, the better you'll learn it and the more fun the learning process will be.
Things to Know about Italian

The standard Italian language is spoken by Italy's 57 million residents. It is also a minority language in Austria and
Switzerland, as well as in Libya, Somalia, and Ethiopia, which were once Italian colonies. Italian is a Romance
language, a direct descendant of the ancient Latin spoken in the Roman Empire. The Italian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
ABCD EFGHILMN OPQRSTUVZ
Lowercase Letters:
abcdefghilmnopqrstuvz
The letters j, k, w, x, and y are sometimes used in foreign loan words, but are considered foreign letters. Italian also
uses characters with diacritic marks, including à, é, è, ì, ò, and ù, to indicate various aspects of pronunciation. When
you have an Italian list open in Byki, you can type these characters while adding or editing cards, as well as while
using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these special characters. The simplest
method is to type the base character (such as a for à), then press the up or down arrow key on your keyboard until
the accent you want appears. We recommend this method for most users. The other method is to display the
Keyboard Map and set the layout to Italian. This layout provides easy access to certain special characters, such as à,
è, ì, ò, and ù. Other characters are available through various combinations of keys - for example, é appears on the
Keyboard Map when you hold down the Shift key. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks, such as the
question mark, are also available by holding down the Shift key. Note, however, that the positions of the punctuation
marks are not the same as on the English keyboard, so you will need to look carefully as you type. This typing
method is most useful to people who have experience working with Italian keyboards. See page 80 for more detailed
instructions on both methods for typing accented characters.
Page 125
Things to Know about Japanese
Japanese is the official language of Japan. It is not known to be directly related to any other language or family of
languages. Japanese is written using three types of characters: Hiragana, Katakana, and Kanji. This topic covers
some of the things you should be aware of if you are learning Japanese with Byki.
Installing the Japanese IME and Typing in Japanese

There are two ways to use Japanese lists in Byki: with Microsoft's Japanese IME installed or without it. The IME
controls whether or not you can type Japanese characters.
be able to type Japanese characters by following the on page 83.
· If you do not choose to install the IME, you will not be able to type Japanese characters. For that
reason, you will also not be able to add or edit cards in your Japanese lists. You can, however, use the
learning steps, activities, and tests by typing the Romaji transliteration of the Japanese text.
Using Japanese Fonts and Formatting

If you experience problems with the fonts in your Japanese lists, see page 159.
Most of the special formatting options that are available in Byki do not work well for Japanese. Font attributes such
as italics, underlines, superscript, and subscript can make the characters hard to read, especially for beginners. You
can, however, use colors for emphasis.
You can make the Japanese fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using the Activities with Japanese Lists

The Fill in the Blank activity is not available for Japanese. However, you can use all the other learning steps,
Creating Japanese Lists

There are three kinds of Japanese lists that you can create: Japanese Kanji lists, Japanese Hiragana lists, and
transliterated Japanese lists.
To create a Japanese Kanji list, choose Japanese - Kanji as the language. To create a Japanese Hiragana list, choose
Japanese - Hiragana. If you want the cards to have a field for transliterated Japanese text in addition to the actual
Japanese characters, open the new list, choose List / List Properties, and mark the Include Transliteration Field
checkbox. The transliterations will not replace the actual Japanese text - they will appear in a separate field on the
card. Note that if you create either of these types of lists without the IME installed, the only way that you can add
cards to it is to copy cards from another Japanese list. If you do have the IME installed, you can add cards by
following the normal procedure.
If you want to create a list that has only transliterated Japanese text, with no actual Japanese characters, choose
Japanese - Transliterated as the language when you create the list. You can add cards to a transliterated Japanese
list even if you do not have the IME installed.
Using Transliterated Japanese Lists

If you have Japanese lists that are entirely transliterated and do not contain any actual Japanese characters, you can
use these transliterated lists to help you master vocabulary and pronunciation before tackling a new writing system.
Some transliterated lists, particularly those imported from other Transparent Language programs, may use lines over
letters to indicate long vowels, such as . If the list you are using includes these characters, you can type them by
typing the vowel, then pressing the up or down arrow key on your keyboard until the correct diacritic appears. See
page 80 for details.
Page 126
Things to Know about Kazakh
Kazakh is primarily spoken in Kazakhstan, one of the former republics of the Soviet Union, although there are also
communities of Kazakh speakers in China, Mongolia, and other areas. If you are learning Kazakh, you should pay
special attention to the Byki features which involve Kazakh characters.
Learning the Kazakh Alphabet
In Kazakhstan, Kazakh uses a Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that of Russian. In other areas,
particularly in China, it can also be written with a variation of the Arabic alphabet. The Cyrillic version of the
Kazakh alphabet which is used in Byki is shown below. Letters in parentheses are used only in foreign loanwords.
Kazakh texts in this alphabet are written from left to right, the same as English.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Typing Kazakh Characters

When you have a Kazakh list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Kazakh characters while adding or
Using Kazakh Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Kazakh lists, see page 159.
The Kazakh font can correctly display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as bold,
italic, underlines, superscript, and subscript. However, be aware that some Kazakh characters appear very different
when italicized.
You can make the Kazakh fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Kazakh Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Kazakh lists in addition to lists which use the actual Kazakh
new alphabet. To type the special characters used by transliterated Kazakh, such as ö, type the base character, then
Page 127
Things to Know about Korean
Korean is spoken by more than 72 million people living on the Korean peninsula. Korean is the official language of
both South Korea and North Korea.
Learning the Korean Alphabet
The Korean script - hangeul - is composed of 40 letters: 19 consonants and 21 vowel sounds (10 simple vowels and
11 diphthongs). Instead of being written one after the other like the letters in an English syllable, the letters for a
Korean syllable are arranged as though they were in a square box. Thus, although it may look at first as though a
Korean text is filled with hundreds of unique characters, it really consists of the 40 characters of Korean alphabet
combined to form many different syllables. Korean text is written from left to right, like English.
Korean Consonants:
Korean Vowels:
In Byki Deluxe, you can use Alphabet Exploder to help you learn the Korean alphabet. See page 42.
Learning Korean Numerals
In the Korean language, there are two types of cardinal numerals: cardinal numerals of Korean origin, and cardinal
numerals of Chinese origin. Cardinal numerals of Korean origin are used for to express quantities between 0 and 99
only, while cardinal numerals of Chinese origin are used to express any quantity of objects, without limitation. Byki
presents the cardinal numerals of Chinese origin.
Installing the Korean IME and Typing in Korean
There are two ways to use Korean lists in Byki: with Microsoft's Korean IME installed or without it. The IME
controls whether or not you can type Korean characters.
be able to type Korean characters by following the instructions on page 85.
· If you do not choose to install the IME, you will not be able to type Korean characters. For that
reason, you will also not be able to add or edit cards in your Korean lists. You can, however, use the
learning steps, activities, and tests by typing the transliteration of the Korean text.
Using Korean Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Korean lists, see page 159. Most of the special formatting options
that are available in Byki do not work well for Korean. Font attributes such as italics, underlines, superscript, and
subscript can make the characters hard to read, especially for beginners. You can, however, use colors for emphasis.
You can make the Korean fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using the Activities with Korean Lists
The Fill in the Blank activity is not available for Korean. However, you can use all the other learning steps,
Creating Korean Lists
When you choose Korean as the language for a new list, that list will be able to display Korean characters. If you
want the cards to have a field for transliterated Korean text in addition to the actual Korean characters, open the new
list, choose List / List Properties, and mark the Include Transliteration Field checkbox. The transliterations will
not replace the actual Korean text - they will appear in a separate field on the card. Note that if you create a Korean
list without the IME installed, the only way that you can add cards to it is to copy cards from another Korean list. If
you do have the IME installed, you can add cards by following the normal procedure. If you want to create a list that
has only transliterated Korean text, choose Korean - Transliterated as the language when you create the list. You
can add cards to a transliterated Korean list even if you do not have the IME installed, and you can use the
transliterated lists to help you master vocabulary and pronunciation before tackling a new writing system. Alphabet
Exploder will not be available while you have a transliterated Korean list open.
Page 128
Things to Know about Kurdish
Kurdish is the language spoken by the Kurdish people in Iran, Iraq, Turkey, Syria, and other areas in the Middle East
and the former Soviet Union. If you are learning Kurdish with Byki, you should pay special attention to the Byki
features that involve Kurdish characters.
Learning the Kurdish Alphabets
In different areas, Kurdish is written in different alphabets. Many Byki lists present Kurdish in the Sorani alphabet, a
variation of the Arabic alphabet which is used by Kurdish speakers in Iraq and Iran. When using the Sorani alphabet,
Kurdish is written in a flowing script that runs from right to left, the opposite of English. Most letters in the Kurdish
Sorani alphabet connect to the letters preceding and following them, just as in English cursive writing. Therefore,
letters change shape depending on their placement within a word. The isolated (stand-alone) forms of the Kurdish
Sorani letters are shown below. The Kurdish Sorani alphabet is written from right to left, so is the first letter.
In Turkey and Syria, Kurdish speakers write with a variation of the Latin alphabet called the Kurmanji alphabet, and it
also possible to make Byki lists using this alphabet. The Kurdish Kurmanji alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
In parts of the former Soviet Union, Kurdish speakers prefer a Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that used
by Russian. There are fewer Kurdish speakers who use this alphabet than either of the other two writing systems.
Typing Kurdish Characters
Whichever alphabet you are using for your Kurdish lists, you can type the appropriate Kurdish characters while
adding or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests.
When you have a Kurdish Sorani list open, you can use the Kurdish Sorani Keyboard Map to type Kurdish
characters. Locate the character on the Keyboard Map, then press the corresponding key on your keyboard or use
your mouse to click on the Keyboard Map on the screen. Note that some punctuation marks, such as the question
mark, are available on the keyboard by pressing the Shift key. See page 81 for detailed typing instructions.
When you have a Kurdish Kurmanji list open, there are two methods for typing the special characters. The
simplest method is to type the base character (such as e for ê), then press the up or down arrow key on your
keyboard until the accent you want appears. We recommend this method for most users. The other method is to use
the Kurdish Kurmanji Keyboard Map, which is set up to mimic keyboards in Kurdish-speaking countries that use
the Kurmanji alphabet. This layout gives easy access to the special characters. Capital letters and certain punctuation
marks are available by holding down the Shift key. Note, however, that the positions of the punctuation marks are
not the same as on the English keyboard, so you will need to look carefully as you type. You may need these
punctuation marks in certain lists. See page 80 for more detailed instructions on typing accented characters.
Using Kurdish Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Kurdish lists, see page 159. Note that special formatting options
such as bold text, italics, superscript, and subscript may make Kurdish text in the Sorani alphabet hard to read,
especially for beginners. You may want to avoid those font attributes and use underlines or colors instead. You can
make the Kurdish fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Kurdish Sorani Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Kurdish Sorani lists in addition to lists which use the actual
Kurdish Sorani characters. This phonetic transliteration may not be identical to Kurdish written with the Kurmanji
alphabet. However, you can use these transliterated lists to help you master vocabulary and pronunciation before
tackling the Sorani alphabet. Transliterated Kurdish is written from left to right, just like English.
Page 129
Things to Know about Latin
Latin was the language of ancient Rome and the source of the modern Romance languages, including Spanish,
French, Italian, and many others. Though there are no more native Latin speakers, the language is still commonly
studied by scholars and others, for a wide variety of reasons. The Latin alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
ABCD EFGHIKLMNOPQRSTUVXYZ
Lowercase Letters:
abcdefghiklmnopqrstuvxyz
When u is used as a consonant, it is usually written as the letter v, although it is actually pronounced like the English
letter w. When i is used as a consonant, it used to be written as the letter j, although it is actually pronounced like the
English letter y. The current tendency is to leave consonantal i unchanged. Latin also uses characters with diacritic
marks, such as â, ê, î, ô, and û, to indicate long vowel sounds.
Typing in Latin
When you have a Latin list open in Byki, you can type these characters while adding or editing cards, as well as
while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To do so, type the base character (such as a for â), then press the
up or down arrow key on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. See page 80 for more detailed
instructions. Note that unlike some of the other languages in Byki, Latin does not have a Keyboard Map that differs
from English.
Listening to Latin
Because there are no longer any "native" speakers for Latin, all of the Latin sound in Byki has been recorded by
expert speakers. Whenever the Byki program and its documentation mention native speakers, it refers to these expert
speakers in the case of Latin.
Things to Know about Latvian

The Latvian language, which is spoken in Latvia, is one of the two Baltic languages which make up a branch of the
Indo-European family. (The other language in the Baltic branch is Lithuanian.) The Latvian alphabet is shown
below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
When you have a Latvian list open in Byki, you can type the special characters while adding or editing cards, as
characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as c for č), then press the up or down arrow key on your
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Latvian. When the layout is set to Latvian,
holding down the Ctrl and Alt keys at the same time will provide access to the special Latvian characters. Capital
letters are available by holding down the Shift key as well.
Page 130
Things to Know about Lithuanian
The Lithuanian language is spoken by over 4 million people, primarily in the Republic of Lithuania where it is the
official language. It is also a minority language in Belarus, Poland, Latvia, and Russia. In addition, Lithuanian has
been designated as one of official languages of the European Union. Lithuanian is one of the two Baltic languages
which make up a branch of the Indo-European family. (The other language in the Baltic branch is Latvian.) The
Lithuanian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
In addition to the characters above, Lithuanian texts such as dictionaries and grammar references will sometimes use
additional diacritic marks to indicate stress and vowel length, although such marks are not commonly used in
everyday writing.
When you have a Lithuanian list open in Byki, you can type the special characters while adding or editing cards, as
characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as c for č), then press the up or down arrow key on your
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Lithuanian. When the layout is set to
Lithuanian, holding down the Ctrl and Alt keys at the same time will provide access to the special Lithuanian
characters. Capital letters are available by holding down the Shift key as well.
Things to Know about Luxembourgish

Luxembourgish, sometimes referred to as Luxembourgian, is the national language of Luxembourg and is spoken by
around 300,000 people. It is a member of the High Germanic branch of the Indo-European language family.
Capital Letters:
ABCD EFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÄ ËÉ
Lowercase Letters:
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzäëé
When you have a Luxembourgish list open in Byki, you can type the special characters while adding or editing
cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To do so, type the base character (such as a for
ä), then press the up or down arrow key on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. See page 80 for more
detailed instructions.
Note that unlike some of the other languages in Byki, Luxembourgish does not have a Keyboard Map that differs
from English.
Page 131
Things to Know about Macedonian
Macedonian is primarily spoken in the Republic of Macedonia, although there are communities of Macedonian
speakers in Greece and elsewhere. Macedonian is a member of the Southern branch of the Slavic language family. If
you are learning Macedonian, you should pay special attention to the Byki features which involve Macedonian
characters.
Learning the Macedonian Alphabet

Macedonian uses a Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that of Russian. Macedonian text is written from
left to right, the same as English. The Macedonian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Typing Macedonian Characters

When you have a Macedonian list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Macedonian characters
while adding or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To type a
character, locate the character on the Keyboard Map, then press the corresponding key on your keyboard or
use your mouse to click on the Keyboard Map on the screen. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks,
such as the question mark, are available by holding down the Shift key. See page 81 for detailed typing
instructions.
Using Macedonian Fonts and Formatting

If you experience problems with the fonts in your Macedonian lists, see page 159.
The Macedonian font can correctly display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as
bold, italic, underlines, superscript, and subscript. However, be aware that some Macedonian characters appear very
You can make the Macedonian fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Macedonian Lists

Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Macedonian lists in addition to lists which use the actual
Macedonian characters. You can use these transliterated lists to help you master vocabulary and pronunciation
before tackling a new alphabet.
Page 132
Things to Know about Malay
Malay is primarily spoken in Malaysia. It is spoken by approximately 10 million people there, as well as about a
million speakers in nearby Thailand and Singapore. Malay is very similar to Indonesian.
Originally, Malay was written using an Indian script. In the fourteenth century, under the influence of Islam, an
Arabic script called Jawi came to be used. This script was used for centuries, until a version of the Latin alphabet
called Rumi was adopted in the seventeenth century. The Malay alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
A B C D DZ E F G H I J K KH L M N NY NG NGG O P Q R S SY T TS U V W X Y Z
Lowercase Letters:
a b c d dz e f g h i j k kh l m n ny ng ngg o p q r s sy t ts u v w x y z
Because the Malay alphabet does not use any accent marks or special characters, you can type in Malay the same
way you would type in English.
Things to Know about Mirandese

Mirandese is a Romance language spoken in parts of northern Portugal, mostly in the town of town of Miranda do
Douro and the surrounding area.
The Mirandese alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
ABCÇDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
Lowercase Letters:
abcçdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
The letters k, v, and w are mostly used in foreign loan words. Mirandese also uses characters with diacritic marks,
including á, ã, é, ê, í, ó, ô, and ũ, to indicate stress, nasalization, and various other aspects of pronunciation.
When you have a Mirandese list open in Byki, you can type these characters while adding or editing cards, as well
as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To do so, type the base character (such as a for á or c for ç),
then press the up or down arrow key on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. To type a capital letter
with an accent, capitalize the base character. See page 80 for more detailed instructions.
Note that unlike some of the other languages in Byki, Mirandese does not have a Keyboard Map that differs from
English.
Page 133
Things to Know about Mongolian
The Mongolian language is spoken primarily in Mongolia, although colonies of speakers also exist in China, Russia,
and Afghanistan. Mongolian is a member of the Altaic language family. If you are learning Mongolian, you should
pay special attention to the Byki features which involve Mongolian characters.
Learning the Mongolian Alphabet
Mongolian uses a Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that of Russian. Mongolian text is written from left to
right, the same as English. The Mongolian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Typing Mongolian Characters

When you have a Mongolian list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Mongolian characters while adding or
by holding down the Shift key. A few additional characters are available by holding down the Ctrl key and the Alt
key at the same time. See page 81 for detailed typing instructions.
Using Mongolian Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Mongolian lists, see page 159. The Mongolian font can correctly
display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as bold, italic, underlines, superscript,
and subscript. However, be aware that some Mongolian characters appear very different when italicized. You can
make the Mongolian fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Mongolian Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Mongolian lists in addition to lists which use the actual
Mongolian characters. You can use these transliterated lists to help you master vocabulary and pronunciation before
tackling a new alphabet. To type the special characters used by transliterated Mongolian, such as ü, type the base
character, then press the up or down arrow key until the character you want appears. See page 80 for detailed
instructions.
Page 134
Things to Know about Norwegian
Norwegian is spoken primarily in Norway. It is a member of the North Germanic language family. The Norwegian
Capital Letters:
ABCD EFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÆØ Å
Lowercase Letters:
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzæøå
When you have a Norwegian list open in Byki, you can type special characters while adding or editing cards, as well
simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for æ or o for ø), then press the up or down arrow key on
your keyboard until the accent you want appears. We recommend this method for most users. The other method is to
display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Norwegian. This layout provides easy access to the special
characters. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks, such as the question mark, are available by holding down
the Shift key. Note, however, that the positions of the punctuation marks are not the same as on the English
experience working with Norwegian keyboards. See page 80 for more detailed instructions.
Things to Know about Pashto

Pashto is the native language of the Pashtun people who live in parts of Afghanistan, Pakistan, and India. It is a
member of the Eastern Iranian branch of the Indo-European languages.
Learning the Pashto Alphabet
Pashto uses a version of the Arabic alphabet. This alphabet is written in a flowing script that runs from right to left,
the opposite of English. Most Pashto letters connect to the letters preceding and following them, just as in English
cursive writing. Therefore, letters often change shape depending on their placement within a word. Pashto is usually
written using only consonants and long vowels, although there are small marks which can be used above or below
letters to indicate short vowels. The isolated (stand-alone) forms of the Pashto letters are shown below. The alphabet
is written from right to left, so is the first letter.
The Pashto alphabet is one of the largest alphabets based on the Arabic script. In Byki Deluxe, you can use
Alphabet Exploder to help you learn the Pashto alphabet. See page 42 for more information.
Typing Pashto Characters
When you have a Pashto list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Pashto characters while adding or editing
Map on the screen. Note that some punctuation marks, such as the question mark and the exclamation point, are
available on the Pashto keyboard by pressing the Shift key. A few additional characters are available by holding
down the Ctrl key and the Alt key at the same time. See page 81 for detailed typing instructions.
Using Pashto Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Pashto lists, see page 159. Note that special formatting options
such as bold text, italics, superscript, and subscript may make the Pashto text hard to read, especially for beginners.
You may want to avoid those font attributes and use underlines or colors instead. You can make the Pashto fonts
larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Pashto Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Pashto lists in addition to lists which use the actual Pashto
new alphabet. Transliterated Pashto is written from left to right, just like English. Alphabet Exploder will not be
available for transliterated Pashto. To type the special characters used by transliterated Pashto, such as á, type the
base character, then press the up or down arrow key until the character appears. See page 80.
Page 135
Things to Know about Polish
Polish belongs to the Western Slavic group of languages, together with Czech. It is spoken by over 38 million people
in Poland, over 3 million in the United States, and over a million elsewhere in the world. Modern Polish came into
being in the 16th century. The Polish alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
When you have a Polish list open in Byki, you can type the special Polish characters while adding or editing cards,
as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these special
characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as o for ó), then press the up or down arrow key on your
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Polish. This layout provides easy
access to certain common Polish characters such as Other special characters, including
, appear on the Keyboard Map when you hold down the Shift key. Note, however, that the
positions of some ordinary letters are not the same on the Polish keyboard as on the English keyboard, so
you will need to look carefully as you type. This typing method is most useful to people who have
experience working with Polish keyboards.
See page 80 for more detailed instructions on both methods for typing accented characters. If you
experience problems with the fonts in your Polish lists, see page 159.
Things to Know about Portuguese

The Portuguese language ranks second after Spanish as the most widely spoken Romance language. In Brazil, more
than 151 million people speak Brazilian Portuguese. In Portugal, another 10 million people speak European
Portuguese. The Portuguese alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
The letters k, w, and y are mostly used in foreign loan words and some proper names, rather than common
vocabulary terms. Portuguese also uses characters with diacritic marks, including à, á, â, ã, ç, é, ê, í, ó, ô, õ, ú, and
ü, to indicate stress, nasalization, and various other aspects of pronunciation.
When you have a Portuguese list open in Byki, you can type these characters while adding or editing cards, as well
simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for á or c for ç), then press the up or down arrow key on
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to one of the Portuguese options. For example,
the Portuguese, Brazilian layout provides easy access to certain common special characters, such as ç. Capital
letters and certain punctuation marks, such as the question mark, are also available by holding down the Shift key.
Note, however, that the positions of the punctuation marks, like the apostrophe, are not the same as on the English
experience working with Portuguese keyboards.
Types of Portuguese Lists
Transparent Language offers several types of Portuguese lists. Depending on what type of lists you have installed,
you may see "Portuguese, Brazilian", "Portuguese, European", or other variations listed on the Select a List screen.
Lists which are not specific to a particular dialect or which contain more than one dialect may appear under a
heading which just says "Portuguese". If you are looking for a specific Portuguese list and you don't see the name of
that list on the screen, check whether you have a different Portuguese heading where the list might appear.
Page 136
Things to Know about Punjabi
The Punjabi language is spoken in parts of Pakistan and India. If you are learning Punjabi with Byki, you should pay
special attention to the Byki features that involve Punjabi characters.
Learning the Punjabi Alphabet
Byki presents Punjabi in a variation of the Arabic alphabet which is used by Punjabi speakers in Pakistan. In this
alphabet, Punjabi is written in a flowing script that runs from right to left, the opposite of English. Most Punjabi
letters connect to the letters preceding and following them, just as in English cursive writing. Therefore, letters often
change shape depending on their placement within a word.
The isolated (stand-alone) forms of the Punjabi letters are shown below. The alphabet is written from right to left, so
is the first letter.
In Byki Deluxe, you can use Alphabet Exploder to help you learn the Punjabi alphabet. See page 42 for
more information.
Typing Punjabi Characters
When you have a Punjabi list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Punjabi characters while adding or
Keyboard Map on the screen.
Note that some punctuation marks, such as the question mark, are available on the Punjabi keyboard by pressing the
Shift key. You may need these punctuation marks in certain lists.
Using Punjabi Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Punjabi lists, see page 159.
Note that special formatting options such as bold text, italics, superscript, and subscript may make the Punjabi text
hard to read, especially for beginners. You may want to avoid those font attributes and use underlines or colors
instead.
You can make the Punjabi fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Punjabi Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Punjabi lists in addition to lists which use the actual Punjabi
new alphabet. Transliterated Punjabi is written from left to right, just like English. Note that Alphabet Exploder will
not be available while you have a transliterated Punjabi list open.
Page 137
Things to Know about Romanian
Romanian is a Romance language, meaning that it is in the same language family as Spanish, French, Italian, and
many other European languages. Like them, Romanian developed out of the ancient Latin language. In fact,
although Romanian has absorbed many vocabulary words from the surrounding Slavic languages, it has actually
remained closer to Latin in terms of grammar than many of the other Romance languages.
The Romanian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
When you have a Romanian list open in Byki, you can type these characters while adding or editing cards, as well as
while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these special characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for â or i for î), then press the up or down arrow key on
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Romanian. This layout provides easy access
to several of the special characters. Note, however, that the positions of certain other characters are not the same as
on the English keyboard, so you will need to look carefully as you type. Capital letters and certain punctuation
marks, such as the question mark, are available by holding down the Shift key. This typing method is most useful to
people who have experience working with Romanian keyboards.
Page 138
Things to Know about Russian
Russian is the official language of Russia, and is spoken as a first language by over 160 million people (including
many living in the former Soviet Republics). Russian is written in the Cyrillic alphabet, which is believed to have
been introduced by the Greek missionaries Cyril and Methodius in the 9th century. If you are learning Russian, you
should pay special attention to the features in Byki that involve Cyrillic characters.
Learning the Russian Alphabet
The Russian alphabet, often called the Cyrillic alphabet, is written left to right, like English. It contains 33 letters: 20
consonants, 10 vowels, 1 semi-consonant/semi-vowel, and 2 special signs. The Russian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
In Byki Deluxe, you can use Alphabet Exploder to help you learn the Russian alphabet. See page 42 for
more information.
Typing Russian Characters
When you have a Russian list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Russian characters while adding or
Keyboard Map on the screen. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks are available by holding down the Shift
key. See page 81 for detailed typing instructions.
This program provides both a Russian Student layout and the Russian Standard layout for the keyboard. You can
use the Layout menu on the Keyboard Map to select the layout you prefer. The Russian Student Keyboard is easier
for beginners because it pairs Russian characters with similar-sounding English letters, but the Russian Standard
Keyboard is more commonly used on actual Russian computers and therefore provides good practice for anyone
preparing to do business in Russia. Note that the key on the Russian Student Keyboard corresponds to the
backslash key, which may appear elsewhere on some keyboards.
Understanding and Typing Stress Marks
Some of the Russian lists in Byki may use stress marks, which appear as short diagonal lines over vowels. These
stress marks are not part of the standard Russian spelling system, but are often used to teach pronunciation to
students of Russian. Correct stress placement is important, because sometimes the same word can have different
meanings depending on the stress location. You can type a stress mark over a Russian vowel by typing the vowel,
then pressing the up or down arrow key on your keyboard. You do not have to type the stress marks to have your
answers marked as correct in any of the exercises or activities. However, if you type a stress mark where it does not
belong, your answer will be considered incorrect.
Using Russian Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Russian lists, see page 159.
The Russian font can correctly display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as bold,
italic, underlines, superscript, and subscript. However, be aware that some Russian characters appear very different
when italicized.
You can make the Russian fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Russian Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Russian lists in addition to lists which use the actual Russian
new alphabet. Note that Alphabet Exploder will not be available while you have a transliterated Russian list open.
Page 139
Things to Know about Scottish Gaelic
Scottish Gaelic is a Celtic language spoken along the northwest coast of Scotland and on the Hebrides Islands. The
Scottish Gaelic alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
ABCD EFGHILMN OPRSTU
Lowercase Letters:
abcdefghilmnoprstu
Scottish Gaelic also uses characters with diacritic marks, including à, è, ì, ò and ù, to indicate various aspects of
pronunciation. When you have a Scottish Gaelic list open in Byki, you can type these characters while adding or
editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To do so, type the base character (such
as a for à), then press the up or down arrow key on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. See page 80
for more detailed instructions. Note that unlike some of the other languages in Byki, Scottish Gaelic does not have a
Keyboard Map that differs from English.
Things to Know about Serbian

Some 25 million ex-Yugoslavs understand Serbian; some 12 million speak it. Before the break-up of Yugoslavia, the
language was known as Serbocroatian or less commonly as Croatoserbian. Political considerations and nationalist
aspirations have done much to emphasize the differences between Serbian and Croatian, and there are very few
scholars left who treat these languages as if they were merely dialects of the same native tongue. If you are learning
Serbian, you should pay special attention to the Byki features which involve Serbian characters.
Learning the Serbian Alphabet
Serbian uses a Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that of Russian. Serbian text is written from left to right,
the same as English. The Serbian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Typing Serbian Characters
When you have a Serbian list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Serbian characters while adding
or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To type a character, locate
the character on the Keyboard Map, then press the corresponding key on your keyboard or use your mouse
to click on the Keyboard Map on the screen. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks, such as the
question mark, are available by holding down the Shift key. See page 81 for detailed typing instructions.
Using Serbian Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Serbian lists, see page 159. The Serbian font can correctly display
any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as bold, italic, underlines, superscript, and
subscript. However, be aware that some Serbian characters appear very different when italicized. You can make the
Serbian fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Serbian Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Serbian lists in addition to lists which use the actual Serbian
new alphabet. To type the special characters used by transliterated Serbian, such as , type the base character, then
Page 140
Things to Know about Slovak
Slovak is the official language of Slovakia, where it is spoken by over 5 million people. Another million Slovak
speakers are scattered around the globe in other countries. The Slovak language is also one of the official languages
of the European Union. The Slovak alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
When you have a Slovak list open in Byki, you can type the special characters while adding or editing
cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these
special characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for á or o for ô), then press the up or down arrow key
on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. We recommend this method for most users. The other method is
to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Slovak. This layout provides easy access to certain common
special characters. Note, however, that the positions of certain other characters are not the same as on the English
keyboard, so you will need to look carefully as you type. Capital letters, numbers, and certain punctuation marks are
available by pressing the Shift key. This typing method is most useful to people who have experience working with
Slovak keyboards. See page 80 for more detailed instructions on both methods for typing accented characters.
Things to Know about Spanish

Spanish is the most widely spoken Romance language in terms of the number of speakers and the number of
countries which claim Spanish as the official language. The Spanish alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
A B C CH D E F G H I J K L LL M N Ñ O P Q R RR S T U V W X Y Z
Lowercase Letters:
a b c ch d e f g h i j k l ll m n ñ o p q r rr s t u v w x y z
Spanish also uses accented characters, including á, é, í, ó, ú, and ü, to indicate stress and other aspects of
pronunciation.
When you have a Spanish list open in Byki, you can type these accented characters while adding or editing cards, as
characters. The simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for á or n for ñ), then press the up or down
arrow key on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. You can also use this method to type the upside-
down punctuation marks (¿ and ¡) that are used in Spanish questions and exclamations. We recommend this method
for most users. The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Spanish. This layout provides
easy access to certain common special characters, such as ñ. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks, such as
the question mark, are also available by holding down the Shift key. Note, however, that the positions of the
punctuation marks are not the same as on the English keyboard, so you will need to look carefully as you type. This
typing method is most useful to people who have experience working with Spanish keyboards. See page 80 for more
detailed instructions on both methods for typing accented characters.
Types of Spanish Lists
Transparent Language offers several types of Spanish lists. Depending on what type of lists you have installed, you
may see "Spanish, Latin American", "Spanish, Castilian", or other variations listed on the Select a List screen. Lists
which are not specific to a particular dialect or which contain more than one dialect may appear under a heading
which just says "Spanish". If you are looking for a specific Spanish list and you don't see the name of that list on the
screen, check whether you have a different Spanish heading where the list might appear.
Page 141
Things to Know about Swahili
Swahili (also called Kiswahili) is spoken primarily in Kenya and Tanzania, with additional speakers in Uganda,
Rwanda, Burundi, and the Democratic Republic of Congo (formerly Zaire). Millions of people throughout Africa
and the rest of the world also speak it as a second language. Swahili is part of the Bantu group of languages which
stems from the Niger-Congo language family. It was strongly influenced by both Arabic and Persian, as is evident
from the many words of Arab and Persian origin found in the Swahili language today. The Swahili alphabet is
shown below.
Capital Letters:
AB C D E F G H I J K LM N O PR STUVWYZ
Lowercase Letters:
abcdefghijklmnoprstuvwyz
Because the Swahili alphabet does not use any accent marks or special characters, you can type in Swahili the same
way you would type in English.
Things to Know about Swedish

Around nine million people speak Swedish (Svenska). It is the national language of Sweden, as well as the second
official language of Finland. The Swedish alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
ABCD EFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZÅ ÄÖ
Lowercase Letters:
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzåäö
A few additional characters, such as é, may be used in foreign loan words. When you have a Swedish list open in
Byki, you can type the special Swedish characters while adding or editing cards, as well as while using the learning
steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these special characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for ä), then press the up or down arrow key on your
keyboard until the accent you want appears. To type a capital letter with an accent, capitalize the base character. We
recommend this method for most users.
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Swedish. This layout provides easy access to
holding down the Shift key. Note, however, that the positions of the punctuation marks are not the same as on the
have experience working with Swedish keyboards.
Things to Know about Tagalog

Tagalog (ta-GA-log) is the national language of the Republic of the Philippines. It is a member of the Western group
of Malayo-Polynesian languages. The Tagalog alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
A B K D E G H I L M N Ng O P R S T U W Y
Lowercase Letters:
a b k d e g h i l m n ng o p r s t u w y
There are an additional eight letters (c, f, j, ñ, q, v, x, and z) which are used occasionally in foreign words, proper
names, and indigenous terms. Tagalog also uses marks, such as á, à, â, é, è, ê, í, ì, î, ó, ò, ô, ú, ù, and û, to indicate
certain aspects of pronunciation. When you have a Tagalog list open in Byki, you can type these special characters
while adding or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests.
To type these characters, type the base character (such as a for â or o for ó), then press the up or down arrow key on
your keyboard until the accent you want appears. See page 80 for more detailed instructions. Note that unlike some
of the other languages in Byki, Tagalog does not have a Keyboard Map that differs from English.
Page 142
Things to Know about Tajiki
Tajiki is spoken in Tajikistan as well as in parts of Kazakstan, Kyrgyzstan, Russia, Turkmenistan, Ukraine,
Afghanistan and Uzbekistan. It is closely related to Persian. If you are learning Tajiki, you should pay special
attention to the Byki features which involve Cyrillic characters.
Learning the Tajiki Alphabet
Tajiki has been written with a variety of alphabets over the course of its history. Currently, most Tajiki speakers use
a version of the Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that of Russian. Tajiki text in this alphabet is written
from left to right, the same as English. The Tajiki Cyrillic alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Typing Tajiki Characters

When you have a Tajiki list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Tajiki characters while adding or editing
down the Shift key.
Additional characters are available by holding down the Ctrl and Alt keys at the same time. You can either type these
characters directly by using the Keyboard Map, or by typing the base character then pressing the up or down arrow
key on your keyboard to add the extra mark.
Using Tajiki Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Tajiki lists, see page 159.
The Tajiki font can correctly display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as bold,
italic, underlines, superscript, and subscript. However, be aware that some Tajiki characters appear very different
when italicized.
You can make the Tajiki fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Tajiki Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Tajiki lists in addition to lists which use the actual Tajiki
new alphabet.
Page 143
Things to Know about Thai
Thai, which is sometimes referred to as Siamese, is part of the Tai language family. It is spoken primarily in Thailand.
Learning the Thai Alphabet
The letters in the Thai alphabet appear very different from the letters in the Latin alphabet used by English. There
are no uppercase or lowercase forms for Thai letters. Thai text is written from left to right, like English. The Thai
alphabet consists of forty-four consonants and twenty-eight vowel forms that can be attached to those consonants. In
addition, there are four tone marks and two other diacritics that can also appear above other characters.
Thai Consonants
Thai Vowels (shown in purple)
Typing Thai Characters

When you have a Thai list open, you can use one of the Thai Keyboard Maps to type Thai characters while adding
or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. To type a character, locate the
character on the Keyboard Map, then press the corresponding key on your keyboard or use your mouse to click on
the Keyboard Map on the screen. Additional characters are available by holding down the Shift key. To type a tone
mark or diacritic mark above a character, type the character first, then type the mark. This program supports both the
Thai Kedmanee layout and the Thai Pattachote layout for the keyboard. The Thai Kedmanee keyboard is
generally recommended for most learners because it is the most popular layout in Thailand. However, there are users
who feel that the Thai Pattachote layout is easier to type with, even though it is not as widely used by native Thai
speakers. In Byki, you can use the Layout menu on the Keyboard Map to select the Thai layout you personally
prefer. See page 81 for detailed instructions on using the Keyboard Map.
Using Thai Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Thai lists, see page 159. You may need to change your regional
settings to enable the Thai language support on Windows. The Thai font can display the special formatting options
that are available in Byki. However, be aware that italics, superscript, and subscript may make the Thai text harder
to read, especially for beginners. You may want to avoid those font attributes and use colors instead. You can make
the Thai fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Learning Thai Tones
As you work with your Thai lists, pay special attention to the tones used by the native speakers when they pronounce
each word. Different tones can change a word's meaning. With Byki, you can listen to any word as many times as
you need to be able to recognize its tone. The pitch graphs on the Pronunciation Practice screen may also be
particularly helpful - the pattern of the graph will indicate the tone of the word. See pages 49 and 51.
Using Transliterated Thai Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Thai lists in addition to lists which use the actual Thai
new alphabet. To type the special characters used by transliterated Thai, such as á, type the base character, then press
the up or down arrow key until the character you want appears. See page 80 for detailed instructions.
Page 144
Things to Know about Turkish
Until 1928, five years after the founding of the Turkish Republic, Turkish was written in the Arabic script, due to the
enormous Islamic influence on the area. After language reforms were initiated in 1928, Turkish began to be written
in a version of the Latin alphabet.
The Turkish alphabet is shown below:
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
When you have a Turkish list open in Byki, you can type the special Turkish characters while adding or editing
cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these special
characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as o for ö or c for ç), then press the up or down arrow key on
your keyboard until the character you want appears. We recommend this method for most users.
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Turkish. This layout provides easy access to
holding down the Shift key. Note, however, that the positions of the punctuation marks are not the same as on the
have experience working with Turkish keyboards.
See page 80 for more detailed instructions on both methods for typing special characters.
Things to Know about Turkmen

Turkmen is the official language of Turkmenistan. It is also spoken in some of the surrounding areas, such as Iran,
Afghanistan, and Turkey. Turkmen is a member of the Turkic language group.
Turkmen has been written with various alphabets, including variations of the Arabic alphabet and the Cyrillic
alphabet. However, the current alphabet is a variation of the Latin alphabet. The Turkmen alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
When you have a Turkmen list open in Byki, you can type the special Turkmen characters while adding or
editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for
typing these special characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for ä or c for ç), then press the up or down
arrow key on your keyboard until the accent you want appears. We recommend this method for most users.
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Turkmen. This layout provides easy
access to several common special characters. Other characters are available through various combinations
of keys - for example, ä and several other characters appear on the Keyboard Map when you hold down the
Ctrl key and the Alt key at the same time. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks, such as the
question mark, are available by holding down the Shift key. Note, however, that the positions of the
type. This typing method is most useful to people who have experience working with Turkmen keyboards.
Page 145
Things to Know about Tuvan
Tuvan is a language spoken in the Republic of Tuva, a Russian republic which is located in south-central Siberia. It
is a member of the Turkic language family. If you are learning Tuvan, you should pay special attention to the Byki
features which involve Tuvan characters.
Learning the Tuvan Alphabet
Tuvan uses a Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that of Russian. Tuvan text is written from left to right,
the same as English. The Tuvan alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Typing Tuvan Characters

When you have a Tuvan list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Tuvan characters while adding or editing
Map on the screen. Capital letters and certain punctuation marks are available by holding down the Shift key.
Several additional characters are available by holding down the Ctrl key and the Alt key at the same time.
Using Tuvan Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Tuvan lists, see page 159.
The Tuvan font can correctly display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as bold,
italic, underlines, superscript, and subscript. However, be aware that some Tuvan characters appear very different
when italicized.
You can make the Tuvan fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Tuvan Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Tuvan lists in addition to lists which use the actual Tuvan
new alphabet. To type the special characters used by transliterated Tuvan, such as ü, type the base character, then
Page 146
Things to Know about Ukrainian
Ukrainian is spoken primarily in Ukraine. It is an Eastern Slavonic language, and is closely related to both Russian
and Belorussian. If you are learning Ukrainian, you should pay special attention to the Byki features which involve
Ukrainian characters.
Learning the Ukrainian Alphabet
Ukrainian uses a Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that of Russian. Ukrainian text is written from left to
right, the same as English. The Ukrainian alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Typing Ukrainian Characters
When you have a Ukrainian list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Ukrainian characters while adding or
by holding down the Shift key. See page 81 for detailed typing instructions.
Understanding and Typing Stress Marks
Some of the Ukrainian lists in Byki may use stress marks, which appear as short diagonal lines over vowels. These
stress marks are not part of the standard Ukrainian spelling system, but are often used to teach pronunciation to
students of Ukrainian. Correct stress placement is important, because sometimes the same word can have different
meanings depending on the stress location.
You can type a stress mark over a Ukrainian vowel by typing the vowel, then pressing the up or down arrow key on
your keyboard.
You do not have to type the stress marks to have your answers marked as correct in any of the exercises or activities.
However, if you type a stress mark where it does not belong, your answer will be considered incorrect.
Using Ukrainian Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Ukrainian lists, see page 159.
The Ukrainian font can correctly display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as
bold, italic, underlines, superscript, and subscript. However, be aware that some Ukrainian characters appear very
You can make the Ukrainian fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Ukrainian Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Ukrainian lists in addition to lists which use the actual
Ukrainian characters. You can use these transliterated lists to help you master vocabulary and pronunciation before
Page 147
Things to Know about Urdu
Urdu is the national language of Pakistan. It is a member of the Indo-Aryan branch of the Indo-European language
family, and is very closely related to Hindi.
If you are learning Urdu, you should pay special attention to the Byki features which involve Urdu characters.
Learning the Urdu Alphabet
The Urdu language uses a version of the Arabic alphabet. Urdu is written in a flowing script that runs from right to
left, the opposite of English. Most Urdu letters connect to the letters preceding and following them, just as in
English cursive writing. Therefore, letters often change shape depending on their placement within a word. Urdu is
usually written using only consonants and long vowels, although there are small marks which can be used above or
below letters to indicate short vowels.
The isolated (stand-alone) forms of the Urdu letters are shown below. The alphabet is written from right to
left, so is the first letter.
In Byki Deluxe, you can use Alphabet Exploder to help you learn the Urdu alphabet. See page 42 for more
information.
Typing Urdu Characters
When you have an Urdu list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Urdu characters while adding or editing
Map on the screen.
Note that some punctuation marks, such as question mark and the quotation marks, are available on the Urdu
keyboard by pressing the Shift key. You may need these punctuation marks in certain lists.
Using Urdu Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Urdu lists, see page 159.
Note that special formatting options such as bold text, italics, superscript, and subscript may make the Urdu text
hard to read, especially for beginners. You may want to avoid those font attributes and use underlines or colors
instead.
You can make the Urdu fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Transliterated Urdu Lists
Some versions of Byki may come with transliterated Urdu lists in addition to lists which use the actual Urdu
new alphabet. Transliterated Urdu is written from left to right, just like English. Note that Alphabet Exploder will
not be available while you have a transliterated Urdu list open.
Page 148
Things to Know about Uzbek
Uzbek is a member of the Turkic language family. It is primarily spoken in Uzbekistan, although there are also
sizable communities of Uzbek speakers in Tajikistan, Kyrgyzstan, Kazakhstan, and Turkmenistan.
If you are learning Uzbek, you should pay special attention to the Byki features which involve Uzbek characters.
Learning the Uzbek Alphabet
Uzbek has used several different alphabets over the course of the past century. Prior to 1924, it was written in an
Arabic script. Afterwards, until 1940, it was written in a version of the Latin alphabet. From that point, it switched to
a version of the Cyrillic alphabet, similar but not identical to that of Russian. That Cyrillic alphabet is still widely
used, despite movements to return to the Latin alphabet. Uzbek text is written from left to right, the same as English.
The Uzbek Cyrillic alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Typing Uzbek Characters

When you have an Uzbek list open, you can use the Keyboard Map to type Uzbek characters while adding or editing
down the Shift key. If you need to type a diacritic mark over an Uzbek character, type the character, then press the
up or down arrow key on your keyboard until the correct diacritic mark appears.
Using Uzbek Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Uzbek lists, see page 159.
The Uzbek font can correctly display any of the special formatting options that are available in Byki, such as bold,
italic, underlines, superscript, and subscript. However, be aware that some Uzbek characters appear very different
when italicized.
You can make the Uzbek fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Using Uzbek Lists in the Latin Alphabet
Some versions of Byki may come with Uzbek lists that use the Latin alphabet in addition to lists which use the
Cyrillic Uzbek characters. You can use these lists to help you master vocabulary and pronunciation before tackling a
new alphabet, and to familiarize yourself with the Latin alphabet spellings used by some Uzbek speakers.
Page 149
Things to Know about Vietnamese
Vietnamese is spoken by over 60 million people in Vietnam. There are also over a million additional speakers of
Vietnamese scattered across the globe, including 500,000 in the United States. The Vietnamese alphabet is shown
below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
In addition to the special characters which are part of the Vietnamese alphabet, Vietnamese also uses a variety of
tonal marks to indicate different tones. These tones are an important part of the Vietnamese language.
Typing in Vietnamese
When you have a Vietnamese list open in Byki, you can type the special Vietnamese characters and tonal marks
while adding or editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests.
The best method for typing these characters is to use the Vietnamese Keyboard Map.
Many of the special characters appear directly on this Keyboard Map and can be typed by pressing the
corresponding key. In addition, there is a row of tonal marks in place of the number keys. To type one of these tonal
marks with a letter, first type the letter, then press the key for the tonal mark.
You can also type the basic Vietnamese letters by typing the base character (such as e for ê or d for ) then
pressing the up or down arrow key on your keyboard until the correct character appears. However, only the
actual letters are available through this method; the tonal marks are not. You must type the tonal marks with
the Keyboard Map.
See page 80 for more detailed instructions on both methods for typing special characters.
If you need to type numbers while the Vietnamese keyboard is active, hold down the Ctrl key and the Alt
key at the same time to make the numbers appear on Keyboard Map, in their usual location.
Learning Vietnamese Tones
As you work with your Vietnamese lists, pay special attention to the tones used by the native speakers when they
times as you need to be able to recognize its tone. The pitch graphs on the Pronunciation Practice screen may also be
particularly helpful - the pattern of the graph will indicate the tone of the word. See pages 49 and 51 for more
details.
Using Vietnamese Fonts and Formatting
If you experience problems with the fonts in your Vietnamese lists, see page 159.
You can make the Vietnamese fonts larger if it helps you read them on the Look screen.
Page 150
Things to Know about Yoruba
Yoruba is one of the four official languages in Nigeria, and is also spoken in parts of the surrounding countries. It is
a member of the Niger-Congo language family.
The Yoruba alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
In addition to the special characters which are part of the Yoruba alphabet, Yoruba also uses a variety of tonal marks
to indicate different tones. These tones are an important part of the Yoruba language.
When you have a Yoruba list open in Byki, you can type the special characters and tonal marks while adding or
editing cards, as well as while using the learning steps, activities, and tests. There are two methods for typing these
special characters.
The simplest method is to type the base character (such as a for á or e for è) , then press the up or down arrow key
The other method is to display the Keyboard Map and set the layout to Yoruba. When the layout is set to Yoruba,
holding down the Ctrl and Alt keys at the same time will provide access to the special Yoruba characters. Capital
letters are available by holding down the Shift key as well.
Things to Know about Zulu

The Zulu language is part of the Nguni subgroup of the Bantu languages, which are part of the larger Niger-Congo
language family. Zulu is one of the 11 official languages of South Africa, where the majority of its speakers can be
found. The Zulu alphabet is shown below.
Capital Letters:
Lowercase Letters:
Zulu uses the Latin alphabet, the same alphabet as English. Because Zulu does not use any accent marks or special
characters, you can type in Zulu the same way you would type in English.
Many Zulu letters sound approximately like their equivalents in English, while others are less similar. The letters c,
q, and x, for example, represent three distinct click sounds. Use the sound features in Byki to listen carefully to such
sounds.
As you work with your Zulu lists, you should also pay special attention to the tones used by the native speakers
when they pronounce each word. Different tones can change a word's meaning. With Byki, you can listen to any
word as many times as you need to be able to recognize its tone. The pitch graphs on the Pronunciation Practice
screen may also be particularly helpful - the pattern of the graph will indicate the tone of the word. See pages 49 and
51 for more details.
Page 151
Getting Technical Support
If you have questions about Byki or encounter difficulties with it, you can refer to the following:
· the Troubleshooting section of this printable manual.
· the on-line Help file.
· any printed instructions that may have come with Byki.
· the Technical Support section of our web page, http://www.Transparent.com.

You should also check that your system meets the Byki system requirements listed in the on-line Help, and that you
are using the most up-to-date version of the program. (Use the Check for Application Updates button on the FAQ
screen to see if there is an update available.)
If you cannot resolve the issue, technical support is available:
Outside the United States or Canada:
Contact your local Byki distributor.
Inside the United States or Canada, please contact Transparent Language:
Phone: (603) 262-6300
E-Mail: support@transparent.com
FAX: (603) 262-6476
When you communicate with us about difficulties with the program, please include the following information:
· Version number of Byki, along with the language or subject of the list being used.
· Type of computer and operating system version.
· Complete problem description, including any error messages received.
Troubleshooting
Missing Lists Page 152
Edit, Create, and Delete Features Not Available Page 152
Answers Not Recognized Page 153
No Sound Page 154
Distorted or Incorrect Sound Page 155
Recording Problems Page 155
Picture Problems Page 156
Video Problems Page 157
Problems Importing a List Page 158
Special Fonts Not Properly Displayed Page 159
Cannot Type Accented or Special Characters Page 160
Need to Install an IME Page 161
Page 152
Missing Lists
If you do not see any lists available to practice with Byki or if you cannot find a specific list that you want to work
with, check the following:
· Are you sure you know the list name? Look at all the lists available for your language or subject to be
sure the one you're looking for isn't there under a slightly different name. If you know a specific card in
the list, you can also use the Search feature to find lists that contain that card.
· Do you have the lists for the appropriate language or subject displayed on the Select a List screen? Lists
are separated by language or subject, so you will not find a Spanish list mixed in with the French lists,
etc. Be sure to select the appropriate language or subject in the left-hand box so that you see the
appropriate lists in the right-hand box. In the left-hand listbox, all languages for which you have
language lists appear first, followed by all the subjects for which you have subject lists. See page 8.
· Is there more than one option for that language? For some languages, such as Portuguese and Spanish,
there may be more than one dialect which is represented on the Select a List screen. For example, you
might see both Portuguese, Brazilian and Portuguese, European in the list. You might also see just
Portuguese, if you have lists that were not specific to any one dialect. If the language you are using has
more than one variation listed on the Select a List screen, check all of them when you are looking for a
specific list.
· If the missing list is one that you created, did you choose the correct language or subject when creating
the list? Be sure you select the appropriate options.
· If the missing list is one that someone else exported for you, have you imported the list correctly?
Follow the instructions on pages 20 - 27, whichever apply to the file that you are importing.
· Are you looking at the Select a User screen instead of the Select a List screen? Lists are not shown on
the Select a User screen. If more than one user is registered on your computer, be sure you select the
appropriate user so that you have access to the appropriate lists.
If you still experience problems with your lists, see page 151 for Technical Support contact information.
Edit, Create, and Delete Features Not Available

If any or all of the features for adding, editing, or deleting cards and lists are unavailable, there are two possibilities:
you may be using Byki Express instead of Byki Deluxe, or you may be using a locked list.
Byki Express is a simple version of Byki, designed to make it easy to share lists with anyone who might be
interested. Byki Express allows you to see shared lists and use the Learning Steps, but does not allow you to create
or edit your own lists. Therefore, all the buttons and menu items that deal with creating and editing are grayed out in
Byki Express. The individual topics in this documentation indicate which features are not available to Byki Express.
If you are using Byki Express and you wish to upgrade to Byki Deluxe to take advantage of all the features, please
contact Transparent Language.
Locked lists cannot be edited. Therefore, many of the editing features will be grayed out when you have a locked list
open. However, all the other features will be available.
If you still experience this problem, see page 151 for ways to contact Technical Support.
Page 153
Answers Not Recognized
If you think you are typing an answer correctly in the learning steps, activities, and tests, but Byki does not
recognize your answer as correct, check the following:
· Is the answer you typed different from what is on the card, but still an acceptable answer? If you want the
program to be more flexible about things like "It is" vs. "It's", variable translations, different date formats,
etc., you can designate alternative answers that will be considered correct in Recognize It, Produce It,
Written Tests, and Listening Comprehension Tests. See page 75. (Note that alternative answers are not
accepted in Dictation Tests, because the point of Dictation Tests is to type exactly what you hear.)
· Is your capitalization correct? All the learning steps, activities, and tests except for Dictation Tests and
Listening Comprehension Tests are case-sensitive, so you must match the capitalization for your answer
to be correct.
· Did you forget to type any punctuation used in a phrase? If the phrase includes punctuation, you must
type it to have your answer scored as correct in all the learning steps, activities, and tests except
Dictation Tests or Listening Comprehension Tests. If you are using a Chinese list, be sure you are not
typing English periods in place of Chinese periods or vice versa.
· In a language list, did you include all the necessary accents? See page 80. Also, some languages may
use more than one kind of accent mark, such as à and á, so be sure that the accent mark you used is the
appropriate one for the word or phrase you are typing. In addition, make sure that you didn't put any
accents on letters that don't require them.
· In a language list, did you type the foreign characters correctly? See pages 80 - 85. You may also want to
see the Language-Specific information for your language. Language-Specific information begins on
page 97.
· Does the information on that card appear more than once in the list, with different answers? In language
lists, for example, words can often have more than one meaning in a language. In that situation, you
may want to edit the card to add a hint that will tell you which answer you need to type. For example,
you could add hints saying "Noun" and "Verb" to differentiate between instances when a word appears
as more than one part of speech, with different translations for each.
· Is there an extra space in the text? Edit the card and verify that there are no extra spaces at the beginning
or end of the text in any field. If you find any such spaces, delete them. Also, avoid typing extra spaces
in your answers.
· Does the card include white text that you can't see? Go to the Edit screen and use Ctrl+A to select all of
the text in each field. If any extra text appears, delete it or change its color.
· Do you have the keyboard set to an incorrect language? If so, you may not be typing the correct
letters. Position your cursor somewhere you can type in the foreign language. Click to display the
Keyboard Map if it is not already displayed, then select an appropriate language in the Layout menu. The
English layout will give you the standard keyboard layout used on most American keyboards. The English
layout can be used for most languages which use the Latin alphabet. Other languages may require different
keyboard layouts, particularly if they do not use the Latin alphabet. See pages 80 - 82.
· If you added the card to the list, did you spell all the text correctly? Byki compares your answers
to the way the text was entered, so be sure that your spelling is correct when adding cards.
· Did you import the list that you are using from another user? If so, are you sure the list is accurate?
As with any editable document, you should verify the content of any imported lists independently. If you are
using Byki Deluxe rather than Byki Express, you can correct any inaccuracies in lists from other users by
editing cards. Transparent Language, Inc. is not responsible for the content of any lists created or edited by
any outside sources. Transparent Language can only vouch for the unedited lists that we officially
distribute.
If you still experience problems with your lists, see page 151 for Technical Support contact information.
Page 154
No Sound
If you cannot hear sound with Byki, check the following:
· Is the sound muted? Choose Options / Sound and see if there is a checkmark next to the Mute Sound
option. If there is, select that option to remove the checkmark, then play the sound again. See page 88.
· Do you have the sound volume turned down too low? Choose Options / Sound / Sound Volume and
make the sound louder. See page 88.
· Was the list that you are using imported from another copy of Byki, or from another Transparent
Language program? Such a list may or may not include sound. See page 20 and 27 for details.
· Was the list that you are using imported from Microsoft Word or Microsoft Excel? Lists imported from
these sources will not include any sound. See pages 21, 23, and 27 for details.
· Was the list that you are using imported from an HTML file? Lists imported from these sources will not
include any sound. See pages 25 and 27 for details.
· Is the card that you are trying to listen to one that you personally added to the list? If so, it will not have
sound unless you specifically attached a sound file to it. If you did attach a sound file, check that you
selected the correct file and that it is in the correct format (.ogg or .wav). Note that .wav files must be
recorded at an acceptable bit rate and frequency. Try recording the file again and reattaching it to the
word or phrase. See page 73 for more details.
· Did you attach the sound to the wrong side of the card? Cards can have different sound attached to each
side. The side two sound (which is usually the foreign language sound in a language list) is used on
many screens throughout the program. The side one sound (which is usually the English sound in a
language list) is used only in certain Listening Comprehension Tests. When you are adding sound, make
sure that you do not attach the side two sound to side one of the card, or vice versa. See page 73 for
details.
· If you aren't hearing sound for a video, are you sure the video has sound? Some videos may just be
animations, with no sound. Do you have the card set to play video sound instead of card sound when the
card flips? If you have the card set to play video sound, but the video has no sound, then you will not
hear anything. To change the setting, go to the Edit screen, click Edit Video, select Change Current
Video, then choose either Play Card Sound When Card Flips or Play Video Sound When Card
Flips. See page 77.
· Do other programs get sound? If not, the problem may be with your speakers or your system. Are your
external speakers on? Is their volume turned up? Are they properly connected to your computer? Is the
sound coming through headphones while you are listening to the speakers, or vice versa? Are your
soundcard and speaker settings for Windows correct?
· Do you have two or more sound devices enabled on your computer? Right-click on My Computer on
your desktop, then select Manage in the menu that appears. In the Computer Management window,
click on Device Manager, then on Sound, Video and Game Controllers. You should see a series of
devices listed: Audio Codecs, Legacy Audio Drivers, Legacy Video Capture Devices, Media Control
Devices, Video Codecs, and one other which represents your sound card (for example, it might be
SoundMax Digital Audio). Byki depends heavily on your onboard sound card. If there is any other
sound device enabled beyond the five listed above and your sound card, and you aren't using that other
device, disable it by right-clicking on it and selecting Disable. If you see Unimodem Half Duplex in the
list, disable it.
If you still cannot hear sound, see page 151 for Technical Support contact information.
Page 155
Distorted or Incorrect Sound
If the sound for the cards in your list seems to be distorted or incorrect, check the following:
· If the sound for words and phrases seems slow or distorted, do you have the SlowSound feature active
without realizing it? Look at the SlowSound button. If it has a darker background, then SlowSound is
active. Click on the button to turn it off, then try playing sound again. The button should change back to
a lighter background, and the sound speed should be normal. See page 52 for more details.
· If the sound for a card which you personally added to a list is distorted or incorrect, check that you
selected the correct file and that it is in the correct format. Try recording the file again and reattaching it
to the word or phrase. See page 73 for more details.
· Did you attach the sound to the wrong side of the card? Cards can have different sound attached to each
side. The side two sound (which is usually the foreign language sound in a language list) is used on
many screens throughout the program. The side one sound (which is usually the English sound in a
language list) is used in certain Listening Comprehension Tests. When you are adding sound, make sure
that you do not attach the side two sound to side one of the card, or vice versa. See page 73 for details.
· Do you have the card set to play video sound instead of card sound when the card flips? To change the
setting, go to the Edit screen, click Edit Video, select Change Current Video, then choose either Play
Card Sound When Card Flips or Play Video Sound When Card Flips. See page 77.
If sound is still distorted or incorrect, see page 151 for Technical Support contact information.
Recording Problems
If you have problems recording with Byki, check the following:
· Can you hear sound with Byki? If not, troubleshoot that problem first. See page 154.
· Does your computer have a microphone? You must have a microphone to record with Byki. You cannot
simply speak into a speaker.
· Did you click and hold the Record button instead of releasing it before speaking into your microphone?
This mistake may be particularly common if you are upgrading from a previous version of Byki,
because the functionality of the Record button has changed in the newer version. To record in this
version of Byki, you must click the Record button, release it, speak into the microphone, then click the
Stop button to stop recording.
· Did you click Stop too soon? Do not click the Stop button until you are done recording. If you click it
too soon, you could cut off part of your recording.
· Were you speaking too softly or too loudly, or was your microphone too close or too far from your
mouth? Try speaking louder or softer, or changing the position of your microphone. Does your
microphone work with other programs? If not, the problem may be with the microphone or your system.
Is your microphone turned on? Is your microphone compatible with your soundcard? Is it plugged into
the appropriate jack? Is the input volume turned up in your soundcard software? See your computer or
soundcard documentation.
· Can you record with Windows? Choose Start / Programs / Accessories / Entertainment / Sound
Recorder. Click the record button, speak into the microphone for a few seconds, then click the stop
button. Play back your recording. If you cannot hear it, your system has a problem.
· If your recordings are very faint, is your system configured to optimize sound for recording? To get the
best possible recording under Windows, do the following: Choose Start / Programs / Accessories /
Entertainment / Volume Control. When the Volume Control appears, choose Options / Properties.
On the Properties screen, where it says Adjust volume for, choose Recording, then click OK. On the
Recording Control screen, click the Advanced button below Microphone Balance. On the Advanced
Controls screen, where it says Other Controls, check the box for 1 Mic 20dB Gain Control.
If you still have problems recording, see page 151 for Technical Support contact information.
Page 156
Picture Problems
If you cannot see pictures for the cards in your list, or if the pictures appear distorted, check the following:
· Are you on a screen which can't display pictures? Not all learning steps and activities display pictures
with both sides of the cards. Some, like Recognize It, only display pictures with the answers, not with
the questions, and others do not display them at all. Also, you will not see pictures on the Look screen.
· Do you have the display mode set to Show Text Only? If so, pictures will not appear. To change the
display mode, open a learning step which allows pictures to be displayed, then click . Choose Show
Picture/Video With Text or Show Picture/Video Only, depending on how you want the information
displayed. If an individual card does not have a picture or video, just the text for that card will be
shown, regardless of the setting.
· Are you sure the card you are looking at has a picture? It is possible for some cards in a list to have
pictures while other cards in the same list do not. Also, some lists may not contain any pictures.
· Was the list that you are using imported from another copy of Byki? Such a list may or may not include
pictures. See pages 20 and 29 for details.
· Was the list that you are using imported from another Transparent Language program, or was it from
Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel, or another editing program? Lists imported from these sources will
not include pictures. See page 20 - 27.
· Is the card you are looking at one that you personally added to the list? If so, it will not have a picture
unless you specifically attached one to it. If you did attach a picture, check that you selected the correct
file and that it is in the correct format. It should have the extension .bmp, .gif, .jpg, or .png. Try
reattaching the picture. See page 76 for more details.
· Is the picture too big? Large pictures will be resized to fit on the card. If the resized image is too
distorted, try attaching a smaller picture. See page 76.
· Is the picture an animated .gif file that is not playing? To play the animation in any of the exercises or
activities, click on the picture.
If you still have problems with the pictures, see page 151 for Technical Support contact information.
Page 157
Video Problems
If you experience problems with the video for the cards in your list, check the following:
· Did you click on the video? When video isn't playing, it appears as a still image. You can click on that
image at any time to play the video.
· Are you expecting the video to play automatically when isn't set to? You can choose whether or not to
have video play automatically when the side of the card it is attached to appears. To change the setting,
go to the Edit screen, click Edit Video, choose Change Current Video, then mark or clear the
Automatically Play Video When Card Flips checkbox. See page 77.
· Are you on a screen which can't display video? Not all learning steps and activities display video with
both sides of the cards. Some, like Recognize It, only display video with the answers, not with the
questions, and some can't show them as all. Also, you will not see video on the Look screen.
· Do you have the display mode set to Show Text Only? If so, video will not appear. To change the
display mode, open a learning step which allows videos to be displayed, then click . Choose Show
Picture/Video With Text or Show Picture/Video Only, depending on how you want the information
displayed.
· Are you sure the card you are looking at has video? It is possible for some cards in a list to have video
while other cards in the same list do not.
· If you aren't hearing sound for a video, are you sure the video has sound? Some videos may just be
animations, with no sound. If you're sure the video is supposed to have sound, is the sound muted?
Choose Options / Sound menu and see if there is a checkmark next to the Mute Sound option. If there
is, select that option to remove the checkmark, then play the sound again. See page 88.
· Do you have the card set to play card sound instead of video sound when the card flips? To change the
setting, go to the Edit screen, click Edit Video, select Change Current Video, then choose either Play
Card Sound When Card Flips or Play Video Sound When Card Flips. See page 77.
· Was the list that you are using imported from another copy of Byki? Such a list may or may not include
video. See pages 20 and 29 for details.
· Was the list that you are using imported from another Transparent Language program, or was it from
Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel, or another editing program? Lists imported from these sources will
not include video. See pages 20 - 27.
· Is the card you are looking at one that you personally added to the list? If so, it will not have a video
unless you specifically attached one to it. If you did attach a video, check that you selected the correct
file and that it is in the correct format. See 77 for more details.
· Is the video file in the wrong format? Byki accepts the .avi, .wmv, .flv, .mov, .mpg, and .mp4 video
formats. See 77 for more details.
· Is the video file too large? Video files cannot be larger that 10MB. See 77 for more details.
· Has the video been resized? Video images will be resized to fit on the card if necessary. If the resized
image is too distorted, try attaching a smaller video. See 77 for more details.
If you still have problems with the video, see page 151 for Technical Support contact information.
Page 158
Problems Importing Lists
If you are unable to open a list that has been exported by another person, or if someone is unable to open a list that
you exported, check the following:
· Is there a copy of Byki on the computer with the list? If you send an exported list to someone, that
person must acquire Byki in order to view the list. That person should follow the instructions that came
with the list or contact Transparent Language for information on how to get this program.
· Are you following the correct procedure for importing the list? See pages 20 - 27, whichever applies to
your file.
· If you are importing data from Microsoft Word or Microsoft Excel, is the document or spreadsheet that
you are importing from still open in another application? You cannot import information from a
document or spreadsheet while another application has it open. Close the document or spreadsheet, then
make another attempt to import it.
· If you are importing data from Microsoft Word or Microsoft Excel, is the information improperly
organized? Was the file saved with the correct extension - .doc for a Microsoft Word file or .xls for a
Microsoft Excel file? The data must be arranged exactly as described on pages 21 and 23, or it will not
be imported properly. Double-check the information in your document or spreadsheet, making sure that
you have put the information in the correct order, and that you have not skipped lines, put information
for more than one card on a line, used incorrect delimiters, or included extra text. Also, when you
choose a character to use as a delimiter (such as a semicolon, a colon, or a tab), be sure to use that
character only as a delimiter - do not use it within the text that is supposed to appear on a card.
· If you are importing data from Microsoft Word, did you select an incorrect delimiter during the last step
of the import process? Be sure to select the delimiter that is actually used in the list.
· If you are importing data from Microsoft Word or Microsoft Excel, do you have an appropriate version
of Microsoft Office installed on your computer? To import a list from Microsoft Word, you must have
Microsoft Word 2000 or higher on your computer. To import a list from Microsoft Excel, you must have
Microsoft Excel 2000 or higher on your computer. If you do not have those programs on your computer,
you will not be able to import documents or spreadsheets, even if someone gives you .doc or .xls files
that were created with those programs.
· If you are importing data from an HTML file, are all of the tags for the table correct? Errors in your tags
can affect how the list is imported. Be sure to arrange your information according to the instructions on
page 25. Incorrectly organized data may not be imported correctly.
· Is the information in your imported list on the wrong sides of the cards? If the information in a .doc,
.xls, or .html file is in the wrong order, the sides of the cards may end up reversed in Byki. You can use
the Swap Sides button on the Edit screen to switch the information on each card.
· Is the list that won't open in an unsupported language? Some other Transparent Language programs can
export lists in language combinations which cannot be imported in Byki.
· Are you trying to import a protected list? If you see the message "Can't Import Protected List", it means
that the list you are trying to import was produced under a special arrangement and is not for general
use.
· Was the list exported by a different version of Byki? If you export a list from Byki 4.0 and someone else
tries to import it in a previous version of Byki, in version 3.5 or earlier of Byki, it may not work unless
you checked the Maximize Compatibility for Version 3.5 option when you exported the list. Try
exporting the list again with this option marked and see if the other person can open it. (Lists from Byki
4.0 can be imported into version 3.6 of the program without checking this option.)
If the list still cannot be opened, see page 151 for Technical Support contact information.
Note: Transparent Language, Inc. is not responsible for the content of any lists created or edited by any outside
sources. Transparent Language can only vouch for the content of the unedited versions of the lists that we
officially distribute.
Page 159
Font Problems
Some of the languages in Byki require certain special fonts and special settings in Windows to display the different
characters. If you see a message that the necessary font for your language is not installed, or if the characters for
your language do not appear correctly, try the solutions below.
Change your Regional Settings
1. Choose Start / Settings / Control Panel. (On Windows XP, it may be Start / Control Panel instead.)
2. If you see a set of icons, double-click on the Regional Settings control panel icon. If you see a flyout menu,
select Regional and Language Options in that menu.
3. Click the Languages tab.
4. Mark the appropriate checkboxes:
· Mark the checkbox labeled Install files for complex script and right-to-left languages (including
Thai). This setting may be necessary for some Byki languages, including right-to-left languages
(Arabic, Dari, Farsi, Kurdish, Pashto, Punjabi, and others) as well as certain other languages with
complex scripts (such as Thai).
· Mark the checkbox labeled Install files for East Asian languages. This setting may be necessary for
some Byki languages, including Japanese, Chinese, and Korean.
5. After you have marked the checkboxes, click OK to close the Control Panel.
6. Restart your computer and restart Byki, then open a list and verify whether the font is correct.
Reinstall the Fonts:
1. Run the Byki installation again. Don't worry if you have already created or modified lists with the program. The
installation will give you the option of automatically renaming the lists that are being installed so that they will
not overwrite your existing lists.
2. After the installation is complete, restart your computer, then restart Byki. Open a list and verify whether the
font is correct. If it is not, try registering the font as described below.
Register the Fonts:
1. Choose Start / Settings / Control Panel. (On Windows XP, it may be Start / Control Panel instead.)
2. If you see a set of icons, double-click on the Fonts control panel icon. If you see a flyout menu, select Fonts in
that menu.
3. Double-click on the icon for the font that you want to register. A window will appear displaying some of the
characters in that font, and the font will automatically be registered. It is not a problem if you see English
characters in the window instead of or in addition to foreign characters - most fonts include both types of
characters and both types will be registered.
4. Click Done to close the window.
5. Restart Byki. Open a list and verify whether the font is correct.
Check your Language
Go to the Select a List screen and verify that you have selected a list in the correct language. Remember that Byki
may come with both transliterated and non-transliterated lists for certain languages. You will not see the native
characters in transliterated lists. If you want to see the native characters, open a list which is not transliterated.
Check your Font Attributes
Not all fonts can display bold, italics, subscript, or superscript well. If your font does not look correct, check to see
whether you have such font attributes set, and remove them if you do. See page 72. Also note that some characters in
the Cyrillic alphabets used by Altai, Belorussian, Bulgarian, Buriat, Chechen, Kazakh, Macedonian, Mongolian,
Russian, Serbian, Tajiki, Tuvan, Ukrainian, and Uzbek appear quite different when italicized. This appearance is not
an error; it is the correct method of italicizing the characters. If you find the italicized appearance of these characters
confusing, use other font attributes instead of italics.
Reboot your Computer
Try rebooting your computer and restarting Byki. This action may take care of various font issues, especially if you
have just installed the program or a new font.
If your lists are still not displayed properly, see page 151 for Technical Support contact information.
Page 160
Problems Typing
If you have trouble typing accents and special characters, check the following:
· Are you following the appropriate instructions for typing in your language? See page 80 if you are
learning a language that uses the Latin alphabet. See page 81 if you are learning a language that does
not use the Latin alphabet. See pages 82 - 85 if you are learning an Asian language. You may also want
to see the Language-Specific information for your language. Language-Specific information begins on
page 97.
· Is the accent or special character you are trying to type used in the language you are typing? If not, you
may have to display a different Keyboard Map in order to type that character. You can use the Layout
menu on the Keyboard Map to select different languages.
· If you are using the arrow keys to type the character, did you type the right base character? In a
few cases, the base character may not be as obvious: For ß (esset), the base character is s. For þ (thorn), the
base character is t. For Ð and ð (capital and lowercase eth), the base character may be d or t depending on
the language. For , the base character is e. For æ (ash), the base character is a. For ¿ (the upside down
question mark), the base character is ?. For ¡ (the upside down exclamation mark), the base character is !.
· Do you have the keyboard set to an incorrect language? If so, you may not be typing the correct
letters. Position your cursor somewhere you can type in the foreign language. Click to display the
Keyboard Map if it is not already displayed, then select an appropriate language in the Layout menu. The
English layout will give you the standard keyboard layout used on most American keyboards. The English
layout can be used for most languages which use the Latin alphabet. Other languages may require different
keyboard layouts, particularly if they do not use the Latin alphabet. See pages 80 - 85. You may also want
to see the Language-Specific information for your language. Language-Specific information begins on page
97.
· Are the correct fonts installed on your computer? Try reinstalling the fonts along with Byki.
· If you are learning an Asian language, do you have the appropriate IME installed? See page 161. If
you prefer to type the transliterated version of your Asian language, did you set the Keyboard Map to the
appropriate transliterated language?
· Are you having trouble typing a Chinese period ( )? See page 82.
· Have you restarted the computer since you installed Byki or a new font? It may be necessary to
restart your computer after such installations, in order to ensure that all the necessary fonts and files are
properly registered. Reboot your computer, then try Byki again.
If you still have problems typing, see page 151 for Technical Support contact information.
Page 161
Installing an IME
In order to type Chinese, Japanese, or Korean characters with Byki, you will need to install the appropriate IME
from Microsoft. The Chinese, Japanese, and Korean IMEs will most likely be on your Windows discs. If your
computer came with Windows installed and you do not have a Windows disc, the files for installing the IMEs may
be included on your hard drive.
Note: You must be logged in to the system as an administrator to complete this installation. Most individual users
automatically have administrator privileges on their own computers, but if you are using Byki on a work
computer or in a lab, you may need to ask the administrator for that computer to perform this installation
for you.
To install the Asian IMEs on Windows XP:
1. If you have a Windows XP disc, put it in the drive.
2. Choose Start / Control Panel or Start / Settings / Control Panel (depending on how you have your Start
menu configured).
3. Double-click on Regional and Language Options.
4. Click on the Languages tab.
5. In the Supplemental Language Support section, mark the Install files for East Asian Languages checkbox.
6. Click OK. Windows will begin copying the files off your disc. If you do not have a disc and Windows does not
automatically find the files on your hard drive, you may be asked to locate them.
7. When the installation is complete, you will be asked to restart your computer. You must restart the computer for
the IME to work properly.
8. After you have restarted the computer, open Byki and confirm that you can now type in the appropriate
language. See pages 82 - 85 for typing instructions.
Page 162
Glossary
Adjective
A word that modifies a noun or pronoun in a sentence. Adjectives describe, define, or qualify a noun or pronoun.
English examples: big, red, appropriate.
Adverb
A word that modifies a verb, an adjective, another adverb, or a whole sentence. English examples: quickly,
accurately, efficiently.
Alphabet Exploder
A special feature designed to teach you the letters of languages that do not use the Latin alphabet familiar to English
speakers. This feature is not available for all languages, and is not available in Byki Express.
Alternative Answer
An answer which does not exactly match the text on the card, but which has been designated as an additional
acceptable answer. Alternative answers are accepted in Recognize It, Produce It, Written Tests, and Listening
Comprehension Tests.
Article
A word used to indicate that another word is a noun. For example, English has three articles - a, an, and the. For
many languages, the articles used with a word vary according to the word's gender or other attributes, so it is often
valuable to learn the appropriate article along with a noun.
Base Character
The character from which an accented or special character is formed. For most characters, the base character is
obvious – a for à, n for ñ, c for ç, etc. To type capital letters with accents, capitalize the base character, such as U for
Ü.
In a few cases, the base character may not be as obvious:
For ß (esset), the base character is s.
For þ (thorn), the base character is t.
For Ð and ð (capital and lowercase eth), the base character may be d or t depending on the language.
For , the base character is e.
For æ (ash), the base character is a.
For ¿ (the upside down question mark), the base character is ?.
For ¡ (the upside down exclamation mark), the base character is !.

Byki Deluxe
Byki Deluxe is a version of Byki that includes additional features, such as supplemental activities and tests, to
facilitate your learning. Byki Deluxe also allows you to create and edit your own lists of cards.
Byki Express
Byki Express is a simple version of Byki, designed to make it easy to share lists with anyone. Byki Express allows
you to see shared lists and use the Learning Steps, but does not allow you to create or edit your own lists or use the
supplemental activities.
Card
Information in Byki lists is stored on virtual Flash Cards, with a vocabulary term, a fact, or a question on one side of
the card and a translation, a matching piece of information, or an answer on the other.
Card Comment
Card comments contain extra information that is useful to know, but which does not belong on either side of the
card. Card comments may contain grammar information, context information, etc. Card comments appear in speech
bubbles after cards flip on various screens. The first time a card is viewed, the full comment will be shown. After
that, the symbol appears to indicate that the card has a card comment that is not displayed. You can click on the
symbol to see the card comment. When a card comment is open, you can click the red X to close it.
Case-Sensitive
Case-sensitive means that uppercase and lowercase letters are treated as different characters. For example, in a case-
sensitive list, "HELLO", "Hello", and "hello" would be considered three different words. In a list which is not case-
sensitive, they would be considered the same.
Page 163
Category
The type of information on each side of a subject list. For example, a literature list might have "Book Title" as the
category for side one and "Author" as the category for side two.
CD-ROM
A Compact laser Disk with Read Only Memory.
Citation Form
Pronouncing a word in isolation, as it would be presented in a pronouncing dictionary. Natural speech can vary
significantly from the citation form.
Click
To press one of the buttons on your computer's mouse while the mouse pointer, , is over a button or other object
on the screen. Unless the instructions say otherwise, click once with the left mouse button.
Clipboard
The holding area in Windows memory where text that has been cut or copied is stored until you cut or copy new
material. The material from the Clipboard can later be pasted in another location. Many different programs have
access to the Clipboard.
Concentration
An activity that tests your memory of which cards match and where they are placed.
Conjugate
To modify the form of a verb according to:
Tense - when the action occurs (past, present, or future)
Person - who or what is doing the action
Number - how many people or things are doing the action
Mood - the manner in which the verb itself is used (For example, "Run!" as a command is in the imperative mood)
Conjunction
A word that joins other words, parts of sentences, or whole sentences. English examples: and, that, because.
Copy
To store the currently selected material on the Clipboard, erasing any material already on the Clipboard. Copied
material can later be pasted into another location. To copy in most applications, select the text you want to copy and
press Ctrl+C or choose Edit / Copy.
Cut
To remove the selected material from its current location and store it on the Clipboard, erasing any material already
on the Clipboard. Cut material can later be pasted into another location. To cut in most applications, select the text
you want to cut and press Ctrl+X or choose Edit / Cut.
Delimiter
A special character that separates pieces of data in a line. In lists imported from Microsoft Word, Byki accepts
semicolons, colons, or tabs as delimiters.
Dictation Test
The Dictation Test is an excellent way to check your spelling and listening comprehension. In this test, you will hear
a word or phrase spoken, and you must type exactly what you hear. This test is particularly useful for language lists.
Diphthong
A diphthong is a complex vowel sound that is actually made up of two or more vowel sounds combined in one
syllable. Examples include the sound of 'oi' in English 'coil', and 'ou' in English 'ouch'.
Double-Click
To press one of the buttons on your computer's mouse, two times, quickly, while the mouse pointer, , is over a
button or other object on the screen. You should always double-click with the left mouse button.
Page 164
DVD
A Digital Video Disk or Digital Versatile Disk. A compact-disc format that has a much higher storage capacity than
traditional CD-ROMs.
Export
To save material from one program in a format that can be read by another. For example, various other Transparent
Language programs can export lists that can be read by Byki.
FAQ Links
The questions that appear in blue, underlined text next to buttons or other features on various program screens. The
FAQ links provide easy answers to some of the most frequently asked questions about program features. You can
click on any FAQ link to read an answer to the question. You can also choose Options / Display / Display FAQ
Links to display or hide the FAQ links at any time.
Fill in the Blank
This activity requires you to fill in the blank spaces in the text from side two of your cards. Because this activity
requires cards that have three or more words in the text on side two, it is a great way to practice phrase lists.
Four Square
An activity in which you must remember which card is which and find the one which matches the card in the center.
Fresh Item
A card that has been mastered and has been practiced recently. These cards are likely to be the ones that you know
best at any given moment.
Fricatives Graph
Fricatives are sounds caused by friction - for example, hissing or shushing sounds, such as 's', 'z', and 'sh'. The
fricative graphs show the number and placement of fricative sounds in a word or phrase. If a fricative graph is
completely flat, it means there are no fricative sounds. Matching the number and approximate location of the
fricatives is more important than matching the exact shape on the graph.
Gender
Whether a word is considered masculine, feminine, or neuter. These terms may relate directly to the meaning of the
word, or they may be arbitrary. In many languages, the gender of a word affects its conjugation or declension and
how it relates to other words.
Homographs
Words which are written exactly the same but pronounced differently. For example, in English the word "record" can
be a noun, pronounced "REcord", or a verb, pronounced "reCORD".
Icon
A small picture that represents a file or object on your computer.
IME
IME is a common abbreviation for Input Method Editor, a component of a program or operating system which lets a
user type complex characters or symbols using a standard English keyboard. To type in Chinese, Japanese, or
Korean with Byki, you must install the appropriate IMEs that came with your operating system.
Import
To bring material from one program into another. Byki can import lists from other copies of Byki and from various
other Transparent Language programs.
Infinitive
The root form of a verb. For example, "to walk" is the infinitive form of the English verb "walks" and "hablar" is the
infinitive of the conjugated Spanish verb "hablamos" (we speak).
Internet Browser
An Internet browser is a program that you use to view information on the Internet.
Keyboard Map
The box which shows the keyboard layout used in a particular language, providing one way to type special
characters. You can click on any character in the Keyboard Map to type it, or press the corresponding key on your
physical keyboard. You can also use the Layout menu to change the language of the Keyboard Map. Different
languages have different characters available.
Page 165
Language List
A Byki list designed to help you learn foreign language words and phrases. Typically, a language list has a term in
your native language on side one, with the foreign translation on side two.
Latin Alphabet
An alphabet with the type of letters used by Latin and many other languages, such as English, Spanish, and French.
Some languages that use the Latin alphabet may also include different accents or special characters in addition to the
basic letters.
Learned Item
A card that has reached a score which is high enough for the card to be considered mastered. Depending on your
settings, a card must have a score of either seven or eight to become a learned item.
Left-Click
To press the left button on your computer's mouse while the mouse pointer, , is over a button or other object on the
screen. Left-clicking is the most common way to click.
Ligated Letters
Ligated letters are joined to each other within words, similar to English cursive handwriting. For example, letters
within words are ligated in many languages which are written with the Arabic alphabet.
Listening Comprehension Test
The Listening Comprehension Test is a great way to see how well you understand information that is spoken to you.
In this test, you will hear a word or phrase spoken, and you must type the text from the other side of the card.
Menu
A list of commands. Like many programs, Byki has a row of menus at the top of the screen. Other menus appear
elsewhere in the program, such as when you click on certain buttons. You can click on any menu to see the full list
of commands, and click on any command in a menu to choose it.
More Content
The supplementary material associated with a list which appears on the More screen. More Content may consist of a
web page related to the subject of the list, a document with background information, a lesson written by someone
who knows the material, or anything else that may be appropriate. Not all lists have More Content.
Mouse
The part of your computer that lets you control the mouse pointer and click on objects on the screen.
Mouse Pointer
The arrow or other symbol that you can move around the screen by moving the mouse.
Multiple Choice
This activity tests your comprehension by showing you one side of your cards and asking you to pick the correct
match out of several possibilities.
Noun
A word denoting a person, place, thing, idea, or emotion. Examples of English nouns include: "president,"
"Argentina," "rutabaga," "peace," and "happiness."
Paste
To insert the material on the Clipboard into the current location. To paste in most applications, position the cursor
where you want the new material to appear, then press Ctrl+V or choose Edit / Paste.
Page 166
Pitch Graph
Pitch refers to the frequency of your voice - how high or low it is. Variations in pitch are often used to hold a
listener's attention, and may have special meanings in different languages. In some languages, changes in pitch or
tone may even be the main difference between words. The higher the line on the graph, the higher the sound it
represents. Matching the shape of the graph is more important than matching the exact pitch.
Preview It
Preview It is Step 1 in Byki's learning process. This exercise lets you take a quick look at the information on all the
cards in your list, one at a time. Both sides of a card are shown at once. You can use this step to begin familiarizing
yourself with the material.
Produce It
Produce It is Step 3 in Byki's learning process. This exercise helps you think about the material in your list from a
new perspective. You will see side two of your list and have to produce the information from side one. For example,
in a language list, you will see a word or phrase in your native language, and you must produce the foreign
translation. At first, Produce It will ask you to think of your answers, but as your scores improve, you will have to
type them.
Pronoun
A word that functions like a noun, as a subject, object, or complement, and often refers to a noun previously
mentioned. English examples: her, we, I.
Pronunciation Graph
The pronunciation graphs provide feedback on specific aspects of your pronunciation, including pitch, fricatives,
and vowels. Compare your pronunciation graphs to the original speaker's to see which aspects of your pronunciation
are doing well and which need more practice.
Pronunciation Meter
The Pronunciation Meter gives you a general score for your pronunciation of the current word or phrase.
Pronunciation Practice
Pronunciation Practice is an activity designed to improve your pronunciation of words and phrases. Detailed
feedback lets you know exactly which aspects of your pronunciation you need to work on.
Recognize It
Recognize It is Step 2 in Byki's learning process. This exercise can teach you to identify the material in your list.
You will see side one of the cards in your list and you will have to produce the information from side two. For
example, in a language list, you will see a foreign word or phrase and you must produce the translation. At first,
Recognize It will ask you to think of your answers, but as your scores improve, you will have to type them.
Right-Click
To press the right button on the mouse while the mouse pointer, , is over a button or another object. You only need
to right-click when the instructions say to. Most of the time, you should left-click.
Root
The form of a word from which all other forms are derived, such as the infinitive form of a verb. For example, "to
walk" is the root of the English verb "walked" and "doll" is the root of the English noun "dolls".
Scroll Bar
A tool that lets you move the contents of a window up and down or side to side by clicking on the arrows or
dragging the sliding bar. You will see scroll bars beside various windows and list boxes in Byki.
Select
To highlight text or some other item. To select an item in a list, click on it. To select text in an edit field, click where
you want the selection to begin, hold down the mouse button and drag the pointer over the text you want selected,
then release the mouse button where you want the selection to stop.
Page 167
Self-Reporting Test
The Self-Reporting Test will show you one side of a card and have you think of the information from the other side.
When you flip the card to check the answer, you must indicate whether your answer was correct.
SlowSound
The feature that allows you to reduce the speed of the pronunciation in the program.
Stale Item
A card that has been mastered, but has not been practiced in a long time. Therefore, even though you once knew the
information well, you may need to refresh your memory of it. Regularly reviewing and refreshing your knowledge is
an important part of learning.
Subject List
A Byki list about a subject other than a foreign language. Subject lists might be about math, geography, history,
science, entertainment, trivia, or anything else you can think of. Use your imagination and see how many subjects
you can learn with Byki!
Synonyms
Names for similar objects, concepts, or ideas. Despite the similarity, though, synonyms rarely have identical
meanings. For example, in English, fly and soar are synonyms.
ToolTips
ToolTips are very brief explanations of a button or other object, which appear when you hold your mouse over the
object for a few seconds. ToolTips can also be referred to as Flyby Hints or Screen Tips.
Transliteration
Transliteration is using English letters to represent the sounds of languages that would normally be written with
different characters. This approach makes it easier for beginners to master the basic sounds and vocabulary of a
language before tackling a new alphabet.
User
An individual who is registered to work with Byki. Byki stores the scores and other data for each user separately.
Verb
A word denoting action, existence, or occurrence. Examples of English verbs would be "eat", "sing", and "juggle".
Vowel Graph
Vowel graphs are a type of graph that appears on the Pronunciation Practice screen. Vowel graphs are designed to
help you master two key elements of pronunciation: Vowel sounds, which are represented by colors, and stress,
which is represented by the shape of the graph.
Wave Form Graph
Wave form graphs are a type of graph that appears on the Pronunciation Practice screen. Wave form graphs plot
variations in air pressure across time to give visual feedback about pronunciation. The closer together the vertical
lines, the higher the frequency and thus the higher the pitch.
Web Page
A web page is a file on the Internet that you view using your Internet browser. Web pages can contain text, graphics,
and links to other web pages. Web pages are also called websites or homepages.
Wildcards
Wildcard characters help you widen your searches. There are two wildcard characters: an asterisk (*), which
represents zero or more characters, and a question mark (?), which represents a single character.
Word Whirl
This activity lets you sit back and relax as you increase your language exposure by watching the information from
your cards swirl around on the screen.
Written Test
The Written Test will show you one side of a card and have you type the information from the other side. It's a great
way to verify whether you really know the material.
Page 168
Index
1st Things to Do.............................................................................................................................................................................................................4
About Byki................................................................................................................................................................................................................2, 4
Academic Subjects............................................................................................................................................................................................9, 13, 94
Accelerator Keys.........................................................................................................................................................................................................93
Accents........................................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Accessing On-Line Help.............................................................................................................................................................................................94
Action Keys.................................................................................................................................................................................................................93
Activities................................................................................................................................................4, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 44, 45, 46, 47, 49
Acute Accents..............................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Adding Alternative Answers........................................................................................................................................................................................75
Adding Card Comments........................................................................................................................................................................................67, 78
Adding Cards.........................................................................................................................................................................................................67, 68
Adding Lists..............................................................................................................................................................................9, 13, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26
Adding More Content............................................................................................................................................................................................12, 18
Adding Pictures.....................................................................................................................................................................................................67, 76
Adding Sound........................................................................................................................................................................................................73, 74
Adding Users.................................................................................................................................................................................................................6
Adding Video.........................................................................................................................................................................................................67, 77
Addition Sign...............................................................................................................................................................................................8, 67, 68, 93
Address..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Adjusting ..................................................................................................................................................................................................See Changing
Afrikaans.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................98
Aid.........................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 4, 79, 94, 151
Albanian.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................98
All Lists.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................8
Alphabet.........................................................................................................................................................................................33, 42, 43, 80, 81, 97
Alphabet Exploder.................................................................................................................................................................................................42, 43
Alt Key..................................................................................................................................................................................................................91, 93
Altai.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................99
Alternative Answers................................................................................................................................................................37, 39, 55, 56, 67, 75, 90
American Contact Information......................................................................................................................................................................................3
Animations.....................................................................................................................................................................................................76, 77, 157
Annotations......................................................................................................................................................................................................68, 70, 78
Answering Questions...........................................................................................................................36, 37, 38, 39, 45, 46, 47, 54, 55, 56, 57, 75, 79
Answers to Common Questions..........................................................................................................................................................................79, 151
Application Updates....................................................................................................................................................................................................79
Applications that Work with Byki.................................................................................................................................................20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 30
Arabic........................................................................................................................................................................................................................100
Area Code......................................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Armenian...................................................................................................................................................................................................................101
Arrow Keys..............................................................................................................................................................................................6, 8, 17, 42, 80
Articles.............................................................................................................................................................................................................37, 39, 55
Ash Character..............................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Asian Languages..........................................................................................................................................................................................................97
Assigning Preference Settings...................................................................................................................................................................72, 87, 88, 90
Assistance..............................................................................................................................................................................................3, 4, 79, 94, 151
Asterisks......................................................................................................................................................................................................................15
Attributes of the Text.............................................................................................................................................................................................72, 87
Auto Flip................................................................................................................................................................................................................35, 88
Auto Play.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................42
Automatically Logging in a User..................................................................................................................................................................................7
AVI Files..............................................................................................................................................................................................................77, 157
Azerbaijani.................................................................................................................................................................................................................102
B Button.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................72
B4U Files...................................................................................................................................................................................................20, 29, 30, 94
Background Color........................................................................................................................................................................................................44
Backing Up Information............................................................................................................................................................................29, 63, 64, 89
Bar Graphs.............................................................................................................................................................................................................60, 61
Base Characters...........................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Bashkir.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................103
Beginning with Byki......................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Belorussian................................................................................................................................................................................................................104
Bengali...............................................................................................................................................................................................................105, 106
Bigger Fonts................................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Bitmaps................................................................................................................................................................................................................76, 156
Blue Graphs.................................................................................................................................................................................................................52
Blue Text......................................................................................................................................................................................................................72
BMP Files............................................................................................................................................................................................................76, 156
Page 169
Bold Text.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................72
Bosnian......................................................................................................................................................................................................................107
Bringing Lists Into Byki..........................................................................................................................................................5, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 158
Broom Button..............................................................................................................................................................................................................72
Bubble Button..............................................................................................................................................................................................................78
Building Lists............................................................................................................................................................8, 9, 13, 20, 21, 23, 25, 67, 68, 70
Bulgarian...................................................................................................................................................................................................................108
Buriat.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................109
Calculating Scores.....................................................................................................................................................................................41, 58, 60, 61
Calling Transparent Language...............................................................................................................................................................................3, 151
Canadian Contact Information.......................................................................................................................................................................................3
Capital Letters....................................................................................................................................................................37, 39, 42, 55, 80, 81, 90, 97
Cards
Adding...............................................................................................................................................................................................................67, 68
Copying.............................................................................................................................................................................................................67, 78
Deleting.............................................................................................................................................................................................................67, 79
Editing...............................................................................................................................................................................................................67, 70
Finding....................................................................................................................................................................................................................15
Practicing.................................................................................................................................................................34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 45, 46, 47
Printing....................................................................................................................................................................................................................31
Setting Order...........................................................................................................................................................................................................17
Sharing......................................................................................................................................................................................20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29
Testing...................................................................................................................................................................................................54, 55, 56, 57
Carets and Carons........................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Case-Sensitivity.....................................................................................................................................................................15, 37, 39, 55, 68, 90, 153
Categories....................................................................................................................................................................................................................13
CDs........................................................................................................................................................................................................................20, 29
Cedilla..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Cells.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................23, 25
Changing Alternative Answers....................................................................................................................................................................................75
Changing Card Comments.....................................................................................................................................................................................67, 78
Changing Cards.....................................................................................................................................................................................................67, 70
Changing Fonts................................................................................................................................................................................................67, 72, 87
Changing Hands..........................................................................................................................................................................................................90
Changing Keyboard Maps...........................................................................................................................................................................................10
Changing List Properties...........................................................................................................................................................................16, 17, 19, 70
Changing Lists...............................................................................................................................................................................................................8
Changing More Content..............................................................................................................................................................................................18
Changing Pictures..................................................................................................................................................................................................67, 76
Changing Scores....................................................................................................................................................................................................41, 66
Changing Sound..................................................................................................................................................................................67, 73, 74, 86, 88
Changing Users..............................................................................................................................................................................................................6
Changing Video.....................................................................................................................................................................................................67, 77
Characters......................................................................................................................................42, 72, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 87, 97, 159, 160, 161
Charts.................................................................................................................................................................................41, 50, 51, 52, 58, 59, 60, 61
Chechen.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................110
Check Button.........................................................................................................................................................................................................37, 39
Checking for Updates..................................................................................................................................................................................................79
CheckWords.................................................................................................................................................................................................................30
Chemical Formulas................................................................................................................................................................................................13, 94
Chinese.........................................................................................................................................................................................................82, 111, 161
Choosing....................................................................................................................................................................................................See Selecting
Circles....................................................................................................................................................................................................................41, 65
Circumflexes................................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Cities..................................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 13, 94
Clear Formatting Button..............................................................................................................................................................................................72
Closing Byki................................................................................................................................................................................................................96
Clue Cards.....................................................................................................................................................................................35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 90
Colons..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................21
Colors.................................................................................................................................................................................33, 41, 52, 58, 59, 60, 61, 72
Columns...................................................................................................................................................................................23, 25, 46, 58, 59, 60, 65
Combining Lists....................................................................................................................................................................................................15, 78
Command Keys...........................................................................................................................................................................................................93
Commands in the Menus.......................................................................................................................................................................................91, 92
Comments..............................................................................................................................................................................................3, 67, 68, 70, 78
Common Questions.............................................................................................................................................................................................79, 151
Common Sounds Button..............................................................................................................................................................................................42
Compatibility...............................................................................................................................................................5, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29, 30, 158
Comprehension............................................................................................................................................................................................................56
Concentration...............................................................................................................................................................................................................48
Configuring Options..................................................................................................................................................................................72, 87, 88, 90
Conflicts...............................................................................................................................................................................................................27, 151
Congratulations Sounds...............................................................................................................................................................................................88
Page 170
Conjugations of Verbs............................................................................................................................................................................................68, 70
Connected Letters............................................................................................................42, 81, 85, 100, 105, 113, 115, 121, 127, 128, 134, 136, 147
Consonants.......................................................................................................................................................................................................42, 80, 81
Contacting Transparent Language.........................................................................................................................................................................3, 151
Content.......................................................................................................................................................................................................12, 16, 18, 64
Control Keys................................................................................................................................................................................................................93
Converting Lists..........................................................................................................................................................5, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29, 30, 158
Copying Cards.............................................................................................................................................................................................................78
Copyright Information.............................................................................................................................................................................................2, 91
Correct Answers......................................................................................................................36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 45, 46, 47, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 75, 90
Countries............................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 13, 94
Creating New Lists..............................................................................................................................................................................................8, 9, 13
Creating Users...............................................................................................................................................................................................................6
Creation Dates...................................................................................................................................................................................................9, 13, 16
Creator...............................................................................................................................................................................................................9, 13, 16
Creole.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................118
Criteria for Searches....................................................................................................................................................................................................15
Croatian......................................................................................................................................................................................................................112
Ctrl Key.................................................................................................................................................................................................................81, 93
Customer Service...........................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Customizing...............................................................................................................................................................................................72, 87, 88, 90
Cyrillic Alphabet....................................................................................42, 81, 103, 104, 108, 109, 110, 127, 131, 133, 138, 139, 142, 145, 146, 148
Czech.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................112
Danish........................................................................................................................................................................................................................113
Dari............................................................................................................................................................................................................................113
Data to Import......................................................................................................................................................................................20, 21, 23, 25, 26
Databases...............................................................................................................................................................................................................23, 94
Dates......................................................................................................................................................................................................9, 13, 16, 75, 94
Days.......................................................................................................................................................................................................9, 13, 16, 60, 61
Decreasing
Font Size..................................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Scores................................................................................................................................................................................................................41, 66
Default Directory.........................................................................................................................................................................................................94
Default Font Size.........................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Definite Articles...............................................................................................................................................................................................37, 39, 55
Definitions.................................................................................................................................................................................................................158
Deleting
Alternative Answers................................................................................................................................................................................................75
Byki.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................96
Card Comments.......................................................................................................................................................................................................78
Cards.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................79
Lists.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................33
Pictures....................................................................................................................................................................................................................76
Sound Files..............................................................................................................................................................................................................73
Users..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................7
Video.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................77
Delimiters....................................................................................................................................................................................................................21
Descriptions.......................................................................................................................................................................................................9, 13, 16
Diacritic Marks......................................................................................................................................................................................................80, 81
Dials.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................41, 50
Dictation Tests.......................................................................................................................................................................................................53, 57
Dieresis........................................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Difficulties.................................................................................................................................................................................................................151
Diphthongs...................................................................................................................................................................................................................52
Directory......................................................................................................................................................................................................................94
Display Issues............................................................................................................................................................................................................159
Displaying Lists.......................................................................................................................................................................................................8, 65
Distorted Pictures......................................................................................................................................................................................................156
Distorted Sound.........................................................................................................................................................................................................155
Distributing Lists.............................................................................................................................................................20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29, 30, 158
Dividing Lists..............................................................................................................................................................................................................78
DOC Files..............................................................................................................................................................................................................21, 29
Documentation.............................................................................................................................................................................................................94
Documents.................................................................................................................................................................................................12, 18, 21, 29
Dots Over Letters.............................................................................................................................................................................................42, 80, 81
Dots with Scores....................................................................................................................................................................................................41, 65
Double-Sided Printing.................................................................................................................................................................................................31
Down Arrow............................................................................................................................................................................................6, 8, 17, 67, 80
Dragging and Dropping...............................................................................................................................................................................................46
Drawings........................................................................................................................................................................................................76, 90, 156
Dutch..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................114
Earlier Versions..............................................................................................................................................................................................................5
Page 171
Earning Scores.................................................................................................................................................35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 54, 55, 56, 57, 66
Earth Button.................................................................................................................................................................................................................26
Edit Screen.............................................................................................................................................................................................................33, 67
Editing Cards.....................................................................................................................................................................66, 67, 70, 72, 73, 76, 77, 78
Editing List Properties...............................................................................................................................................................................16, 17, 18, 19
Electronic Mail......................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 151
Eliminating..................................................................................................................................................................................................See Deleting
E-Mail....................................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 151
English.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................114
Enlarging Fonts............................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Entering User Names.....................................................................................................................................................................................................6
Entertainment Lists................................................................................................................................................................................................13, 94
Erasing Cards...............................................................................................................................................................................................................79
Errors.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................151
ESC Key......................................................................................................................................................................................................................47
Esset Character....................................................................................................................................................................................................80, 117
Estonian.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................114
Eth........................................................................................................................................................................................................................80, 123
Examples of Use................................................................................................................................................................................................4, 13, 94
Excel, Microsoft..............................................................................................................................................................................................23, 29, 30
Exclamation Points........................................................................................................................................................................................80, 90, 140
Executable File............................................................................................................................................................................................................94
Exercises......................................................................................................................................................4, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 44, 45, 46, 47, 49
Exiting Byki.................................................................................................................................................................................................................96
Expanding Font Size....................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Exploder, Alphabet......................................................................................................................................................................................................42
Exporting Lists..........................................................................................................................................................................................5, 29, 30, 158
Extensions..........................................................................................................................20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29, 30, 73, 76, 77, 94, 96, 156, 157, 158
Extra Information......................................................................................................................................................................................12, 18, 64, 72
Eyesight, Bigger Fonts for...........................................................................................................................................................................................87
F1 Key...................................................................................................................................................................................................................93, 94
Falling Pitch.................................................................................................................................................................................................................51
FAQ............................................................................................................................................................................................................4, 33, 79, 151
Farsi...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................115
Fax Number...........................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 151
Features......................................................................................................................................................................................................................4, 5
Feedback........................................................................................................................................................................3, 41, 50, 51, 52, 58, 59, 60, 61
File Menu.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................91
Files
Compatibility...........................................................................................................................................................................................................29
Exporting...................................................................................................................................................................................................29, 30, 158
Graphic..............................................................................................................................................................................................76, 77, 156, 157
Importing.....................................................................................................................................................................................5, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26
Program...................................................................................................................................................................................................................94
Sound.............................................................................................................................................................42, 49, 56, 57, 73, 74, 86, 88, 154, 155
Fill in the Blank...............................................................................................................................................................................................44, 46, 47
Film Clips............................................................................................................................................................................................................77, 157
Finding Cards..............................................................................................................................................................................................................15
Finding Files................................................................................................................................................................................................................94
Fingers.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................90
Finnish.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................116
First Time Running Byki...........................................................................................................................................................................................4, 6
Fixing Problems.........................................................................................................................................................................................................151
Flash Cards..................................................................................................................................................................34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 54, 55, 90
Flipping Cards.........................................................................................................................................................................35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 54, 55
FLV Files.............................................................................................................................................................................................................77, 157
Fly-By Hints................................................................................................................................................................................................................94
Folders.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................94
Fonts..............................................................................................................................................................................................................72, 87, 159
For All Users..................................................................................................................................................................................10, 14, 20, 21, 23, 25
Foreground Color........................................................................................................................................................................................................44
Foreign Characters...............................................................................................................................................10, 42, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 97, 159
Foreign Languages......................................................................................................................................................................................9, 10, 16, 97
Format for Dates..........................................................................................................................................................................................9, 13, 16, 75
Format for Files.........................................................................................................................................................................73, 76, 77, 94, 156, 157
Formatting Text...............................................................................................................................................................................................67, 72, 87
Forms of Letters...........................................................................................................................................................................................................42
Formulas................................................................................................................................................................................................................13, 94
Four Square..................................................................................................................................................................................................................48
French........................................................................................................................................................................................................................116
Frequently Asked Questions................................................................................................................................................................................79, 151
Fresh Items..................................................................................................................................................................................................................61
Fricatives.........................................................................................................................................................................................................49, 50, 51
Page 172
FTP Sites................................................................................................................................................................................................................12, 18
Function Keys..............................................................................................................................................................................................................93
Gaelic.................................................................................................................................................................................................................124, 139
Games..............................................................................................................................................................34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 44, 45, 46, 47, 49
Gender of Words....................................................................................................................................................................................................68, 70
Georgian.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................117
German.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................117
Getting Help..........................................................................................................................................................................................3, 4, 79, 94, 151
Getting Started...............................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Getting Technical Support.........................................................................................................................................................................................151
GIF Files..............................................................................................................................................................................................................76, 156
Globe Button................................................................................................................................................................................................................26
Glossary.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................158
Goals..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Graphics.........................................................................................................................................................................................................76, 90, 156
Graphs................................................................................................................................................................................41, 49, 50, 51, 52, 58, 60, 61
Grave Accents..............................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Greek..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................118
Green Scores..........................................................................................................................................................................................................41, 52
Green Tabs...................................................................................................................................................................................................................33
Green Text........................................................................................................................................................................................................58, 59, 72
Guessing Cards..........................................................................................................................................................................................36, 37, 38, 39
Guide for Byki...................................................................................................................................................................................................4, 79, 94
Hacek...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Haitian Creole............................................................................................................................................................................................................118
Hands...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................90
Hands-Free Learning.............................................................................................................................................................................................44, 47
Hangeul................................................................................................................................................................................................................85, 127
Hausa.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................119
Hearing Sound.............................................................................................................................................................42, 49, 50, 56, 57, 73, 74, 86, 88
Hebrew.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................120
Help.............................................................................................................................................................................................2, 3, 4, 79, 91, 94, 151
Help Menu...................................................................................................................................................................................................................92
High Scores..........................................................................................................................................................................................41, 58, 60, 61, 66
Hindi..................................................................................................................................................................................................................121, 122
Hints.......................................................................................................................................................................................................4, 67, 68, 70, 94
Hiragana.........................................................................................................................................................................................................83, 84, 125
Historical Dates.....................................................................................................................................................................................................13, 94
History.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................60
Home Page.............................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 151
Honor System..................................................................................................................................................................................................36, 38, 54
Hotkeys........................................................................................................................................................................................................................93
How to Learn.................................................................................................................................................................................................................4
HTML Files.........................................................................................................................................................................................12, 18, 25, 26, 59
Hungarian..................................................................................................................................................................................................................123
I Button........................................................................................................................................................................................................................72
Icelandic.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................123
Illustrations....................................................................................................................................................................................................76, 90, 156
Images............................................................................................................................................................................................................76, 90, 156
IME....................................................................................................................................................................................................111, 125, 127, 161
Importing Lists......................................................................................................................................................5, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 27, 29, 30, 158
Incorrect Answers....................................................................................................................36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 45, 46, 47, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 75, 90
Incorrect Sound..........................................................................................................................................................................................................155
Increasing Font Size....................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Increasing Scores.....................................................................................................................................................................35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 66
Index Cards........................................................................................................................................................................35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 54, 55, 90
Indonesian..................................................................................................................................................................................................................124
Input Method Editor...........................................................................................................................................................................111, 125, 127, 161
Input Methods................................................................................................................................................................................80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85
Inquiries.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Installing Fonts..........................................................................................................................................................................................................159
Installing Old Lists........................................................................................................................................................................................................5
International Characters.....................................................................................................................................................42, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 97
Internet Address...............................................................................................................................................................................................3, 26, 151
Introduction...............................................................................................................................................................................................................2, 4
Inverted Punctuation............................................................................................................................................................................................80, 140
Iraqi Arabic................................................................................................................................................................................................................100
Irish............................................................................................................................................................................................................................124
Issues.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................151
Italian.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................124
Italic Text.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................72
Items in the Menus................................................................................................................................................................................................91, 92
Page 173
Japanese.................................................................................................................................................................................................83, 84, 125, 161
Joined Letters...................................................................................................................42, 81, 85, 100, 105, 113, 115, 121, 127, 128, 134, 136, 147
JPG Files..............................................................................................................................................................................................................76, 156
Kanji, Katakana, and Hiragana......................................................................................................................................................................83, 84, 125
Kazakh.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................127
Keeping Track of Progress............................................................................................................................................................41, 50, 58, 59, 60, 61
Keyboard Map...................................................................................................................................................................10, 43, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85
Keyboard Shortcuts.....................................................................................................................................................................................................93
Korean.........................................................................................................................................................................................................85, 127, 161
Kurdish......................................................................................................................................................................................................................128
Kurmanji....................................................................................................................................................................................................................128
Language Lists...........................................................................................................................8, 9, 15, 16, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29, 30, 33, 65, 97, 152
LanguageNow!......................................................................................................................................................................................................20, 30
Languages............................................................................................................................................................................................5, 8, 9, 16, 65, 97
Larger Fonts.................................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Latin...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................129
Latin Alphabet...............................................................................................................................................................................................10, 80, 129
Latvian.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................129
Launching Activities........................................................................................................................................................................................34, 44, 53
Layouts for the Keyboard..................................................................................................................................................10, 42, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85
Learn Screen..........................................................................................................................................................................................................33, 34
Learned Items........................................................................................................................................................................................................61, 62
Learning Steps.........................................................................................................................................................4, 11, 17, 19, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39
Lessons..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Letters..................................................................................................................................................3, 10, 42, 72, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 87, 97, 159
Ligatures......................................................................................................................................................................................................................42
Line Graphs.....................................................................................................................................................................................................50, 51, 52
Lines Over Letters.................................................................................................................................................................................................80, 81
List Menu.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................91
List Properties..............................................................................................................................................................................................................16
List Percentage......................................................................................................................................................................................................41, 61
Listening............................................................................................................................................................................42, 49, 50, 56, 57, 73, 74, 86
Listening Comprehension Tests.............................................................................................................................................................................53, 56
Lists.........................................................................................................5, 8, 9, 13, 15, 16, 17, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29, 30, 32, 33, 65, 67, 68, 70, 152
Lithuanian..................................................................................................................................................................................................................130
Littler Fonts.................................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Loading Lists...............................................................................................................................................................................5, 8, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26
Locating Cards.............................................................................................................................................................................................................15
Logging in to Byki.....................................................................................................................................................................................................6, 7
Long Vowels....................................................................................................................................................................................................52, 80, 81
Look Screen...........................................................................................................................................................................................................33, 65
Looking for Cards........................................................................................................................................................................................................15
Loudness................................................................................................................................................................................................................52, 88
Lowercase Letters..............................................................................................................................................................37, 39, 42, 55, 80, 81, 90, 97
Lowering.................................................................................................................................................................................................See Decreasing
Luxembourgish..........................................................................................................................................................................................................130
Macedonian...............................................................................................................................................................................................................131
Macintosh Lists............................................................................................................................................................................................................30
Magnifying Glass Button.......................................................................................................................................................................................15, 42
Mailing Address.............................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Making Lists....................................................................................................................................................................8, 9, 13, 20, 21, 23, 25, 67, 68
Making Progress..................................................................................................................................................................................41, 50, 58, 60, 61
Malay.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................132
Mandarin Chinese................................................................................................................................................................................................82, 111
Map of the Keyboard...............................................................................................................................................................42, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85
Marks, Accent..............................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Marks, Diacritic.....................................................................................................................................................................................................80, 81
Marks, Stress...............................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Mastering Lists..........................................................................................................................4, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 45, 46, 47, 49, 54, 55, 56, 57, 61
Maximizing Compatibility..........................................................................................................................................................................................29
Maximum Scores...................................................................................................................................................35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 58, 60, 61, 66
Meanings...................................................................................................................................................................................................15, 67, 68, 70
Measuring Progress.............................................................................................................................................................................41, 50, 58, 60, 61
Memorizing Information.....................................................................................................................................................................35, 36, 37, 38, 39
Menu Commands...................................................................................................................................................................................................91, 92
Merging Lists...............................................................................................................................................................................................................78
Meters..............................................................................................................................................................................................................41, 49, 50
Microphone..............................................................................................................................................................................................49, 73, 74, 155
Microsoft Excel...............................................................................................................................................................................................23, 29, 30
Microsoft Word..........................................................................................................................................................................................21, 29, 30, 59
Minus Sign.......................................................................................................................................................................................................67, 79, 93
Mirandese..................................................................................................................................................................................................................132
Page 174
Mkhedruli Alphabet...................................................................................................................................................................................................117
Mnemonics............................................................................................................................................................................................................68, 70
Modes.................................................................................................................4, 11, 19, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 44, 45, 46, 47, 49, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57
Modifying..................................................................................................................................................................................................See Changing
Mongolian..................................................................................................................................................................................................................133
Months...................................................................................................................................................................................................9, 13, 16, 60, 61
More Content.................................................................................................................................................................................10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 64
More Screen...........................................................................................................................................................................................................33, 64
MOV Files...........................................................................................................................................................................................................77, 157
Movies.....................................................................................................................................................................................................13, 77, 94, 157
Moving Cards..............................................................................................................................................................5, 20, 21, 23, 25, 29, 30, 78, 158
MP4 Files.............................................................................................................................................................................................................77, 157
MPG Files............................................................................................................................................................................................................77, 157
MS Excel.........................................................................................................................................................................................................23, 29, 30
MS Word....................................................................................................................................................................................................21, 29, 30, 59
Multimedia.............................................................................................................................................42, 49, 50, 56, 57, 73, 74, 76, 77, 86, 154, 157
Multiple Choice...............................................................................................................................................................................................44, 45, 46
Multiple Users...............................................................................................................................................................................................................6
Muting Sound..............................................................................................................................................................................................................88
My Learned Items............................................................................................................................................................................................33, 61, 62
Names......................................................................................................................................................................................................6, 9, 13, 16, 94
Nasal Sounds.....................................................................................................................................................................................42, 52, 83, 84, 125
Native Characters........................................................................................................................................................10, 42, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 97
Navigating.......................................................................................................................................................................................................33, 91, 93
New Cards.............................................................................................................................................................................................................67, 68
New Features.................................................................................................................................................................................................................5
New Fonts......................................................................................................................................................................................................72, 87, 159
New Lists.............................................................................................................................................................................................................8, 9, 13
New Users......................................................................................................................................................................................................................6
Next Button..............................................................................................................................................................................35, 37, 39, 45, 46, 47, 49
No Button........................................................................................................................................................................................................36, 38, 54
No Sound.............................................................................................................................................................................................................88, 154
Noise................................................................................................................................................................42, 49, 50, 51, 52, 56, 57, 73, 74, 86, 88
Non-Language Lists..............................................................................................................................................................................................13, 94
Norwegian.................................................................................................................................................................................................................134
Notes................................................................................................................................................................................................................68, 70, 78
Numbers
Date Formats...........................................................................................................................................................................................9, 13, 16, 75
Mathematics......................................................................................................................................................................................................13, 94
Order of Cards...................................................................................................................................................................................................17, 65
Phone and Fax...................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 151
Scores..............................................................................................................................................................................................41, 58, 60, 61, 66
Numerical Order....................................................................................................................................................................................................17, 65
Numerical Scores...........................................................................................................................................................................41, 58, 60, 61, 65, 66
OGG Files....................................................................................................................................................................................................................73
Old Versions...................................................................................................................................................................................................................5
On-Line Help...............................................................................................................................................................................................................94
Only for Me...................................................................................................................................................................................10, 14, 20, 21, 23, 25
Opening Activities.......................................................................................................................................................................................................44
Opening Learning Steps..............................................................................................................................................................................................34
Opening Lists...................................................................................................................................................................................8, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26
Opening Tests..............................................................................................................................................................................................................53
Options...............................................................................................................................................................................72, 80, 81, 85, 87, 88, 90, 92
Options Menu..............................................................................................................................................................................................................92
Orange Scores........................................................................................................................................................................................................41, 52
Orange Tabs.................................................................................................................................................................................................................33
Orange Text..................................................................................................................................................................................................................72
Order of Lists.....................................................................................................................................................................................................8, 17, 65
Orientation.................................................................................................................................................................................................................2, 4
Other Programs......................................................................................................................................................................3, 5, 20, 21, 23, 25, 29, 30
Other Uses for Byki...............................................................................................................................................................................................13, 94
Output..................................................................................................................................................................................................29, 30, 31, 32, 59
Overview.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Page on the Web..............................................................................................................................................................................................3, 26, 151
Pages, Printing.................................................................................................................................................................................................31, 32, 59
Paper................................................................................................................................................................................................................31, 32, 59
Parts of Words or Phrases............................................................................................................................................................................................50
Pashto.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................134
Penalties.........................................................................................................................................................................................36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 58
Pencil Button.........................................................................................................................................................................................................16, 70
Page 175
People
Learning............................................................................................................................................................................................................13, 94
Sharing Lists............................................................................................................................................................................................................29
Periods...........................................................................................................................................................................................................82, 90, 121
Phone Numbers......................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 151
Photographs.................................................................................................................................................................................................................76
Phrase Lists..................................................................................................................................8, 9, 15, 16, 17, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29, 30, 32, 33, 65
Phrase Pronunciation.....................................................................................................................................................................49, 56, 57, 73, 74, 86
Phrases.................................................................................................................................................15, 17, 41, 66, 67, 68, 70, 72, 73, 74, 78, 79, 86
Pick a Letter Button.....................................................................................................................................................................................................42
Pictures..........................................................................................................................................................................................................76, 90, 156
Pie Charts...............................................................................................................................................................................................................58, 61
Pinyin...................................................................................................................................................................................................................82, 111
Pitch.................................................................................................................................................................................................................49, 50, 51
Plan................................................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Playing Concentration.................................................................................................................................................................................................48
Playing Fill in the Blank........................................................................................................................................................................................46, 47
Playing Four Square....................................................................................................................................................................................................48
Playing Multiple Choice..............................................................................................................................................................................................45
Playing Preview It.......................................................................................................................................................................................................35
Playing Produce It.................................................................................................................................................................................................38, 39
Playing Pronunciation Practice....................................................................................................................................................................................49
Playing Recognize It..............................................................................................................................................................................................36, 37
Playing Sound....................................................................................................................................................................42, 49, 50, 56, 57, 73, 74, 86
Playing Word Whirl.....................................................................................................................................................................................................47
Plurals....................................................................................................................................................................................................................68, 70
Plus Sign......................................................................................................................................................................................................8, 67, 68, 93
PNG Files............................................................................................................................................................................................................76, 156
Point Size.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Points...............................................................................................................................................................35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62
Polish.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................135
Popup Hints.................................................................................................................................................................................................................94
Portuguese.................................................................................................................................................................................................................135
Postal Address................................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Practicing Cards...........................................................................................................................................................35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 45, 46, 47, 49
Practicing Pronunciation..............................................................................................................................................................................................49
Preferences.................................................................................................................................................................................................72, 87, 88, 90
Presentation Speed.......................................................................................................................................................................................................44
Pressing Keys..........................................................................................................................................................................80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 93
Preview It...................................................................................................................................................................................................11, 19, 34, 35
Previous Button...........................................................................................................................................................................................................35
Previous Versions...........................................................................................................................................................................................................5
Printing............................................................................................................................................................................................................31, 32, 59
Problems....................................................................................................................................................................................................................151
Produce It.............................................................................................................................................................................................11, 19, 34, 38, 39
Program Support........................................................................................................................................................................................................151
Program Updates.........................................................................................................................................................................................................79
Programs that Work with Byki..................................................................................................................................................5, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 30
Progress.........................................................................................................................................................................................41, 58, 59, 60, 61, 66
Pronunciation.........................................................................................................................................................42, 49, 50, 51, 52, 56, 57, 73, 74, 86
Pronunciation Practice...........................................................................................................................................................................................44, 49
Properties of Lists........................................................................................................................................................................................................16
Punctuation......................................................................................................................................................................................21, 82, 90, 121, 140
Punjabi.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................136
Purple Scores...............................................................................................................................................................................................................52
Purple Tabs..................................................................................................................................................................................................................33
Purple Text...................................................................................................................................................................................................................72
Pushing Keys...........................................................................................................................................................................80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 93
Question and Answer Lists....................................................................................................................................................................................13, 94
Question Marks........................................................................................................................................................................................15, 80, 90, 140
Questions.........................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 79, 151
Quick Start.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Quiet Mode..................................................................................................................................................................................................................88
Quitting Byki...............................................................................................................................................................................................................96
Quizzes................................................................................................................................................................................................53, 54, 55, 56, 57
Raising......................................................................................................................................................................................................See Increasing
Range of Scores.......................................................................................................................................................................41, 50, 58, 59, 60, 61, 66
Reading Pronunciation Graphs........................................................................................................................................................................50, 51, 52
Receiving Technical Support.....................................................................................................................................................................................151
Recognize It...................................................................................................................................................................................11, 19, 34, 36, 37, 90
Recording.................................................................................................................................................................................................49, 73, 74, 155
Red Scores.............................................................................................................................................................................................................41, 52
Page 176
Red Text...........................................................................................................................................................................................................58, 59, 72
Reducing.................................................................................................................................................................................................See Decreasing
Refining Searches........................................................................................................................................................................................................15
Refreshing Stale Items...........................................................................................................................................................................................61, 62
Registering as a User.....................................................................................................................................................................................................6
Reinstalling Fonts......................................................................................................................................................................................................159
Reinstalling Old Lists....................................................................................................................................................................................................5
Remembering Information..................................................................................................................................................................35, 36, 37, 38, 39
Removing....................................................................................................................................................................................................See Deleting
Renaming Lists......................................................................................................................................................................................................16, 27
Reordering Lists..........................................................................................................................................................................................................17
Reports.......................................................................................................................................................................................................58, 59, 60, 61
Resetting Preferences................................................................................................................................................................................72, 87, 88, 90
Resizing.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Resolving Problems...............................................................................................................................................................................................3, 151
Restoring Font Size.....................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Results...............................................................................................................................................................................15, 41, 50, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62
Retests....................................................................................................................................................................................................................58, 59
Reversing List Order.............................................................................................................................................................................................17, 65
Reviewing Lists...................................................................................................................................................................................35, 61, 62, 65, 66
Right Answers..........................................................................................................................36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 45, 46, 47, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 75, 90
Right-Clicking.................................................................................................................................................................................................80, 81, 90
Right-to-Left Languages........................................................................................................................42, 81, 100, 113, 115, 120, 128, 134, 136, 147
Rising Pitch..................................................................................................................................................................................................................51
Road Address.................................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Rollover Hints..............................................................................................................................................................................................................94
Romaji...........................................................................................................................................................................................................83, 84, 125
Romanian...................................................................................................................................................................................................................137
Rows........................................................................................................................................................................................21, 23, 25, 58, 59, 60, 65
RRL Files.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................25
RTF Files.........................................................................................................................................................................................................12, 18, 59
Russian.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................138
Sales...............................................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Saving Test Results......................................................................................................................................................................................................59
Saying Words and Phrases...............................................................................................................................................................................49, 73, 74
Schwa...................................................................................................................................................................................................................80, 102
Scores.................................................................................................................................35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 50, 50, 52, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 65, 66
Scottish Gaelic...........................................................................................................................................................................................................139
Screen Tips..................................................................................................................................................................................................................94
Screens.....................................................................................33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 42, 44, 45, 46, 47, 49, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 61, 64, 65, 67, 79
Scripts..................................................................................................................................................................................................42, 72, 81, 87, 97
Searching Lists............................................................................................................................................................................................................15
Seeing Lists..............................................................................................................................................................................................................8, 65
Seeing Your Progress.....................................................................................................................................................................41, 50, 58, 59, 60, 61
Selecting
Activities.................................................................................................................................................................................................................44
Languages.....................................................................................................................................................................................................9, 10, 16
Learning Steps.........................................................................................................................................................................................................34
Lists...............................................................................................................................................................................................................8, 44, 53
Subjects.............................................................................................................................................................................................................13, 16
Tests.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................53
Users......................................................................................................................................................................................................................6, 7
Self-Reporting Produce It................................................................................................................................................................................11, 19, 38
Self-Reporting Recognize It............................................................................................................................................................................11, 19, 36
Self-Reporting Tests..............................................................................................................................................................................................53, 54
Sellers............................................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Semicolons...................................................................................................................................................................................................................21
Separators....................................................................................................................................................................................................................21
Serbian.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................139
Setting Preferences....................................................................................................................................................................................72, 87, 88, 90
Setting Scores..............................................................................................................................................................................................................66
Setting the Order of Cards...........................................................................................................................................................................................17
Setting up a User............................................................................................................................................................................................................6
Sharing Lists..............................................................................................................................................................20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29, 30, 78, 158
Sheets...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................23
Shift Key........................................................................................................................................................................................80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85
Short Vowels....................................................................................................................................................................................................42, 52, 81
Shortcut Keys..............................................................................................................................................................................................................93
Shutting Down Byki....................................................................................................................................................................................................96
Sides of Cards..............................................................................................................13, 15, 16, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 45, 46, 47, 54, 55, 65, 67, 68, 70
Sight, Bigger Fonts for................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Silent Mode..................................................................................................................................................................................................................88
Page 177
Simplified Chinese...............................................................................................................................................................................................82, 111
Single Users...............................................................................................................................................................................................................6, 7
Site on the Web................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 26, 151
Size of the Fonts..........................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Skipping Flash Cards...............................................................................................................................................................36, 37, 38, 39, 45, 46, 47
Slovak........................................................................................................................................................................................................................140
SlowSound.............................................................................................................................................................................................................86, 88
Small Letters........................................................................................................................................................................................42, 72, 87, 90, 97
Smaller Fonts...............................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Software Support...................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 151
Solutions to Common Problems................................................................................................................................................................................151
Sorani.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................128
Sorting Lists.................................................................................................................................................................................................8, 17, 65, 67
Sound...........................................................................................................................................................42, 49, 50, 56, 57, 73, 74, 86, 88, 154, 155
Spanish.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................140
Speaking..........................................................................................................................................................................................................49, 73, 74
Special Characters.....................................................................................................................................................42, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 97, 159
Speech......................................................................................................................................................................................42, 49, 56, 57, 73, 74, 86
Speech Bubble Button.................................................................................................................................................................................................78
Speech Meter.........................................................................................................................................................................................................49, 50
Speed...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................88
Spelling..................................................................................................................................................................37, 39, 42, 55, 56, 57, 68, 70, 80, 81
Splitting Lists...............................................................................................................................................................................................................78
Spreadsheets..........................................................................................................................................................................................................23, 29
Stale Items.............................................................................................................................................................................................................61, 62
Starting with Byki..........................................................................................................................................................................................................4
States..................................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 13, 94
Status Indicators..............................................................................................................................................................................................41, 60, 61
Step 1.................................................................................................................................................................................................................4, 34, 35
Step 2...............................................................................................................................................................................................................34, 36, 37
Step 3...............................................................................................................................................................................................................34, 38, 39
Step Percentage............................................................................................................................................................................................................41
Steps for Learning..........................................................................................................................................................4, 11, 17, 19, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38
Strategies for Learning..................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Street Address................................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Stress Marks....................................................................................................................................................................................................42, 80, 81
Studying with Byki........................................................................................................................................................................................................4
Subject Lists..............................................................................................................................................8, 13, 15, 16, 21, 23, 25, 29, 33, 65, 94, 152
Subjects..............................................................................................................................................................................................................2, 13, 94
Subscript......................................................................................................................................................................................................................72
Subsets of Lists............................................................................................................................................................................................................78
Subtraction Sign..............................................................................................................................................................................................67, 79, 93
Suggestions................................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 4
Superscript...................................................................................................................................................................................................................72
Supplementary Material............................................................................................................................................................................12, 18, 64, 78
Support...................................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 151
Swahili.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................141
Swapping Sides................................................................................................................................................................16, 21, 23, 25, 67, 68, 70, 158
Swedish......................................................................................................................................................................................................................141
Switching Users.............................................................................................................................................................................................................6
Syllables.....................................................................................................................................................................................................82, 83, 84, 85
Symbols.......................................................................................................................................................................41, 42, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 97
Tables.......................................................................................................................................................................................21, 23, 25, 58, 59, 60, 65
Tabs..................................................................................................................................................................21, 33, 34, 42, 44, 53, 61, 64, 65, 67, 79
Tada Sounds.................................................................................................................................................................................................................88
Tagalog......................................................................................................................................................................................................................141
Tags in HTML.............................................................................................................................................................................................................25
Tails Under Letters......................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Tajiki..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................142
Taking Tests.......................................................................................................................................................................53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60
Talking.............................................................................................................................................................................................................49, 73, 74
TD Tags.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................25
Technical Support......................................................................................................................................................................................................151
Telephone Numbers...............................................................................................................................................................................................3, 151
Terminology...............................................................................................................................................................................................................158
Tests.............................................................................................................................................................................33, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60
Text Attributes...............................................................................................................................................................................................72, 87, 159
Text Files...............................................................................................................................................................................................................12, 18
Thai............................................................................................................................................................................................................................143
Themes.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................13
Thinking of Answers.......................................................................................................................................................................................36, 38, 54
Thorn.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................123
Page 178
Thumbs........................................................................................................................................................................................................................90
Tilde.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Tips..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................4, 94
Toll-Free Phone Number...............................................................................................................................................................................................3
Tonal Marks.................................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Tones............................................................................................................................................................................................................................51
Toolbars.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................91
ToolTips.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................94
Towns.................................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 13, 94
TR Tags........................................................................................................................................................................................................................25
Tracking Your Progress..................................................................................................................................................................41, 50, 58, 59, 60, 61
Transferring Cards.................................................................................................................................................5, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29, 30, 78, 158
Translations....................................................................................................................................15, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 45, 46, 47, 54, 55, 67, 68, 70
Transliterated Languages.............................................................................................................................................................................9, 10, 16, 97
Transparent Language..................................................................................................................................................................................2, 3, 94, 151
Trivia Lists.............................................................................................................................................................................................................13, 94
Turkish.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................144
Turkmen.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................144
Turtle Button................................................................................................................................................................................................................86
Tuvan.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................145
Type Size.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................87
Typing
Accents....................................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Answers...............................................................................................................................................................................37, 39, 47, 55, 56, 57, 90
Chinese....................................................................................................................................................................................................................82
Diacritics...........................................................................................................................................................................................................80, 81
Japanese.............................................................................................................................................................................................................83, 84
Korean.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................85
Problems................................................................................................................................................................................................................160
Special Scripts.................................................................................................................................................................................81, 82, 83, 84, 85
U Button......................................................................................................................................................................................................................72
Ukrainian...................................................................................................................................................................................................................146
Umlauts........................................................................................................................................................................................................................80
Underlined Text...........................................................................................................................................................................................................72
Understanding Pronunciation Graphs..............................................................................................................................................................50, 51, 52
Understanding Scores..........................................................................................................................................................................41, 50, 58, 60, 61
Understanding Test Results...................................................................................................................................................................................58, 60
Uninstalling Byki.........................................................................................................................................................................................................96
United States Contact Information................................................................................................................................................................................3
Unrecognized Answers..................................................................................................................................................................................75, 90, 153
Up Arrow.................................................................................................................................................................................................6, 8, 17, 67, 80
Updates........................................................................................................................................................................................................................79
Upgrading......................................................................................................................................................................................................................5
Uppercase Letters..............................................................................................................................................................37, 39, 42, 55, 80, 81, 90, 97
Upside Down e....................................................................................................................................................................................................80, 102
Upside Down Punctuation...................................................................................................................................................................................80, 140
Urdu...........................................................................................................................................................................................................................147
URL.......................................................................................................................................................................................................................12, 18
US Contact Information.................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Users..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................6, 7
Uses for Byki.................................................................................................................................................................................................2, 4, 13, 94
Uzbek.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................148
Verb Conjugations.................................................................................................................................................................................................68, 70
Versions of Byki............................................................................................................................................................................................................5
Video....................................................................................................................................................................................................................77, 157
Vietnamese.................................................................................................................................................................................................................149
Viewing List Properties...............................................................................................................................................................................................16
Vocabulary Lists..............................................................................................................5, 8, 9, 15, 16, 17, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29, 32, 33, 35, 65, 152
Voice..................................................................................................................................................................................42, 49, 50, 56, 57, 73, 74, 86
Voiced Consonants.................................................................................................................................................................................................42, 52
Volume.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................88
Vowels............................................................................................................................................................................................42, 49, 50, 52, 80, 81
WAV Files....................................................................................................................................................................................................................73
Wave Forms.....................................................................................................................................................................................................49, 50, 51
Web Page.........................................................................................................................................................................................................3, 26, 151
Weeks.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................60, 61
Welcome........................................................................................................................................................................................................................2
What to Do First............................................................................................................................................................................................................4
What's New................................................................................................................................................................................................................4, 5
Wildcards.....................................................................................................................................................................................................................15
Windows Sound Recorder.....................................................................................................................................................................................73, 72
WMV Files..........................................................................................................................................................................................................77, 157
Page 179
Word Lists................................................................................................................................5, 8, 9, 15, 16, 17, 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 29, 30, 32, 33, 65
Word Processors........................................................................................................................................................................................21, 29, 30, 59
Word Pronunciation.......................................................................................................................................................................49, 56, 57, 73, 72, 86
Word Whirl............................................................................................................................................................................................................44, 47
Words...................................................................................................................................................15, 17, 41, 66, 67, 68, 70, 72, 73, 72, 78, 79, 86
Worksheets...................................................................................................................................................................................................................23
World Button...............................................................................................................................................................................................................26
World Wide Web..............................................................................................................................................................................................3, 26, 151
Writing Letters...............................................................................................................................................................3, 42, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 90
Written Accent Marks............................................................................................................................................................................................42, 80
Written Produce It............................................................................................................................................................................................11, 19, 39
Written Recognize It..................................................................................................................................................................................11, 19, 37, 90
Written Tests..........................................................................................................................................................................................................53, 55
Wrong Answers........................................................................................................................36, 37, 38, 39, 41, 45, 46, 47, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 75, 90
X2 Buttons...................................................................................................................................................................................................................72
XLS Files...............................................................................................................................................................................................................23, 29
Years......................................................................................................................................................................................................9, 13, 16, 60, 61
Yellow Scores........................................................................................................................................................................................................41, 52
Yellow Text..................................................................................................................................................................................................................72
Yes Button........................................................................................................................................................................................................36, 38, 54
Yoruba........................................................................................................................................................................................................................150
Your Progress ..........................................................................................................................................................................41, 50, 58, 61, 66, 59, 60
Your Speech.....................................................................................................................................................................................................49, 73, 72
Your User Name........................................................................................................................................................................................................6, 7
Zip Code........................................................................................................................................................................................................................3
Zulu............................................................................................................................................................................................................................150

BYKI4 Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

BYKI4 Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Page 1

About this Documentation

Outside the United States or Canada:

Inside the United States or Canada, please contact Transparent Language:

To create a new user:

· If you already have a list open, choose User / Add User.

To select an existing user:

· Double-click on your user name in the list.

· Click on your user name in the list, then click OK.

3. Do one of the following:

· Click Delete User.

· Press the Delete key.

· Click on the name of the list, then click Open.

Creating New Lists

To create a new language list:

1. Open the List Creation Wizard following the instructions on page 8.

See the next page for continued instructions.

Selecting Character Support for New Languages

To select learning steps while creating a list:

9. When the Congratulations screen appears, do one of the following:

· Choose List / Search or press the F11 key.

· Click Edit List Properties on the Edit screen.

· Choose List / List Properties or press Ctrl+E.

To set or change the order of cards with the Edit screen:

2. Select a card in the list on the left-hand side of the screen.

3. Click or to move the card in the direction of the arrow.

moves the selected card to the beginning of the list.

moves the selected card up one position in the list.

moves the selected card down one position in the list.

moves the selected card to the end of the list.

To select learning steps while editing list properties:

1. Go to the List Properties screen, if you are not already there.

2. Click on the Learning tab.

· Export a list from another Transparent Language program, such as LanguageNow!.

· Choose List / Import List.

To import a list from a Microsoft Word document:

3. In Byki, do one of the following to open the Import screen:

· Go to the Select a List screen and click Import List.

· Choose List / Import List.

See the next page for continued instructions.

7. Click Open. The Import Lists screen will appear.

9. When you are ready to import the files, click Import.

To import a list from a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet:

3. In Byki, do one of the following to open the Import screen:

· Go to the Select a List screen and click Import List.

· Choose List / Import List.

See the next page for continued instructions.

7. Click Open. The Import Lists screen will appear.

9. When you are ready to import the files, click Import.

3. In Byki, do one of the following to open the Import screen:

· Choose List / Import List.

7. Click Open. The Import Lists screen will appear.

9. When you are ready to import the files, click Import.

Importing Lists from the Web

To import a list from the web:

1. Go to the Select a List screen, if you are not already there.

2. Click Download List.

Importing Lists with the Same Name

To resolve a list name conflict:

2. Do one of the following:

4. Click Continue when you have chosen your options.

Things to Keep in Mind about Imported Lists

1. Do one of the following: